Skip to main content

Full text of "The hospital steward's manual; for the instruction of hospital stewards, wardmasters, and attendants, in their several duties; prepared in strict accordance with existing regulations and the customs of service in the armies of the United States of America, and rendered authoritative by order of the Surgeon-General"

See other formats


$Sfel§ " ''"' ttftfli 


AUTHORIZED  MEDICAL  BOOKS. 


Authorized  and  adopted  by  the  Surgeon-General,  U.S.   Army,   for 
use  in  Field  and  General  Hospitals. 


vlimili 


YALE 
MEDICAL  LIBRARY 


Power'! 

Hum; 
Anati 
the  I 
Hosp: 

Hospits 
Book 
Atten 
with 
of  th 
order 
M.D. 

Gross's 
on  ti 
S.  D. 
Colle 

Hamm 
refer 
Surg 

Guthri  ^r  of  the  War 

in  Portugal,  Spain,  "France," and  the  ^Netherlands,  irom  the  battle  of 
Rolica,  in  1808,  to  that  of  Waterloo,  in  1815,  with  additions  relating 
to  those  in  the  Crimea,  in  1854-55;  showing  the  improvements  made 
during  and  since  that  period  in  the  great  art  and  science  of  Surgery 
on  all  the  subjects  to  which  they  relate.  By  G.  J.  Guthrie,  F.R.S. 
One  vol.  12mo.     $2.25. 

J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  &  Co.,  Publishers, 

PHILADELPHIA. 


HISTORICAL 
LIBRARY 

The  Harvey  Gushing  Fund 


eries  of  the 

Descriptive 

,  Fellow  of 

of   Dublin 

$2.00. 

Manual :  a 
asters,  and 
accordance 
i  the  armies 
)ritative  by 
Woodward, 


IS 


II 


y ;  or,  Hints 
actice.  By 
son   Medical 


with  special 
mond,  M.D., 


11 

ill 

i 

its 

II 


Ml 


Hi 


8P 


111 
I 


n 


•Sillj: 


■Blfl 


msssimMmsMm»MM  sail 


IWfSillli  I; it  I  !  ;:tlS 


J.  B.  LIPPWCOTT  &  CO.'S 

MILITARY   PUBLICATIONS, 


(,,:;;:";m 


Any  book  in  the   annexed  list   will  be  forwarded  by  mail  to  any 
address  on  receipt  of  the  price  in  current   funds. 


McClellan's  Armies  of  Europe.     8vo 

McClellan's  United  States  Cavalry.      12mo 

McClellan's  Manual  of  Bayonet  Exercises.      12mo 

McClellan's  European  Cavalry.      12mo 

U.S.  Rifle  and  Light  Infantry  Tactics.     1  vol 

U.S.  Rifle  and  Light  Infantry  Tactics.  With  Questions.  One  vol. 

Instructions  for  Outpost  and  Patrol  Duty.     12mo 

Hardee's  Tactics — Rifle  and  Light  Infantry.     2  vols 

Cooke's  United  States  Cavalry  Tactics.     2  vols 

The  Soldier's  Handy  Book.      1  vol.... 

The  Ordnance  Manual.     Demy  8vo 

Instruction  in  Field  Artillery.     Demy  8vo 

Cavalry  Tactics  (by  Authority.)     3  vols.     18mo 

Jomini's  Art  of  War.     Demy  8vo 

Marmont's  Military  Institutions.      12mo 

Evolutions  of  the  Line.     18mo 

Manual  of  Battalion  Drill.     18mo 

Revised  Army  Regulations.     8vo 

Willard's  Target  Practice.   '  18mo 

Stromeyer  and  Esmarch  on  Gunshot  Injuries.     12mo 

Lendy's  Maxims  and  Instructions  on  Art  of  War.     18mo 

Schalk's  Art  of  War.     12mo 

Duffield's  School  of  the  Brigade.     18mo 

Major  Mordecai's  Report  of  the  Military  Commission  to  Europe 

— Schon's  Rifled  Infantry  Arms.     4to 

Power's  Anatomy  of  the  Arteries.     12mo 

Hospital  Steward's  Manual.     12mo 

Macleod's  Surgery  of  the  Crimean  War.     12mo 

Guthrie's  Commentaries  on  the  Surgery  of  War.     12mo 

Longmore's  Gunshot  Wounds.     12mo 

Hammond's  Treatise  on  Military  Hygiene In 

Military  Encyclopedia In 

Jebb's  Treatises  on  Attack  and  Defence In 


$3.50 

1.50 

1.25 

1.25 

1.25 

1.50 

25 

1.50 

1.50 

25 

2.50 

2.50 

3.50 

1.50 

1.00 

50 

50 

1.75 

50 

75 

75 

1.50 


3.50 
2.00 
1.25 
1.50 
2.25 
75 

press. 

press. 

press. 


iiii'i'i'Si; 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons  and  Yale  University,  Cushing/Whitney  Medical  Library 


http://www.archive.org/details/hospitalstewardsOOunse 


THE 


HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S 

MANUAL: 


FOE,   THE    INSTRUCTION    OF 


HOSPITAL  STEWARDS,  WAED-MASTEES,  AND  ATTEND- 
ANTS, IN  THEIR  SEVEEAL  DUTIES. 


PREPARED  IN  STRICT  ACCORDANCE  WITH  EXISTING  REGULATIONS, 

AND  THE  CUSTOMS  OF  SERVICE  IN  THE  ARMIES  OF  THE 

UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA, 

AND  RENDERED  AUTHORITATIVE  BY  ORDER  OP  THE  SURGEON-GENERAL. 


JOSEPH  JANVIER  WOODWARD,  M.D. 

ASSISTANT    SURGEON   U.S.A.,    MEMBER   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP   NATURAL   SCIENCES 
OP   PHILADELPHIA,   ETC. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
J.    B.    LTPPINCOTT    &    CO. 

1863. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1862,  by " 

JOSEPH  JANVIER  WOODWARD, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the 

District  of  Columbia. 


PKEFACE. 


The  preparation  of  this  little  work  was  sug- 
gested to  the  author  by  the  Surgeon-General. 
It  was  hastily  written  to  supply  an  existing 
want.  Had  it  been  otherwise,  more  time 
would  have  been  given  to  its  composition,  and 
perhaps  a  more  complete  work  would  have 
been  the  result.  It  is  hoped,  however,  that  it 
will  prove  useful  to  surgeons  as  well  as  at- 
tendants, and  that  it  will  be  found  a  material 
aid  in  the  laborious  duties  of  the  Medical  Staff 
in  hospitals  and  in  the  field. 

J.  J.  Woodward, 
Assistant  Surgeon  U.S.A. 

Washington,  Sept.  10,  1862. 


OFFICIAL  ORDERS. 


Surgeon-General's  Office, 
Washington  City,  August  5,  1862. 

Surgeons  J.  K.  Barnes  and  J.  E.  Smith,  U.S.  Array, 
are  hereby  appointed  a  Board  to  examine  and  re- 
port upon  a  work  entitled  "  The  Hospital  Steward's 
Manual,"  presented  by  Assistant  Surgeon  J.  J.  Wood- 
ward, U.  S.  Army. 

"William  A.  Hammond, 
Surgeon-General  U.S.A. 


Surgeon-General's  Office, 
"Washington  City,  August  19,  1862. 

The  Board  having  critically  examined  the  work 
presented  by  Assistant  Surgeon  J.  J.  "Woodward, 
U.S.A.,  entitled  "  The  Hospital  Steward's  Manual," 
report  that  this  work  is  written  in  strict  accordance 
with  the  regulations  of  the  army  and  the  customs 
of  the  service;  that  the  book  supplies  a  deficiency 
which  has  been  long  feit ;  and  respectfully  recom- 
mend that  it  be  adopted  for  the  instruction  of  hos- 
pital stewards,  and  as  an  authority  in  all  military 
hospitals  in  the  United  States. 

Joseph  K.  Barnes, 

Surgeon  U.S.A. 
Joseph  B.  Smith, 

Surgeon  U.S.A. 


OFFICIAL   ORDERS.  0 

Surgeon-General's  Office, 
Washington  City,  September  10,  1862. 

"The  Hospital  Steward's  Manual,"  prepared  by- 
Assistant  Surgeon  J.  J.  Woodward,  U.S.  Army,  hav- 
ing been  approved  by  a  Board  of  Medical  Officers,  is 
adopted  as  a  guide  to  hospital  stewards  and  other 
attendants,  and  will  be  strictly  adhered  to  by  them  in 
the  discharge  of  their  duties. 

William  A.  Hammond, 
Surgeon-General  U.S.A. 


1* 


CONTENTS. 


PART  I.— HOSPITAL  ATTENDANTS. 

PAGE 

CHAP,  I. — Hospital  Stewards 13 

Sec.  1. — The  Rank  of  Hospital  Stewards 13 

"    2.— The  Pay  of  Hospital  Stewards 16 

"     3. — The  Enlistment  and  Appointment  of  Hospital 

Stewards 17 

"    4. — The  Uniform  of  Hospital  Stewards 25 

CHAP.  II. — Other  Hospital  Attendants 29 

Sec.  1. — Enlisted  Men  as  Hospital  Attendants 29 

"     2.— The  Hospital  Corps 32 

"     3.— Female  Nurses 38 

"     4. — Laundresses 41 

CHAP.  III. — General  Outjjne  of  the  Duties  of  Stew- 
ards  AND   OTHER   HOSPITAL  ATTENDANTS 42 

Sec.  1. — Number  of  Stewards  and  other  Attendants 

allowed  in  Hospitals  and  in  the  Field 42 

"    2. — Outline  of  the  Duties  of  Stewards 43 

"     3.— Outline  of  the  Duties  of  Ward-Masters 47 

"    4. — Outline  of  the  Duties  of  Nurses 54 

"    5. — Cooks  and  Laundresses 67 

"     6. — Duties  of  Hospital  Attendants  in  Battle 67 

7 


5  CONTENTS. 

PART   II.— DISCIPLINE,    POLICE,   AND    GENERAL 
SUPERVISION  OF  MILITARY  HOSPITALS. 

PAGE 

CHAP.  I. — General  Discipline  of  Hospitals 77 

Sec.  1.— Roll  Calls 77 

"    2.— Daily  Order  of  Hospital  Duties 78 

"     3. — The  Steward's  Visits  of  Inspection 82 

"    4. — Sunday  Morning  Inspection 83 

"    5. — Muster  of  Hospital  Attendants  and  of  Soldiers 

in  Hospital  absent  from  their  Companies..  84 

"    6.— The  Guard 92 

"    7.— The  Guard-House 93 

"     8. — Rules  and  Regulations  for  the  Government  of 

the  Hospital 94 

CHAP.  II. — Police  and  General  Supervision  of  Hos- 
pitals     98 

Sec.  1. — The  Cleanliness  of  the  Hospital 98 

2.— Ventilation 101 

3. — Warming 105 

4.— Lighting 108 

5.— The  Latrine 110 

6. — Baths  and  Lavatories 112 

7. — The  Wards  of  the  Hospital,  their  Arrange- 
ment and  Administration 115 

8.— The  Office  of  the  Hospital 121 

9. — The  Knapsack-Room 127 

10.— The  Laundry 129 

11.— The  Linen-Room 132 

CHAP.  III. — Admissions,  Discharges,  Deaths,  etc 134 

Sec.  1. — Admission  of  Patients 134 

"    2. — Return  to  Duty,  Transfer  to  other  Hospitals, 

Furloughs,  Discharges,  and  Desertions 140 

"     3.— Of  Deaths 143 


CONTENTS.  9 

PART  III.— FOOD  AND  ITS  PREPARATION. 

vi.au 
CHAP.  I. — Provision  Returns,  Hospital  Stores,  Pur- 
*   chases  for  the  hospital,  the  hospital  fund 

and  its  Management 155 

Sec.  1. — Preliminary 155 

2.— The  Ration 156 

3. — Provision  Returns 162 

4. — Hospital  Stores 166 

5. — Purchases  for  the  Hospital 166 

6. — The  Hospital  Fund,  its  Management 172 

7. — The  Care  of  Provisions  and  Hospital  Stores..  179 

CHAP.  II.— Of  the  Diet-Table 183 

Sec.  1.— Full  Diet 184 

"    2.— Half  Diet 190 

"    3.— Low  Diet 191 

"    4.— Extra  Diet 192 

"     5.— Specimen  of  Diet  Table 193 

"     6.— Diet  Table  for  Field  Hospitals 201 

CHAP.  III. — Of  the  Kitchen  and  its  Management....  203 

Sec.  1. — General  Management  of  the  Kitchen 203 

"    2. — Fires  and  Fuel  in  General  and  Post  Hospitals  210 
"     3. — Fires  and  Fuel  in  Camp  Hospitals 214 

CHAP.  rV.— Cooking  in  Hospitals 219 

Sec.  1. — General  Remarks 219 

"    2. — Receipts  adapted  to  the  Ordinary  Diet  in 

Hospitals 222 

"     3.— Receipts  for  Extra  Diets 240 

PART  IV.— THE  DISPENSARY. 

CHAP.  I. — General  Arrangement  and  Management  of 

the  Dispensary 263 

Sec.  1. — Requisitions  for  Medical  Supplies 263 


10  CONTENTS. 

PAQB 

Sec.  2.— The  Supply  Table 267 

"     3. — Semi-Annual  Returns 267 

"     4. — Arrangement  of  the  Dispensary 270 

"     5. — Care  of  Instruments 274 

CHAP.  II. — Hints  on  Pharmacy   for  Hospital  Stew- 
ards  278 

Sec.  1. — Remarks  on  Prescriptions 278 

"     2. — Compounding  and  Distribution  of  Prescrip- 
tions    285 


PART  V.— HINTS  ON  MINOR  SURGERY  AND  DRESS- 
INGS FOR  HOSPITAL  STEWARDS. 

CHAP.  I.— On  Dressings 297 

Sec.  1. — General  Preparations  for  Dressings 297 

"     2. — On  the  Dressing  of  "Wounds 299 

"     3. — On  the  Roller  Bandage  and  its  Applications  304 

CHAP.  II. — Operations  in  Minor  Surgery,  performed 

by  the  Hospital  Steward 313 

Sec.  1. — Cupping 313 

"     2.— Leeching 317 

"    3.— Extraction  of  Teeth 319 

"    4. — Injections..... 322 


PART  I, 

HOSPITAL   ATTENDANTS. 


NOTE. 

The  hospital  attendants  authorized  by  law 
may  be  enumerated  as  follows : — 

1.  Hospital  Stewards. 

2.  Ward-Masters. 

3.  Nurses. 

4.  Female  Nurses. 

5.  Cooks. 

6.  Laundresses.     (Called  also  Matrons  in 

"  Army  Regulations.") 

Each  of  these  classes  will  be  made  the  sub- 
ject of  separate  remark. 


12 


THE 


HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S  MANUAL. 


CHAPTER  I. 

Hospital  Stewards. 

SECTION  I. — THE  RANK  OF  HOSPITAL  STEWARDS. 

The  hospital  steward  is  a  non-commissioned 
officer;  he  ranks  with  ordnance  sergeants,  and 
next  above  the  first  sergeant  of  a  company.* 
He  is  therefore  entitled  by  his  rank  to  obedience 
from  all  enlisted  men  who  may  be  in  the  hos- 
pital, whether  patients,  ward-masters,  nurses, 
or  employes,  who  must  cheerfully  and  promptly 
comply  with  all  his  reasonable  and  lawful  com- 
mands. In  his  relations  to  the  medical  officers, 
or  to  commissioned  officers  generally,  however, 
he  must  never  forget  that  he  is  an  enlisted 
man,  and  owes  prompt  and  ready  obedience  to 
the  lawful  commands  of  his  military  superiors. 

*  Revised  Regulations  for  the  Army,  1861,  Art.  II,  §  4. 
2  13 


14  THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

In  all  matters  pertaining  to  discipline,  the 
military  laws  applying  to  the  hospital  steward 
are  the  same  as  for  any  other  soldier,  and  he 
is  bound,  to  the  same  extent,  to  comply  with 
army  regulations,  and  with  the  articles  of  war. 

For  disobedience  of  orders,  neglect  of  duty, 
drunkenness,  or  any  other  military  offence,  the 
hospital  steward  may  be  placed  in  arrest  by 
the  commanding  officer,  or  other  competent 
authority,  and  may  be  tried  and  punished  by 
court-martial,  as  in  the  case  of  other  enlisted 
men.  A  single  exception  in  favor  of  the  hos- 
pital steward  is  intended  especially  for  the 
protection  of  those  who  originally  enlisted  as 
such.  It  is  laid  down  in  the  following  regu- 
lation : — 

"  The  jurisdiction  and  authority  of  courts- 
martial  are  the  same  with  reference  to  hospital 
stewards  as  in  the  cases  of  other  enlisted  men. 
When,  however,  a  hospital  steward  is  sentenced 
by  an  inferior  court  to  be  reduced  to  the  ranks,* 
such  sentence,  though  it  may  be  approved  by 
the  reviewing  officer,  will  not  be  carried  into 
effect  until  the  case  has  been  referred  to  the 
Secretary  of  War  for  final  action.     In  these 

*  That  is,  the  rank  of  a  private  soldier. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  15 

cases  of  reduction,  the  application  of  the  man 
for  discharge  from  service,  though  not  recog- 
nized as  of  right,  will  generally  be  regarded 
with  favor,  if  his  offence  has  not  been  of  too 
serious  a  nature,  and  especially  when  he  has  not 
been  recently  promoted  from  the  ranks."*  It 
is,  however,  provided  that  hospital  stewards 
are  not  to  be  tried  by  regimental  or  garrison 
courts-martial,  unless  by  special  permission  of 
the  department  commander.-]- 

Where  several  hospital  stewards  are  serving 
together,  as  frequently  happens  in  the  great 
general  hospitals,  their  relative  rank  is  decided 
by  the  seniority  of  their  warrants,  as  in  the 
case  of  other  non-commissioned  officers.  This, 
however,  is  not  construed  to  prevent  the  sur- 
geon in  charge  from  selecting  the  hospital 
steward  regarded  by  him  as  the  most  active 
and  efficient  for  the  position  of  chief  steward, 
and  confiding  to  his  charge  the  general  care  of 
the  hospital.  The  chief  steward  is  ex  officio 
the  ranking  steward  for  the  time-being,  and 
must  be  obeyed  and  respected  accordingly  by  the 
other  stewards,  as  well  as  by  the  ward-masters, 
nurses,  and  patients. 

*  Revised  Regulations,  1861,  Art.  XLIV.  \  1292. 
t  Revised  Regulations,  Art.  XXXVIII.  g  895. 


16  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION  II. — THE  PAY  OF  HOSPITAL  STEWARDS. 

The  pay  of  a  hospital  steward  appointed  by 
the  Secretary  of  War  was  formerly  that  of  an 
ordnance  sergeant,  $22  a  month,  with  one  ra- 
tion a  day,  and  the  clothing  allowance  of  an 
enlisted  man.  By  an  act  of  Congress  of  April 
16,  1862,  entitled  "An  Act  to  reorganize  and 
increase  the  efficiency  of  the  medical  depart- 
ment of  the  army,"  the  pay  has,  however,  been 
increased  from  $22  to  $30  per  month,  which 
is  the  present  rate,  the  other  allowances  re- 
maining the  same. 

In  barracks  he  is  entitled  to  one  room 
as  quarters,  to  half  a  cord  of  wood  monthly 
from  May  1  to  September  30,  and  one  cord 
for  each  month  from  October  1  to  April  30. 
The  ration  is  issued  only  in  kind,  and  is  not 
commuted  in  money. 

The  clothing  allowance  need  not  be  drawn 
in  full;  and  any  savings  in  this  respect  are  paid 
to  the  steward  in  the  final  settlement  of  his 
accounts. 

Acting  hospital  stewards  (see  next  section) 
receive  but  $20  a  month,  except  when  serving 
at  posts  of  more  than  four  companies,  when 
they  receive  $22  per   month;    their  rations, 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S    MANUAL.  17 

clothing,  allowances,  &c.  are  the  same  as 
stewards  regularly  appointed. 

The  steward  is  paid  on  a  hospital  muster 
roll,  on  which  are  paid  also  the  medical  cadets, 
female  nurses,  matrons,  and  all  soldiers  in 
hospital,  sick  or  on  duty,  who  are  detached 
from  their  companies. 

These  muster  rolls  must  be  made  out  in 
the  forms  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-Gene- 
ral's office,  and  according  to  the  directions 
expressed  on  them.* 

The  surgeon  in  charge  is  responsible  for  the 
accuracy  of  the  rolls,  which  must  be  signed  by 
him  and  the  mustering  officer. 

Should  he  re-enlist,  the  hospital  steward  is 
entitled  to  the  same  extra  pay  as  other  enlisted 
men.     (See  next  section.) 


SECTION   III. OF   THE   ENLISTMENT   AND   APPOINT- 
MENT OF  HOSPITAL  STEWARDS. 

Hospital  stewards  may  be  appointed  from 
the  enlisted  men  of  the  army,  or  may  be  spe- 
cially enlisted.  The  appointment  is,  in  every 
case,  made  by  the  Secretary  of  War. 


*  Sec  Hospital  Muster  Roll,  Part  II.  chap  II.  %  8. 

2* 


18  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  may 
be  appointed  hospital  stewards,  on  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  senior  medical  officer  of  the 
hospital,  post,  or  command.  This  recommend- 
ation must  be  endorsed  by  the  company  com- 
mander, and  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
post  or  detachment,  and  forwarded  by  the  lat- 
ter to  the  Adjutant-General  of  the  army. 

"As  the  object  of  these  more  permanent 
appointments  is  to  procure  the  services  of  a 
more  competent  body  of  hospital  stewards,  no 
soldier,  nor  citizen,  must  henceforth  be  recom- 
mended for  appointment,  who  is  not  known  to 
be  temperate,  honest,  and  in  every  way  relia- 
ble, as  well  as  sufficiently  intelligent,  and 
skilled  in  pharmacy,  for  the  proper  discharge 
of  the  responsible  duties  likely  to  be  devolved 
upon  him."* 

Hospital  stewards  may  also  be  enlisted,  as 
such,  from  civil  life.  Applications,  in  the  hand- 
writing of  the  candidate,  should  be  addressed 
to  the  Surgeon-General,  accompanied  by  testi- 
monials as  to  character  and  competency.  The 
enlistment  is  for  the  term  of  three  years. 

At  the  expiration  of  his  enlistment,  should 


*  Revised  Regulations,  Art.  XLiy.  \  1288. 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  19 

he  desire  it,  the  hospital  steward  may  be  re-en- 
listed by  the  commanding  officer,  on  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  medical  officer.  He  is  then 
entitled,  as  are  all  enlisted  men  on  re-enlist- 
ing, to  $2  per  month  additional  pay,  and  $1 
per  month  for  each  subsequent  period  of  five 
years'  service,  provided  he  re-enlists  within 
one  month  after  the  expiration  of  his  term  of 
service.  When  enlisted  men  are  appointed 
hospital  stewards,  the  appointment  is  for  the 
remaining  unexpired  term  of  service.  When 
enlisted  men  of  the  volunteer  service  are  ap- 
pointed hospital  stewards  in  the  regular  army, 
they  must  first  be  discharged  from  service. 

In  addition,  it  is  provided,  to  meet  the  cur- 
rent wants  of  the  service,  and  especially  of 
troops  in  the  field  or  distant  posts,  that  the 
commanding  officer  may,  on  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  medical  officer,  detail  a  soldier  to 
act  as  temporary  steward. 

These  temporary  stewards  are  generally 
designated  as  Acting  Hospital  Stewards.  At 
posts  of  more  than  four  companies  they  receive 
$22  per  month  and  the  allowances  of  hospital 
steward;  with  smaller  bodies  of  troops,  the 
pay  and  allowances  of  a  sergeant  of  infantry.* 

*  $20  per  month.-     See  act  July  5,  1838,  sec.  12. 


20  THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

These  temporary  appointments  may  be 
regarded  as  "  affording  the  means  of  a  careful 
probation  of  all  soldiers  so  detailed,  who  are 
ambitious  of  one  day  deserving  a  permanent 
appointment."* 

The  candidate  for  enlistment  or  appointment 
as  hospital  steward  should  be  not  less  than 
eighteen  nor  more  than  thirty-five  years  of  age. 
He  must  be  able-bodied  and  free  from  disease. 
Previous  to  his  enlistment  he  is  inspected  by 
a  medical  officer,  in  the  same  manner  as  any 
other  recruit,  and  will  be  rejected  if  found 
laboring  under  any  disease  or  disability  which 
would  reject  a  recruit.  He  should  be  of  honest 
and  upright  character,  of  temperate  habits,  and 
good  general  intelligence.  He  must  have  a 
competent  knowledge  of  the  English  language, 
and  be  able  to  write  legibly  and  spell  correctly. 
This  point  must  be  satisfactorily  ascertained 
before  he  can  be  enlisted,  as  without  this  quali- 
fication it  will  be  impossible  for  him  to  keep  the 
books  and  records,  or  to  attend  to  the  general 
business  of  the  hospital.  In  addition,  he  must 
have  sufficient  practical  knowledge  of  pharmacy 
to  enable  him  to  take  exclusive  charge  of  the 

*  Revised  Regulations,  Art.  XLIV.  §  1289,  note. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  21 

dispensary,  must  be  practically  acquainted 
with  such  points  of  minor  surgery  as  the  appli- 
cation of  bandages  and  dressings,  the  extrac- 
tion of  teeth,  and  the  application  of  cups  and 
leeches,  and  must  have  such  knowledge  of 
cooking  as  will  enable  him  to  superintend 
efficiently  this  important  branch  of  hospital 
service. 

He  should  be  industrious,  temperate,  patient, 
and  good-tempered,  and  actuated  by  an  honor- 
able desire  to  minister  to  the  extent  of  his 
ability  to  the  necessities  and  comforts  of  the 
sick  and  wounded  soldiers  who  are  placed 
under  his  charge. 

On  receiving  his  appointment,  the  hospital 
steward  receives,  from  the  office  of  the  Adju- 
tant-General, a  warrant  made  out  in  the  follow- 
ing form : 


22  THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


HOSPITAL    STEWARD    AT    — 


To  all  who  shall  see  these  presents,  greeting : 

Know  ye,  that  this  is  to  certify  that ,  of 

the  Regiment  of  ,  having  been  recom- 
mended as  a  fit  person  to  receive  the  appointment  of 
Hospital  Steward,  the  Secretary  of  War  has  selected  him, 
in  conformity  with  the  second  section  of  the  Act  of  the 
16th  of  August,  eighteen  hundred  and  fifty-six,  entitled  "  An 
Act  providing  for  a  necessary  increase  and  better  organiza- 
tion of  the  Medical  and  Hospital  Department  of  the  Army :" 
And  he  is  hereby  appointed  accordingly,  with  all  the  rights, 
privileges,  immunities,  and  allowances  appertaining  to  said 
appointment,  and  with  the  rank  of  a  sergeant  of  ordnance. 
He  is,  therefore,  strictly  charged  carefully  and  diligently 
to  perform  and  execute  all  duties  belonging  to  said  appoint- 
ment, in  conformity  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the 
service.     And  he  is  to  be  respected  accordingly. 

Given  at  the ,  City  of  Washington, 

this day  of ,  18 . 

By  command, 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  23 

"  The  accounts  of  pay,  clothing,  &c,  of  hos- 
pital stewards  must  be  kept  by  the  medical 
officers  under  whose  immediate  direction  they 
are  serving,  who  are  also  responsible  for  certi- 
fied statements  of  such  accounts,  and  correct 
descriptive  lists  of  such  stewards,  to  accompany 
them  in  case  of  transfer;  as  also  that  their 
final  statements  and  certificate  of  discharge  are 
accurately  made  out,  when  they  are  at  length 
discharged  from  the  service."* 

The  following  is  the  form  of  the  descriptive 
roll  and  account  of  pay  and  clothing : — 

*  Kevised  Keg.,  Art.  XLIV.  g 1293. 


24  THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


^ 


^ 


■E 
a 

(O 

PS 

H 

y, 
P 

o 
pq 

4 'ana 

$  'PP'd 

< 
Ph 

EH 

«j 

■erat| 

•J9JST3UI 

o 

H 
IX 

•pOIJ9<J 

■uioiiai.  jCg; 

■e-iaqjii 

■rraqji. 

•noijTjdnooo 

15 

Pi 
o 
pq 
s 
pi 

B 

w 

•jfjunoo 
.10  oavox 

•mopSniji 
jo  s;i3ig 

o 

H 

a< 

5 

p 

•saiioui 

•%%%& 

•U0IX91<1  1 

-raoo  1 

MTBH 

■B9^a 

•eSy 

"5 

0> 

B 

03 

1 

d 

o   . 

O  T3 

pq 

•saaAiBja; 

•s'jpojs 

'SdDJJS 
3BO0-^'E8J£) 

•S}BO0-;i!9J£) 

•sd-BO 
-sSbjoj 

•B^SHUBig 

•aSnppo^g 

•sjoog 

•s^jjqa 

•B^Jiqs 
no^'oo 

■8|3J[Duf  1 
100.41  | 

■SlfBjaAO  1 

no^oo  | 

•SH'B.iaAO  1 

loo  AV  1 

I 

THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  25 


SECTION    IV. OF    THE    UNIFORM    OF    HOSPITAL 

STEWARDS. 

The  hospital  steward  should  always  wear 
his  undress  uniform  in  the  hospital,  except  on 
those  occasions,  such  as  musters  and  inspec- 
tions, on  which  it  is  necessary  for  him  to  ap- 
pear in  full  dress.  This  point  is  of  more 
importance  than  at  first  sight  appears.  The 
strictest  military  discipline  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary in  a  military  hospital;  and  it  will  be  too 
generally  found  that  an  unmilitary  neglect  of 
regulations  in  regard  to  dress  coexists  with  a 
general  neglect  of  discipline  and  regulation  in 
regard  to  other  duties. 

The  uniform  of  the  hospital  steward  u  for 
fatigue  purposes"  that  is,  for  all  ordinary  duties, 
consists  of  the  blouse,  or  sack-coat,  and  trousers, 
prescribed  by  regulations  for  all  foot  soldiers. 
The  trousers  are  to  have  upon  the  outer  seam 
of  each  leg  a  stripe  of  crimson  worsted  lace, 
one  and  one-half  inch  wide.  It  is  advisable 
that  the  half  chevron  described  for  the  full 
uniform  of  the  hospital  steward  should  also 
be  worn  upon  the  undress  coat.  He  should 
take  enough  pride  in  his  personal  appearance 


26  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

to  keep  his  clothes  neat  and  his  boots  clean 
and  well  blacked. 

The  undress  cap  is  the  regulation  forage  cap, 
similar  to  that  of  other  enlisted  men. 

The  full  uniform  of  a  hospital  steward  con- 
sists of — 

1.  Uniform  coat,  which  is  a  dark-blue  cloth 
single-breasted  frock,  the  same  as  that  pre- 
scribed by  army  regulations  for  all  enlisted  foot 
men;  except  that  the  cord  or  welt  of  cloth 
which  edges  the  cuffs  and  collar  is  crimson, 
instead  of  being  sky-blue  as  for  infantry,  or 
yellow  as  for  engineers. 

2.  Trousers  of  dark-blue  cloth,  with  a  stripe 
of  crimson  lace  one  and  one-half  inch  wide 
down  and  over  the  outer  seam. 

3.  Hat,  a  black  felt  hat,  the  same  as  that  of 
all  enlisted  men.  The  cord  of  buff  and  green 
mixed,  the  wreath  in  front  of  brass,  with  the 
letters  U.  S.  in  Roman,  of  white  metal.  Brim 
to  be  looped  up  to  side  of  hat  with  a  brass 
eagle,  having  a  hook  attached  to  the  bottom 
to  secure  the  brim.  The  feather  to  be  worn 
on  the  side  opposite  the  loop. 

3.  Cravat  or  stock,  black  leather,  the  same  as 
that  of  all  enlisted  men. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  27 

4.  Boots  or  shoes,  the  same  issued  to  all  en- 
listed men. 

5.  Sash,  "red  worsted  sash,  with  worsted 
bullion  fringe  ends;  to  go  twice  around  the 
waist,  and  to  tie  behind  the  left  hip,  pendent 
part  not  to  extend  more  than  eighteen  inches 
below  the  tie." 

6.  Sword  belt  and  plate,  the  same  as  for  all 
non-commissioned  officers. 

7.  Sword,  the  same  as  for  non-commissioned 
officers. 

8.  Chevrons,  "  a  half  chevron  of  the  follow- 
ing description,  viz.:  of  emerald-green  cloth, 
one  and  three-fourths  inches  wide,  running 
obliquely  downward  from  the  outer  to  the 
inner  seam  of  the  sleeve,  and  at  an  angle  of 
about  thirty  degrees  with  a  horizontal,  parallel 
to  and  one-eighth  of  an  inch  distant  from  both 
the  upper  and  lower  edge,  an  embroidery  of 
yellow  silk  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide,  and  in 
the  centre  a  'caduceus'  two  inches  long,  em- 
broidered also  with  yellow  silk,  the  head 
towards  the  outer  seam  of  the  sleeve."* 

To  indicate  service,  the  additional  half 
chevrons   allowed   for    all    non-commissioned 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  LI.  \  1553. 


28  THE  HOSPITAL   STEWAKD'S  MANUAL. 

officers,  viz.,  at  the  expiration  of  five  years' 
service,  a  diagonal  half  chevron  one-half  an 
inch  wide,  to  be  worn  upon  both  sleeves  of  the 
uniform  coat,  below  the  elbow,  extending  from 
seam  to  seam,  the  front  end  nearest  the  cuff, 
and  one-half  an  inch  above  the  point  of  the  cuff, 
to  be  of  the  same  color  as  the  edging  on  the 
coat  (crimson) .  In  like  manner,  an  additional 
half  chevron,  above  and  parallel  to  the  first, 
for  every  subsequent  five  years  of  faithful 
service.  Distance  between  each  chevron,  one- 
fourth  of  an  inch. 

Overcoat,  the  same  as  for  enlisted  men. 

Gloves. — On  full-dress  occasions,  white  cotton 
gloves  should  be  worn. 

Scales. — On  each  shoulder  of  the  uniform 
coat  is  worn  a  metallic  scale,  the  same  as  worn 
by  all  non-commissioned  officers  and  enlisted 
men. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARDS   MANUAL.  29 


CHAPTER  II. 

Other  Hospital  Attendants. 

Besides  the  stewards,  the  following  classes 
of  hospital  attendants  may  be  enumerated : 
enlisted  men,  civilians,  the  hospital  corps, 
female  nurses,  and  laundresses  (matrons  of 
army  regulations). 

The  male  attendants  were  formerly  all  en- 
listed men,  detailed  for  the  duty  by  the  com- 
manding officer  on  the  recommendation  of  the 
surgeon. 

Recently,  however,  the  Secretary  of  War 
has  authorized  the  employment  in  certain  cases 
of  civilians  as  cooks  and  nurses,  in  general 
hospitals  only ;  and  thus  a  new  body  of  hos- 
pital attendants  has  been  created,  which  is 
designated  the  "  Hospital  Corps." 

SECTION    I. OF   ENLISTED   MEN   AS   HOSPITAL 

ATTENDANTS. 

Enlisted  men  selected  as  hospital  attendants 
may  be  either   non-commissioned   officers   or 

3* 


30  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

private  soldiers.  It  is  usual  for  non-commis- 
sioned officers  to  be  employed  as  ward-masters, 
or  in  some  similar  responsible  positions,  only, 
and  private  soldiers  for  all  other  duty. 

In  either  case,  the  enlisted  man,  besides  his 
ordinary  pay  and  emoluments,  is  entitled  to 
twenty-five  cents  daily  "extra  duty  pay,"  which 
is  paid  by  the  paymaster  on  a  roll  made  out  by 
the  surgeon,  after  the  form  on  p.  31. 

The  pay  and  emoluments  of  these  enlisted 
men  as  soldiers  are  obtained  from  the  pay- 
master, on  their  descriptive  lists,  or  on  the 
hospital  muster  roll,  duly  made  out  by  the 
surgeon,  on  forms  furnished  from  the  Adjutant 
General's  office.* 

The  distribution  of  these  attendants  as  cooks, 
nurses,  &c,  and  the  assignment  to  each  of  his 
duties,  is  made  by  the  surgeon. 

Enlisted  men  thus  employed  are  under  the 
orders  of  the  surgeon,  to  whom  they  are  to 
look  up  as  their  commanding  officer.  They 
are  also  under  the  orders  of  the  hospital 
steward,  to  all  whose  lawful  commands  they 
must  yield  prompt  obedience.  They  are  ex- 
empt from  all  other  duty,  but  "shall  attend 
the  parades  for  muster  and  weekly  inspections 

*  See  Part  II.  Chap.  I.  Sect.  5. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


31 


sJ  j 

I' I ' 

—  —  I 


S5- 
_  o 

52 


g  p 


p  »-<j 

C.Q. 


3 
p 

3 
I 

CD 
m 

11 

Co 

O   1 

p 

Company. 

Regiment. 

2  W 

3  o^ 

CD    P 

w 

?o 

From. 

1-3 

CD 

*1 

B 

O 

<3 

< 

To. 

No.  of  days. 

O 

a  2, 

°  a 

b| 

CD  O 
D  "> 

8-  P 

P2 

O 
o 

g 

o 

B 
p 

M 

O 
0> 

B 
•a 
o* 

<«! 

&2 


ft- 


M 
00 

oa 

<«s    a. 


k 


8*  4 


32  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

of  their  companies  at  the  post,  unless  specially 
excused  by  the  commanding  officer."* 

Sobriety,  intelligence,  and  cheerful  obedi- 
ence to  all  lawful  commands  are  indispensable 
qualifications  for  hospital  attendants,  and  those 
who  show  capacity  and  industry  are  generally 
selected  by  the  surgeon  for  promotion  to  the 
higher  grades  of  ward-master  and  steward. 

SECTION    II. OF   THE  HOSPITAL  CORPS. 

Civilians  may  be  employed  as  hospital  at- 
tendants by  the  Surgeon-General,  and  by  such 
surgeons  as  have  received  from  him  the  neces- 
sary authority.  Their  pay,  emoluments,  and 
the  regulations  adopted  with  regard  to  them 
are  duly  set  forth  in  the  following  circular 
issued  by  the  Surgeon-General  on  the  subject: — 

OIEOULAE  JTo.  4. 
Surgeon-General's  Office,  June  5,  1862. 

The  Secretary  of  War  having  authorized  in 
certain  cases  the  employment  of  civilians  as 
cooks  and  nurses  for  duty  in  general  hospitals, 
(only,)  the  following  rules  and  instructions  are 
published  for  the  information  of  all  concerned : 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  §  1257. 


THE  HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  33 


Regulations  for  the  Hospital  Corps  of  the  United 
States  Army. 

The  men  of  the  hospital  corps  will  each 
receive  $20  50  per  month,  besides  clothing, 
rations,  and  medical  attendance. 

They  will  be  under  military  discipline,  and 
subject  only  to  the  orders  of  the  medical 
authorities,  and  will  wear  the  undress  uniform 
of  a  private  soldier,  with  a  green  half  chevron 
on  the  left  fore-arm. 

Their  duties  will  be  either  nursing  the  sick 
and  wounded  of  the  army  in  hospitals,  cook- 
ing, or  any  other  duties  with  the  sick,  at  the 
discretion  of  the  medical  officers. 

They  will  be  divided  into  squads  of  eleven, 
one  of  whom  will  be  responsible  for  the  effici- 
ency of  the  rest.  One  squad  will  be  allowed 
to  every  one  hundred  patients. 

At  the  usual  roll-calls,  the  chief  of  the  squad 
will  answer  for  the  rest  to  the  hospital  steward, 
who  will  thus  learn  the  number  of  vacant  beds 
in  each  ward,  and  all  other  particulars  con- 
cerning the  condition  and  wants  of  the  hospital, 
which  he  will  report  to  the  medical  "  officer  of 
the  day."     The  term  of  the  service  of  the  hos- 


34  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

pital  corps  will  be  according  to  the  necessities 
of  the  service,  or  during  good  conduct. 

The  amount  of  pay  and  clothing  received  by 
each  nurse,  with  date,  will  be  recorded  on  their 
contract,  which  will  be  as  a  descriptive  list  to 
go  with  the  nurse. 

The  senior  medical  officer  in  charge  will 
make  a  monthly  pay-roll  of  the  hospital  corps 
similar  to  Form  12,  Medical  Regulations,  ex- 
cept the  rank  and  designation,  and  transmit 
the  same  for  payment  to  the  nearest  medical 
disbursing  officer. 

Surgeons  in  charge  of  general  hospitals, 
when  so  authorized,  may  make  contracts  with 
persons  for  such  service  according  to  the  pro- 
visions set  forth  herein. 

William  A.  Hammond, 

Surgeon-  General. 

Note. — It  is  hereby  enjoined  upon  all  medical  officers  that 
they  shall  not  avail  themselves  of  this  special  authority  of  the 
War  Department  without  first  receiving  permission  of  the  Sur- 
geon-General to  do  so,  on  making  a  full  statement  of  the  facts 
in  the  case,  and  clearly  setting  forth  the  reasons  why  the  per- 
mission should  be  granted,  except  in  cases  of  immediate  neces- 
sity and  urgency,  and  then  the  commanding  officer  must 
approve.  In  such  exceptional  cases  the  facts  will  be  promptly 
reported  to  the  Surgeon-General  with  the  necessary  explana- 
tions, together  with  a  request  that  permission  be  given  to  con- 
tinue the  employment  if  the  necessity  still  exists. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  35 

Civilians  employed  should  possess  the  phy- 
sical qualifications  necessary  for  recruits.  They 
should  be  of  good  general  intelligence,  temper- 
ate and  industrious  habits,  and  should  be  fully 
imbued  with  the  idea  of  the  importance  of  their 
calling,  and  of  the  responsibility  of  the  duties 
which  they  assume. 

The  same  strict  obedience  is  exacted  from 
them  as  from  enlisted  men. 

Civilians  employed  as  nurses  or  cooks  are 
contracted  with  by  the  officer  employing  them, 
in  accordance  with  the  following  form : — 

Form  of  Contract  with  a    Civilian,  to  act  as 
Hospital  Attendant. 

I, ,  hereby  agree  to  serve  in 

the  army  of  the  United  States,  in  the  capacity 
of  nurse,  and  to  perform  such  other  duties  in 
connection  with  the  sick  and  wounded  of  the 
army  as  may  be  required  of  me  by  the  medical 
authorities,  and  to  obey  all  orders  emanating 
from  them;  said  service  to  continue  for  the 
period  of  one  year,  unless  sooner  discharged ; 
and  I  will  accept,  in  payment  for  said  service, 
$20  50,  besides  clothing,  rations,  and  medical 
attendance,  for  each  and  every  month  I  shall 


36  THE  HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

continue  to  perform  the  services  above  stated; 
and  I  further  agree  that  $2  shall  be  retained 
from  my  monthly  pay  till  this  contract  ceases. 

.    [seal.] 

Signed,  sealed,  and  delivered  ) 
in  presence  of  j 

.     [SEAL.] 


They  are  paid  by  a  medical  disbursing  offi- 
cer, on  a  roll  made  out  by  the  surgeon,  in  the 
same  form  as  that  for  enlisted  men,*  except 
that  the  columns  for  rank,  regiment,  and  com- 
pany are  omitted.  The  following  is  the  form 
employed : — 

*  See  sect.  1  of  this  chapter. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


37 


d 

lis 


f-Sg: 


£  p- 


a 

« 

g     w 

"2.3  =1 

^  p.  < 
cd  ^  ° 

p.    3 

a  2 

s  p 

3  c 

S' 

?  o 

•Hi 

From. 

H 

CD 

B 

o 

To. 

CD 
2. 

No.  of  days. 

CD 

P<._, 

5'^ 

B* 

CD    O 

b 

o 

p 

S-p 

O 

P  ° 

ffi 

P  E.  P  P 

a5° 

2.  =  3^ 

(D 

Bo*         » 

►* 

M  M,m3«- 

B 
SO 

B 

2.  o  g.g  tf 

CD 

^  P  o   P-C 

p.^1  J.0» 

•o  o10  ^S: 

K=i    O   05^ 

ag 

S  rt-c  c  * 

3" 

CD 

do  h 
geon  ■ 

respe 
le  per 
te8  he 

>-l   pJ.  o 

CD    O    r+ 

*s 

i 

J.  »3- 

ta  3.  a 

:.  p  a 

p 
o 

» 

<-* 

«sr 

CD* 

•"i      M. 

Pi 

2,5-  4=! 

» 

=  < 

D   O 

© 

"»4 

CV1 

s 

1. 

a 
?-^ 

© 

Co 

"*     cs. 

w    DO- 
S'    H6*- 

s    ** 

N 

•I 


C5 


n> 
3 

05 

a 

a 
a 


38  THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION  III. OF  FEMALE  NURSES. 

Female  nurses  are  employed  in  general  hos- 
pitals, at  the  discretion  of  the  surgeon  in 
charge,  or  of  the  Surgeon-General.  Their  pay 
is  40  cents  and  one  ration  daily,  with  quarters 
and  fuel.  The  ration  may  be  either  com- 
muted or  drawn  in  kind. 

They  are  paid  on  the  hospital  muster  roll, 
with  the  stewards,  cadets,  &c* 

It  will  generally  be  found  convenient,  where 
female  nurses  are  employed,  for  the  surgeon  to 
appoint  the  most  intelligent  and  reliable  to  be 
the  directress  of  female  nurses,  whose  duty  it 
shall  be  to  supervise,  to  oversee  the  washing 
and  the  distribution  of  clean  clothes,  the  linen- 
room  and  its  appurtenances,  the  issue  of  deli- 
cacies for  the  sick,  and  the  extra-diet  kitchen 
for  their  preparation. 

In  the  performance  of  these  duties,  she 
should  heartily  co-operate  with  the  steward, 
and  strictly  obey  the  orders  of  the  medical 
officers. 

The  remaining  female  nurses  will  in  every 
case   have    their    special    duties    designated, 

*  See  Hospital  Muster  Koll. 


THE    HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  39 

through  the  directress,  by  the  surgeon  in 
charge;  they  may  be  conveniently  assigned 
to  the  care  of  the  cleanliness  of  patients  as  to 
dress  and  person,  the  supervision,  prepara- 
tion, and  administration  of  extra  diets  and 
beverages,  and  such  watching  and  other  care 
of  the  sick  as  the  medical  officers  may  direct. 
In  addition,  one  or  more  nurses  may  be  em- 
ployed in  the  linen-room,  in  mending  and 
taking  care  of  clothing,  &c.  &c. 

Women  employed  in  this  capacity  should  be 
intelligent,  industrious,  and  of  irreproachable 
character.  They  should  have  a  just  apprecia- 
tion of  the  importance  of  their  duties,  and 
should  devote  themselves  heartily  to  their 
proper  performance. 

During  the  present  war,  great  exertions  have 
been  made  to  supply  female  nurses  of  the 
proper  character  to  military  hospitals,  by  Miss 
D.  L.  Dix,  so  well  known  for  her  philanthropic 
endeavors  to  ameliorate  the  condition  of  the 
insane.  Miss  Dix  has  been  authorized  by  the 
War  Department  to  employ  female  nurses  for 
army  hospitals ;  and,  as  it  is  impossible  for  her 
to  supervise  in  person  all  the  hospitals,  she  is 
authorized  to  delegate  her  authority  to  subor- 
dinate agents,  not  to  exceed  one  for  each  city 


40  THE  HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

or  military  district.  Women  wishing  employ- 
ment as  nurses  must  apply  to  Miss  Dix,  or  to 
her  authorized  agents,  and  medical  officers 
requiring  women  nurses  are  directed  by  the 
Surgeon-General  to  apply  to  Miss  Dix,  or  to  her 
authorized  agent  for  the  place  where  their 
hospitals  are  located. 

Exception  is  made  to  this  rule  only  in  cases 
of  urgent  need. 

Female  nurses  thus  employed  may  be  dis- 
charged by  the  medical  officer  in  charge  of  the 
hospital  to  which  they  are  assigned,  if  found 
incompetent,  insubordinate,  or  otherwise  unfit 
for  their  vocation.* 

Besides  the  nurses  furnished  by  Miss  Dix, 
Sisters  of  Charity,  and  the  members  of  other 
religious  orders,  have  largely  volunteered  for 
the  duty  of  nurses  during  the  present  war,  and, 
by  their  devotion,  strict  obedience  to  direc- 
tions, and  irreproachable  lives,  have  proved  of 
the  greatest  service  to  those  hospitals  which 
have  been  fortunate  enough  to  secure  their 
services.  They  can  be  employed  only  under 
special  instructions  from  the  Surgeon-General's 
office. 

*  See  Circular  No.  7,  Surgeon-General's  Office,  Washington, 
D.C.,  July  14,  1862. 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  41 


SECTION  IV. OF  LAUNDRESSES. 

The  laundresses  for  the  hospital  (matrons  of 
army  regulations)  are  employed  by  the  surgeon 
at  the  rate  of  one  to  every  twenty  patients. 

Their  pay  is  six  dollars  a  month,  with  one 
ration  per  day. 

They  are  paid  on  the  hospital  muster  roll. 
(F.  2.)  Soldiers'  wives  are  selected  for  this 
duty  wherever  practicable.  Where  the  laun- 
dresses come  to  the  hospital  to  wash,  the  hours 
of  work  are  regulated  by  the  surgeon ;  where 
the  clothes  are  given  out  to  wash,  the  time 
allowed  for  their  completion  is  regulated  by 
the  same  authority. 


4« 


42  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


CHAPTER  III. 

General  Outline  of  the  Duties  of  Stewards  and  other 
Hospital  Attendants. 

SECTION  I. NUMBER    OF    STEWARDS    AND    OTHER 

HOSPITAL  ATTENDANTS  ALLOWED  IN  HOSPITALS 
AND  IN  THE  FIELD. 

The  number  of  hospital  attendants  is  fixed 
by  army  regulations  as  follows  : 

"  Ordinarily,  hospital  attendants  are  allowed 
as  follows  :  to  a  general  hospital,  one  steward, 
one  nurse  as  ward-master,  one  nurse  to  ten 
patients,  one  matron  to  twenty,  and  one  cook 
to  thirty ;  to  a  hospital  where  the  command 
exceeds  five  companies,  one  steward  and  ward- 
master,  one  cook,  two  matrons,  and  four 
nurses ;  to  a  post  or  garrison  of  one  company, 
one  steward  and  ward-master,  one  nurse,  one 
cook,  and  one  matron,  and  for  every  two 
companies  more,  one  nurse ;  at  arsenals,  where 
the  number  of  enlisted  men  is  not  less  than 
fourteen,  one  matron  is  allowed. 

"  The  allowance  of  hospital  attendants  for 
troops  in  the  field  will  be :  for  one  company, 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  43 

one  steward,  one  nurse,  and  one  cook;  for 
each  additional  company,  one  nurse;  and  for 
commands  of  over  five  companies,  one  addi- 
tional cook."* 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  word  ordinarily 
is  used  in  connection  with  this  regulation ;  and 
practically,  in  general  hospitals  and  elsewhere, 
when  any  special  circumstances  render  a  larger 
number  of  attendants  necessary,  they  can  gene- 
rally be  obtained  by  the  surgeon  on  repre- 
senting the  case  to  the  medical  director. 

Thus,  for  example,  in  general  hospitals  of 
more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  patients, 
more  than  one  hospital  steward  is  usually 
allowed. 


SECTION  II. — OUTLINE  OF  THE  DUTIES  OF  HOSPITAL 
STEWARDS. 

In  the  field,  in  post  hospitals,  and  in 
general  hospitals  of  moderate  size,  but  one 
steward  is  generally  allowed.  His  duties 
embrace  all  those  described  in  this  work  as 
belonging  to  hospital  stewards.  He  has, 
under  the  surgeon,  the  general  supervision 
of  the  hospital,  regulates  its  police,  discipline, 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  §  1258. 


44  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

ventilation,  lighting,  and  warming,  attends  to 
the  provision  returns,  carries  out  the  surgeon's 
instructions  as  to  the  management  of  the  hos- 
pital fund,  makes  the  purchases  for  the  hospi- 
tal and  takes  care  of  the  stores,  sees  that  the 
cooking  is  properly  executed,  the  property  of 
the  hospital  duly  cared  for,  and,  in  fact,  is 
responsible  to  the  surgeon  for  the  general 
administration  of  the  institution. 

Besides  these  duties,  he  takes  charge  of 
the  dispensary,  puts  up  the  prescriptions,  and 
performs  all  those  duties  described  in  the 
chapter  on  the  dispensary  and  its  manage- 
ment, as  well  as  renders  to  the  surgeon  such 
assistance  as  may  be  necessary  in  dressings 
and  minor  surgery. 

These  duties,  however,  are  so  extensive 
that  during  the  present  war  it  has  been  found 
expedient  to  authorize  more  than  one  steward 
in  general  hospitals  of  a  hundred  and  fifty 
patients  or  upwards. 

Where  two  hospital  stewards  are  thus  as- 
signed to  a  general  hospital,  one  should  be 
put  in  exclusive  charge  of  the  dispensary,  and 
should  relieve  the  other  of  all  except  the 
strictly  administrative  duties  of  the  house. 

Where  three  hospital  stewards  are  assigned 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  45 

to  a  general  hospital,  one  should  be  put  in 
charge  of  the  cooking  department.  His  duty 
should  be  to  supervise  the  cooks  and  all  per- 
taining to  the  kitchen,  to  receive  and  take 
charge  of  the  provisions  when  they  arrive  at 
the  hospital,  and  be  responsible  for  their 
economical  use.  One  should  have  charge  of 
the  dispensary,  &c,  and  a  third  attend  to  the 
administrative  duties  of  the  house. 

Where  more  than  three  hospital  stewards 
are  allowed,  an  additional  steward  may  be  de- 
tailed for  the  dispensary,  another  to  assist  in  the 
administrative  duties  of  the  house,  and  so  on. 

As  a  general  rule,  three  hospital  stewards 
will  be  found  quite  sufficient  for  hospitals  of 
five  hundred  patients. 

The  hospital  steward  charged  with  the  ad- 
ministrative duties  of  the  house  is  designated 
the  chief  steward.  He  receives  obedience 
from  all  non-commissioned  officers,  enlisted 
men,  and  citizen  nurses  in  the  hospital,  and 
is  immediately  responsible  to  the  surgeon  in 
charge  for  the  performance  of  his  duties. 

The  details  of  the  several  duties  of  hospital 
stewards  will  be  found  throughout  the  volume. 

In  addition  to  these  duties,  there  is  a  special 
duty   directed   in   regulations,  to   which   the 


46  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

attention  of  hospital  stewards  is  especially 
called,  because  of  late  it  has  been  too  much 
neglected,  and  great  inconvenience  has  resulted 
in  consequence. 

It  is  provided  in  regulations  that  "  hospital 
stewards,  whenever  stationed  in  places  whence 
no  post  return  is  made  to  the  Adjutant-Gene- 
ral's office,  or  when  on  furlough,  will  at  the 
end  of  every  month  report  themselves  by  letter 
to  the  Adjutant-General  and  Surgeon-General, 
as  well  as  to  the  medical  director  of  the  mili- 
tary department  in  which  they  may  be  serv- 
ing ;  to  each  of  whom  they  will  also  report 
each  assignment  to  duty,  or  change  of  station, 
ordered  in  their  case,  noting  carefully  the 
number,  date,  and  source  of  the  order  direct- 
ing the  same.  They  will  also  report  monthly 
when  on  furlough  to  the  medical  officer  in  charge 
of  the  hospital  to  which  they  are  attached."* 

Careful  compliance  with  this  regulation  will 
save  much  inconvenience  to  the  steward,  as 
well  as  to  the  authorities.  It  is  the  only  con- 
venient way  of  knowing  the  whereabouts  of  any 
individual  steward.  It  is  therefore  urged  upon 
their  attention,  not  merely  as  a  military  duty, 
but  as  a  matter  of  convenience  to  themselves. 

*  Kevised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  §  1292. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  47 

SECTION  in. OUTLINE  OF  THE  DUTIES  OF  THE 

WARD-MASTER. 

The  duties  of  the  ward-master  are,  to  a  cer- 
tain extent,  described  in  arnry  regulations,  in 
which  it  is  ordered  that  the  surgeon  "  will  re- 
quire the  ward-master  to  take  charge  of  the 
effects  of  the  patients;  to  register  them  in  a 
book;  to  have  them  numbered  and  labelled 
with  the  patient's  name,  rank,  and  company ; 
to  receive  from  the  steward  the  furniture,  bed- 
ding, cooking-utensils,  &c.  for  use,  and  keep  a 
record  of  them,  and  how  distributed  to  the 
wards  and  kitchens;  and  once  a  week  to  take 
an  inventory  of  the  articles  in  use,  and  report 
to  him  any  loss  or  damage  to  them,  and  to 
return  to  the  steward  such  as  are  not  required 
for  use."* 

It  will  be  seen  here  that  two  duties  are 
specially  assigned  to  the  ward-master.  First, 
the  care  of  the  effects  of  patients.  Second, 
the  care  of  the  hospital  furniture  and  utensils. 

In  order  that  the  ward-master  may  take 
charge  of  the  effects  of  patients,  he  has  assigned 
to  him  the  care  of  the  knapsack-room.*{* 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  §  1246. 
t  See  Part  II.  Chap.  II.  Sec.  9. 


4S         THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

On  the  reception  of  patients,  their  effects  are 
at  once  turned  over  to  the  ward-master,  ex- 
cepting only  money,  watches,  or  other  valu- 
ables, which  are  given  to  the  surgeon  for  safe 
keeping. 

The  ward-master  examines  them,  makes  a 
list  on  the  back  of  the  patient's  ticket,  and 
enters  all  in  a  book  kept  for  the  purpose,  in 
accordance  with  the  form  on  p.  49. 

After  entering  the  list  of  articles  in  his  book, 
the  ward-master  will  cause  them  to  be  neatly 
packed  in  the  knapsack,  have  the  overcoat  and 
blankets  properly  folded  and  strapped  upon  it, 
and  affix  to  the  package  a  label,  on  which  is 
written  the  name,  rank,  and  company  of  the 
owner,  with  the  number  of  his  ward  and  bed. 
It  is  then  to  be  carried  to  the  knapsack-room 
and  placed  upon  the  appropriate  shelf. 

Muskets,  sabres,  pistols,  &c.  are  to  be  simi- 
larly labelled  and  placed  on  the  arms-rack  in 
the  knapsack-room. 

When  the  patient  leaves  the  hospital,  his 
effects  are  to  be  duly  returned  to  him,  except 
when  he  is  discharged  from  service,  in  which 
case  arms  and  other  United  States  property 
are  to  be  retained  by  the  ward-master,  the 
government  property  thus  accumulating  in  the 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


49 


No. 

3 
p 

I 

fed 

a 
ft 

2S 
•a  a 
a,  a 

Company. 

Coats. 

Jackets. 

Overalls. 

&c. 

Muskets. 

Knapsacks. 

&c. 

&c. 

&c. 

N 

pj 

Remarks  will  note 
to  whom  the  articles 
were  delivered,  what 
money,  &c,  were  left 
by  those   who    die; 
and  to  whom   they 
were  given. 

1 

50  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

hospital  to  be  turned  over  from  time  to  time, 
on  orders  received  from  the  surgeon,  to  the 
Ordnance  department. 

When  the  patient  dies  in  hospital,  the  ward- 
master  is  to  furnish  the  surgeon  with  a  state- 
ment of  his  effects,  copied  from  his  account- 
book,  and  is  to  retain  them  in  his  possession 
until  he  receives  orders  from  the  surgeon  as  to 
their  disposition.* 

Where  no  legal  claimant  appears  for  pro- 
perty accumulating,  either  from  deceased  or 
deserted  soldiers,  or  from  sources  unknown,  it 
is  to  be  retained  until  orders  are  received  for 
its  disposition  from  proper  authority. 

In  order  that  the  ward-master  may  properly 
care  for  the  hospital  furniture  for  which  he  is 
responsible,  he  must  keep  a  record  of  it,  and 
of  its  distribution  to  the  office,  wards,  kitchen, 
&c.  &c. 

This  record  is  kept  in  accordance  with  the 
following  form : — 

*  Revised  Regulations,  Art.  XVII. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


51 


1 

No.  of  ward  or  kitchen. 

1 

Bunks. 

Bedsacks. 

Sheets. 

Blankets. 

Kettles. 

Spoons. 

Knives. 

Forks. 

&c. 

&c. 

Lost. 

Worn  out. 

Destroyed  by  order. 

Beturned  to  steward. 

The    remarks    will 
state  how  articles  have 
been  lost,  and  by  whom 
destroyed,  or  the  per- 
sons suspected,  &c. 

1 

00 

52 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWAKD  S   MANUAL. 


The  above  is  the  form  suggested  in  regula- 
tions. The  following  form,  however,  will  be 
adopted  as  more  convenient  in  large  hospitals. 

Each  page  of  a  small  blank-book  is  to  be 
devoted  to  a  separate  ward,  kitchen,  office,  or 
other  apartment,  and  is  to  be  ruled  in  accord- 
ance with  the  following  form : — 

Ward  No. 


oV 

o 

a 
u 
o 

13  £ 

Names  of  articles. 

a 

3 

o 

1-3 

°  o 

ft"0 

Remarks. 

Here  enter  the 

The    remarks    to 

names  only  of  ar- 

state   how   articles 

ticles  of  furniture 

have  been  lost,  and 

actually    in    the 

by  whom  destroyed, 

apartment. 

or  the  person  sus- 
pected. 

Each  page  is  to  be  headed  with  the  name 
of  the  ward  or  apartment  to  which  it  belongs. 
In  making  out  the  original  inventory,  or  re- 
cording the  original  issues,  the  names  of  those 
articles   only   are   to   be   entered   which    are 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  53 

actually  in  the  apartment  concerned,  leaving 
the  rest  blank  to  record  subsequent  additions. 

The  chief  nurse,  cook,  or  other  attendant  in 
charge  of  a  ward  or  apartment,  should  be  fur- 
nished with  a  copy  of  the  ward-master's  inven- 
tory for  his  particular  ward.  As  the  ward- 
master  is  responsible  for  the  due  preservation 
of  all  the  hospital  property,  so,  in  like  manner, 
is  the  chief  nurse  or  other  attendant,  in  charge 
of  a  particular  apartment,  responsible  to  the 
ward-master  for  the  articles  intrusted  to  his 
care,  as  set  forth  in  the  inventory  furnished 
him. 

Once  every  week  the  ward-master  is  to  go 
over  the  hospital  with  his  book,  and  to  com- 
pare the  list  for  which  each  ward,  &c.  is  re- 
sponsible, with  the  articles  actually  present. 
All  articles  not  needed  for  current  use  are  to 
be  returned  to  the  steward.  Loss  or  damage 
is  to  be  duly  reported  to  the  surgeon. 

In  a  hospital  of  considerable  size,  the  ward- 
master  may  need  assistance  in  the  perform- 
ance of  these  duties;  in  which  case,  one  or 
more  hospital  attendants  may  be  designated 
by  the  surgeon  in  charge  as  assistant  ward- 
masters. 


5* 


54  THE   HOSPITAL  "STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION  IV. — OUTLINE  OF  THE  DUTIES  OF  NURSES. 

The  duties  of  nurses  are  the  same,  whether 
they  belong  to  the  hospital  corps  or  are 
enlisted  men  temporarily  detailed  for  the  pur- 
pose. 

Each  ward  has  its  nurses  specially  assigned 
to  it  by  the  surgeon  in  charge.  One  of  these 
is  designated  by  him  as  the  chief  nurse,  who 
is  held  responsible  by  the  ward-master  for  the 
care  of  the  furniture,  utensils,  and  other  hos- 
pital property,  and  by  the  steward  for  the 
discipline,  police,  and  general  administration 
of  the  ward. 

At  the  option  of  the  surgeon,  a  female 
nurse  may  be  assigned  to  this  duty. 

The  chief  nurse  will  see  that  the  beds  are 
duly  made  up  in  the  morning;  that  chamber- 
pots, bed-pans,  and  urinals  are  emptied  when- 
ever used;  that  the  ward  is  properly  swept 
and  cleaned  daily;  that  the  meals  of  those 
patients  who  are  confined  to .  bed  are  fur- 
nished them  at  the  proper  hour;  that  those 
patients  who  go  to  the  common  table  are  as- 
sembled at  the  dinner-hour,  to  march,  to  the 
dining-hall;  that  the  medicines   are  sent  for 


THE   HOSPITAL  STEWAKD  S   MANUAL.  55 

when  notification  of  their  readiness  is  received 
from  the  dispensary;  that  they  are  admi- 
nistered to  the  patient ;  that  the  ward  is  pro- 
perly ventilated,  free  from  all  close  or  un- 
pleasant odors,  properly  lighted  at  night,  and 
in  the  winter-time  properly  warmed ;  and  that 
all  the  police  regulations  established  by  the 
surgeon  in  charge  are  scrupulously  complied 
with.  He  will  maintain  order  and  discipline 
among  the  attendants  and  patients,  and  report 
all  neglect  of  duty,  disobedience  of  orders, 
absentees,  &c,  to  the  steward. 

He  will  attend  the  several  roll-calls,  and 
there  make  to  the  steward  report  of  the  con- 
dition of  the  ward,  of  absentees,  &c. 

When  the  surgeon  visits  the  ward,  he  will 
accompany  him  from  bed  to  bed  with  a  slate 
or  memorandum-book,  in  which  he  will  note 
the  diet,  directions  as  to  the  administration  of 
medicine,  and  other  specific  directions  with 
regard  to  each  patient;  and  he  will  be  held 
responsible  that  these  directions  are  properly 
carried  out. 

These  duties  are  responsible  and  important, 
and  require  sobriety,  fidelity,  and  intelligence 
on  the  part  of  the  attendant  to  whom  they  are 
intrusted.     Too  great  care  cannot,  therefore, 


56  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

be  exercised  in  the  selection  of  the  chief  nurse, 
who  should  be  at  once  degraded  by  the  sur- 
geon if  he  proves  incompetent  or  negligent. 

In  small  wards  of  ten  or  fifteen  beds,  the 
chief  nurse  may,  in  addition  to  these  duties, 
assume  the  care  of  a  share  of  the  patients.  In 
wards  of  twenty  beds  and  upwards,  however, 
it  will  be  found  advisable  to  assign  to  him 
only  the  general  supervision  and  responsibility 
above  outlined. 

The  beds  in  each  ward  are  to  be  divided 
equally  among  the  remaining  nurses,  each  of 
whom  is  to  be  responsible  for  all  that  pertains 
to  those  placed  under  his  charge. 

He  will  see  that  convalescents  who  are  able 
make  their  beds  immediately  after  rising  in 
the  morning,  and  will  himself  make  those  beds 
whose  occupants  are  unable  to  do  so.  Where 
patients  are  confined  to  bed,  their  beds  should 
likewise  be  carefully  made  up  daily,  or  oftener 
when  their  comfort  requires  it. 

Where  the  patient  is  able,  he  may  rise  from 
the  bed  and  sit  in  a  chair,  or  lie  in  an  adjacent 
bed,  as  the  case  may  be,  while  his  bed  is  being 
made.  But  where  this  is  impossible,  as  in 
severe  cases  of  fevers,  wounds  with  fractures, 
&c,  the  making  of  the  bed  becomes  a  matter 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  57 

of  some  difficulty  as  well  as  of  importance. 
To  neglect  it,  besides  rendering  the  patient 
uncomfortable,  would  be  to  make  cleanliness 
impossible,  and  to  predispose  to  excoriations 
and  to  bed-sores.  But  caution  is  necessary  in 
executing  the  task.  The  pillow  may  be  re- 
moved from  under  the  head,  shaken  up,  the 
case  changed  when  necessary,  and  replaced. 
The  bed-covers  may  be  removed,  the  bottom 
sheet  smoothed,  drawn  upon  first  on  one  side 
and  then  on  the  other,  so  as  to  remove  wrin- 
kles, all  crumbs,  &c.  which  may  have  accumu- 
lated on  it  brushed  away,  and  then  the  upper 
sheet,  blankets,  and  coverlet  replaced  neatly 
and  rapidly. 

Where  it  is  necessary  to  change  the  bottom 
sheet,  this  may  readily  be  done  by  pinning  the 
clean  sheet  to  the  margin  of  the  dirty  one,  so 
that  as  the  one  is  gently  drawn  away  the 
other  is  carried  into  place.  The  pins  should 
be  placed  with  their  heads  towards  the  direc- 
tion in  which  the  sheet  is  to  be  drawn ;  other- 
wise their  points  are  liable  to  catch  in  the 
mattress,  or  the  clothes  and  flesh  of  the  patient. 

In  cases  of  fractures  of  the  lower  extremi- 
ties, and  other  severe  injuries,  where  harm 
might  result  from  an  incautious   movement, 


58  THE   HOSPITAL    STEWAKD'S   MANUAL. 

this  duty  should  only  be  performed  in  the 
presence  of  the  attending  surgeon. 

The  nurse  is  also  immediately  responsible 
for  the  personal  cleanliness  of  the  patients 
under  his  charge.  He  will  see  that,  when  they 
are  able  to  do  so,  they  wash  themselves  daily, 
and  change  their  under-clothes  at  least  once  a 
week.  Where  the  patient  is  unable  to  wash 
himself  and  change  his  clothes,  these  duties 
must  be  performed  for  him  by  the  nurse. 

The  nurse  must  therefore  daily  wash  the 
hands  and  faces  and  comb  the  hair  of  those 
patients  who  are  unable  to  wait  on  themselves. 
This  duty  should  be  performed  gently  and 
thoroughly,  and  without  spilling  water  upon 
the  bed  or  floor.  Where  patients  are  long 
confined  to  bed,  as  in  cases  of  fractures,  the 
feet,  limbs,  and  body  should  also  be  washed 
from  time  to  time.  A  sponge  will  be  found 
useful  in  these  cases,  both  in  applying  soap 
and  in  subsequently  removing  it. 

General  sjDonging  of  the  body  should  not, 
however,  be  resorted  to  in  fevers  or  other 
acute  diseases,  except  with  the  permission  of 
the  surgeon.  Where  patients  are  obliged  to 
use  the  bed-pan,  urinal,  or  chamber-pot  or 
chair,  the  nurse  should  furnish  it  to  them  on 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S    MANUAL.  59 

the  want  being  made  known,  and  immediately 
after  it  is  used  carry  it  out  of  the  ward,  empty 
it,  cleanse  it,  and  restore  it  to  its  place.  On 
no  account  should  vessels  containing  excre- 
ment or  urine  be  allowed  to  remain  even  for  a 
few  minutes  in  the  ward. 

Attention  to  this  particular  is  so  indispensa- 
ble in  a  sanitary  point  of  view,  that  the  chief 
nurse  should  hold  each  nurse  strictly  respon- 
sible for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  duty. 

Where,  from  involuntary  evacuations  of 
urine  or  feces,  the  patient  soils  his  clothes  or 
his  bed,  as  frequently  happens  in  low  forms  of 
fever,  in  injuries  accompanied  by  paralysis, 
&c,  they  should  be  immediately  changed.  For 
the  same  reason,  a  piece  of  oiled  silk,  oil-cloth, 
or  gutta-percha  cloth,  should  be  introduced 
between  the  sheet  and  the  mattress,  in  cases 
where  such  an  accident  may  be  anticipated,  to 
protect  the  mattress  from  injury. 

In  suppurating  wounds,  or  in  cases  where 
water  dressings  are  applied,  a  piece  of  oiled 
silk  or  gutta-percha  cloth  should  always  be 
employed  to  protect  the  bedclothes. 

Bedclothes  stained  with  pus  or  blood  should 
be  immediately  changed,  and  economy  is  to  be 
consulted   by  protecting   the  bedclothes    and 


60  THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

clothes  of  the  patient  from  being  soiled,  and 
not  by  retaining  foul  linen,  &c.  about  him  to 
avoid  frequent  changes.  Absolute  cleanliness 
is  indispensable  to  secure  the  health  of  wards. 

Another  point  of  importance  is,  to  see  that 
patients  are  kept  free  from  lice  and  other  ver- 
min. This  is,  to  a  great  extent,  secured  by 
attention  to  personal  cleanliness.  But  some 
other  points  may  be  mentioned. 

Bedbugs  are  best  avoided  by  cleanliness  of 
the  beds,  secured  by  occasional  wiping  with 
soap  and  water,  especially  in  all  joints  and 
crevices.  They  are  less  likely  to  be  found  in 
iron  bedsteads,  where  the  mattress  rests  on 
wooden  or  iron  slats,  than  in  wooden  cots  with 
sacking-bottoms :  where  they  exist,  they  may 
be  destroyed  by  washing  the  crevices  with  a 
solution  of  corrosive  sublimate  in  alcohol,  after 
destruction  of  all  visible  on  search. 

Lice  may  be  removed  by  the  use  of  the  fine- 
toothed  comb,  of  strong  soap  and  water,  and, 
where  necessary,  of  weak  mercurial  ointment, 
or  of  ointment  or  infusion  of  fish-berries, 
( Gocculus  indicus,  one  drachm  of  the  powder  to 
the  ounce  of  lard,  or  one  ounce  to  the  pint  of 
boiling  water.)  Infusion  or  tincture  of  nux 
vomica  also  answers  the  same  purpose. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  61 

These  medicinal  agents,  however,  should 
never  be  resorted  to  without  the  consent  of  the 
surgeon ;  and  where  infusion  of  fish-berries,  or 
of  nux  vomica,  is  employed,  the  greatest  care 
should  be  exercised  that  it  is  not  accidentally 
employed  internally,  as  it  is  a  deadly  poison. 

It  is  also  the  duty  of  the  nurse  to  admi- 
nister the  medicines  to  the  patients,  and  in 
other  respects  to  carry  out  the  directions  of 
the  surgeon.  He  should,  therefore,  with  the 
chief  nurse,  accompany  the  surgeon  in  his 
visits  to  the  patients  under  his  care,  and 
either  himself  write  upon  a  slate  or  in  a 
memorandum-book  the  surgeon's  directions  for 
each,  or  should  have  free  access  to  the  book 
of  the  chief  nurse  in  which  this  record  is  made. 

The  nurse  should  remember  that  absolute 
obedience  in  these  respects  is  his  military 
duty,  and  that  every  time  he  disobeys  or 
neglects  the  surgeon's  directions  as  to  the 
care  of  the  patient  in  any  particular,  he  risks 
unnecessarily  the  life  of  a  fellow-creature.  It 
is  not  for  him  to  judge  of  the  propriety  or 
importance  of  the  measures  directed :  for  this 
the  surgeon  is  responsible  :  blind  and  complete 
obedience  is  necessarily  required  of  him,  and 
for  this  he  will  be  held  strictly  responsible. 


62  THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

The  nurse  will  also  see  that  those  of  his 
patients  go  to  the  common  table  for  their 
meals  who  are  authorized  to  do  so  by  the 
surgeon,  and  these  only.  He  will  distribute 
to  the  others  the  diet  allowed  for  each  by  the 
surgeon,  and,  where  the  patient  is  unable  to 
feed  himself,  will  with  his  own  hands  admi- 
nister the  food  in  accordance  with  directions 
received.  The  same  obedience  to  the  sur- 
geon's orders  is  required  here  as  in  the  admi- 
nistration of  remedies,  and  for  the  same  reason. 
The  nurse  cannot  know  in  any  case  how  fatal 
may  be  the  results  of  neglect  or  disobedience. 

It  will  be  seen  that  for  the  proper  perform- 
ance of  these  duties  the  nurse  should  in  every 
case  be  able  to  read  and  write. 

In  addition  to  the  special  duties  which  each 
nurse  owes  to  the  patients  under  his  charge, 
there  are  certain  general  duties  in  every  ward, 
which  are  distributed  among  the  nurses,  each 
of  whom  is  to  be  held  responsible  for  the  due 
performance  of  the  duties  assigned  him. 

Thus,  to  one  should  be  assigned  the  sweep- 
ing and  cleaning  of  the  floor,  walls,  and  win- 
dows, to  another  the  maintenance  of  the  fires 
and  the  superintendence  and  management  of 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S    MANUAL.  63 

the  lights,  to  a  third  the  cleanliness  of  the 
bath-room,  lavatory,  and  water-closets  attached 
to  the  ward,  &c. 

Two  or  more  nurses  are  to  be  detailed  daily 
to  carry  food  from  the  kitchen  to  the  ward, 
one  or  more  to  bring  the  medicines  from  the 
dispensary  to  the  ward,  two  or  more  to  relieve 
each  other  on  duty  as  night  nurses  where 
these  are  required  by  the  emergency  of  par- 
ticular cases  or  the  general  directions  of  the 
surgeon. 

The  chief  nurse,  with  the  permission  of  the 
surgeon,  may  make  this  distribution  of  duty, 
and  should  keep  in  a  memorandum-book  a 
list  of  the  attendants  under  his  orders,  with 
the  duties  assigned  to  each,  in  order  that  no 
disputes  may  arise  as  to  who  is  responsible  for 
any  of  the  business  of  the  ward. 

Night  nurses  may  be  either  the  ordinary 
attendants  of  the  ward  detailed  in  turn  for 
that  purpose,  or  a  special  set  of  attendants  or 
night  watchers  detailed  for  that  duty  only. 

In  a  great  institution,  the  latter  is  the  best 
plan.  One  night  nurse  should  be  assigned  to 
each  ward,  and  one  to  the  general  supervision 
of  the  whole  house,  whose  duty  it  shall  be 
to  go  over  the  house  every  hour  during  the 


64  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

night,  inspect  the  fires  and  lights,  and  see  that 
the  several  night  nurses  are  attending  to  their 
duties. 

The  night  nurses  go  on  duty  at  tattoo,  and 
are  relieved  at  reveille.  They  have  the  day 
to  themselves  for  rest  and  sleep. 

Where  there  are  no  special  night  nurses,  the 
ordinary  attendants  of  the  house  take  turns 
in  performing  this  duty.  For  this  purpose  a 
roster  should  be  made  out  by  the  steward,  and 
each  detailed  in  his  turn,  with  a  corresponding 
period  of  rest  to  follow  his  tour  of  duty. 

Besides  the  nurses  proper,  certain  attend- 
ants may  be  detailed,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
surgeon,  for  duty  in  the  office,  as  clerks,  &c, 
as  assistants  in  the  dispensary,  as  assistants 
to  the  ward-master,  and  for  such  other  duties 
as  are  not  otherwise  provided  for.  Each  of 
these  attendants  has  his  special  duties  speci- 
fically assigned  him  by  the  surgeon,  to  whom, 
as  well  as  to  the  steward  or  ward-master 
under  whose  orders  he  may  be  placed,  he  is 
responsible  for  their  proper  performance. 

A  list  should  be  kept  in  the  office  of  all 
the  attendants  in  the  house,  with  the  duties 
assigned  to  each,  which  may  be  made  out  in 
the  following  form  : — 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


65 


tei 

p 

B 

CD 

o  W 

l-S    CD 

O^. 

S  B 

►^  2 

CO     P 

C5 

o 

B 

►p 

p 

p 

^ 

p 

T3 

2.? 

P    CD 

c^P 

P4 

g^ 

H  p- 

S  o 

*  s 

Here 
or  place 
whether 
in  what 
ant  on 
where, 
ward-mi 
pensary 

"       £             O     *i             3)     CD 

52.  p  tb  =3  p  a,  g*- 

£T   CO    tn  a    CO    "  P 

p 

2   on   o   £5   _   co   5- 

-     S-  «  c  p  **  a 

«£t 

0   £.       -     S   <»    ^ 

H    !1    O    ..    >1    O    f 

e  ward 
n  duty, 
se,  and 
ittend- 
r  else- 
nt     to 
•  in  dis- 

ci o  p  ►< 

Herem 
elieved 
nd  why 
ther  ma 
essary. 

CD 

B 
p 
>-* 

S1  •    a»  2 

w     P    O     <r>- 

00  5  3  S* 

it1 

CO 

when 
duty,  « 
such 
s  ne- 

66 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD  S   MANUAL. 


From  this  list  a  memorandum  of  hospital  at- 
tendants maybe  made  up, which  should  be  hung 
in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  office,  and  should 
be  corrected  whenever  any  changes  are  made. 


Names. 

Stewards'. 

In  office. 

In  dispensary. 

In  kitchen. 

In  knapsack-room. 

Ward  1. 

Ward  2. 

Ward  3. 

&c. 

&c. 

&c 

THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  67 


SECTION  V. DUTIES  OF  COOKS  AND  LAUNDRESSES. 

The  duties  of  cooks  and  laundresses  will  be 
described  in  full  in  the  articles  on  the  kitchen 
and  laundry,  (q.  v.) 

SECTION  VI. — DUTIES  OF  HOSPITAL  ATTENDANTS  IN 
BATTLE. 

The  duties  of  the  hospital  attendants  in 
battle  are  of  the  highest  importance,  and  on 
their  faithful  execution  the  successful  succor- 
ing of  the  wounded  must  in  a  great  measure 
depend.  The  surgeon  must,  therefore,  exact 
the  strictest  discipline  during  an  engagement, 
and  the  slightest  disobedience  of  orders  or 
neglect  of  duty  must  be  punished  in  an  ex- 
emplary manner. 

The  attendants  may  be  divided  into  two 
classes :  those  who  remain  at  the  depots  esta- 
blished at  the  rear  of  the  line  of  battle,  and 
those  who  go  upon  the  field. 

Those  who  remain  at  the  depots  are  selected 
for  this  purpose  by  the  surgeon  in  charge  of 
the  depot. 

One  or  more  experienced  stewards,  one  or 
more  cooks,  and  a  sufficient  number  of  nurses 


68  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

will  be  detailed  for  this  purpose.  The  number 
of  attendants  needed  will  vary  with  the  num- 
ber of  surgeons  assigned  to  the  depot  for  duty, 
and  the  probable  number  of  wounded:  it  is 
in  every  case  determined  by  the  surgeon  in 
charge  of  the  depot. 

The  depot  established,  the  hospital  steward 
at  once  proceeds  to  open  such  panniers  and 
chests  as  may  be  necessary  to  get  out  a  suffi 
cient  number  of  bandages,  dressings,  stimu- 
lants, and  opiates,  or  other  articles  required  by 
the  surgeons. 

If  the  depot  is  near  the  scene  of  actual 
conflict,  no  more  should  be  laid  out  than  is 
absolutely  necessary  for  actual  use,  in  order 
that,  if  it  becomes  advisable  to  change  the 
location  of  the  depot,  it  may  be  effected  with 
as  little  loss  of  time  as  possible. 

Instrument-cases  should  be  laid  out  and 
unlocked,  but  instruments  should  not  be  laid 
out,  except  by  the  surgeon,  as  they  are  needed 
for  particular  operations;  and,  for  the  same 
reasons,  so  soon  as  the  surgeon  is  done  with 
any  instrument,  it  should  be  at  once  carefully 
cleaned  and  replaced  in  the  case. 

A  house,  barn,  or  other  building,  is  gene- 
rally selected  as  a  depot,  if  it  is  practicable  to 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  69 

do  so.  When  this  is  the  case,  the  attendants 
should  at  once  be  set  to  work  by  the  steward 
in  cleaning  and  preparing  it  for  the  reception 
of  the  wounded.  The  cooks,  meanwhile, 
should  make  a  fire,  and  prepare  tea  and  soup 
for  their  refreshment. 

Water  is  to  be  brought,  both  for  drinking  pur- 
poses and  for  the  surgeons'  use.  Sponges  are 
to  be  soaked,  and  every  necessary  preparation 
made. 

When  the  wounded  begin  to  arrive,  some 
of  the  attendants  assist  in  removing  them  from 
the  ambulances  and  carrying  them  to  the 
places  assigned  by  the  surgeon;  while  others 
wait  on  the  surgeons  during  the  operations 
and  dressings,  and  render  such  assistance  as 
may  be  required  of  them. 

At  the  principal  depots  in  the  rear,  the 
same  preparations  are  made,  but  on  a  larger 
scale.  In  every  case,  the  special  arrangements 
are  ordered  by  the  medical  officers,  and  the 
assignments  of  the  several  duties  to  the  assist- 
ants are  made  by  the  same  authority. 

The  hospital  attendants  who  go  upon  the 
field  may  be  divided  into  two  classes:  those 
who  accompany  the  medical  officers,  who  go 
upon  the  field  for  the  immediate  succor  of  the 


70  THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

wounded,  and  those  who  accompany  the  am- 
bulances and  litters  to  help  the  wounded  into 
them,  or  bear  the  hand-stretchers. 

Each  medical  officer  should  be  accompanied 
upon  the  field  by  an  orderly,  who  carries  the 
hospital  knapsack,  in  which  is  placed  a  supply 
of  instruments,  dressings,  &c.  for  immediate 
use.  When  the  surgeon  stops  to  give  his 
services  to  a  wounded  man,  the  orderly  at 
once  unslings  his  knapsack  and  prepares  to 
hand  out  to  the  surgeon  the  articles  needed  in 
dressing  the  patient. 

The  medical  officer  should  also  be  accom- 
panied by  two  intelligent  attendants,  one  of 
them  a  hospital  steward  where  possible,  to 
assist  him  in  any  operation  he  may  perforin 
upon  the  field. 

The  ambulances  are  to  be  accompanied  by  a 
sufficient  number  of  attendants,  with  hand- 
stretchers,  to  pick  up  the  wounded  and  carry 
them  from  positions  inaccessible  to  the  ambu- 
lances, or  where  it  is  not  advisable  that  these 
should  go,  to  the  nearest  ambulances,  or  field 
depot. 

In  lifting  the  wounded  and  placing  them 
upon  the  stretchers,  the  greatest  tenderness 
should  be  used,  especially  where  there  is  reason 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  71 

to  believe  that  bones  are  fractured.  The 
stretchers  are  each  to  be  carried  by  two  stout 
men,  who  are  to  take  pains  to  walk  so  that, 
while  the  foremost  steps  off  with  his  right  foot, 
the  other  may  step  off  with  his  left,  as  by 
so  doing  the  patient  is  less  likely  to  be  jolted, 
and  the  stretcher  is  tilted  less,  than  where  this 
precaution  is  neglected.  When  the  patient  is 
to  be  placed  in  the  ambulance,  the  attendants 
carefully  place  the  litter  upon  the  ground,  in 
the  rear  of  the  ambulance,  draw  out  the  am- 
bulance-litter on  which  he  is  to  lie,  place  it  by 
the  side  of  the  stretcher,  gently  transfer  him 
to  it,  and  carefully  raise  it  from  the  ground 
and  slide  it  back  into  its  place  in  the  vehicle. 
At  least  three  men  are  necessary  for  this  pur- 
pose, one  on  each  side  of  the  end  of  the  litter 
first  introduced  into  the  ambulance,  and  one 
at  the  other  end.  Care  should  be  taken  not 
to  tilt  the  litter,  or  jar  it  unnecessarily  in 
getting  it  into  place,  and,  after  having  placed 
it,  to  secure  it  so  that  it  cannot  slip  out  in  the 
movements  of  the  vehicle. 

The  ambulance-driver  should  keep  his 
horses  perfectly  quiet  while  patients  are  being 
introduced,  and  should  move  carefully,  so  as 


72  THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

to  avoid  jolting  as  much  as  possible  while 
going  to  the  depot. 

Arrived  at  the  depot,  the  ambulance  is  to 
be  backed  up  as  near  the  entrance  as  possible, 
the  litters,  with  the  patients  upon  them,  are  to 
be  drawn  out  one  by  one,  and  carried  to  the 
place  assigned  them,  the  patients  removed, 
the  litters  replaced,  and  the  ambulance  starts 
off  once  more  for  a  fresh  load. 

The  number  of  hospital  attendants  allowed 
in  the  field  being  usually  found  insufficient 
for  this  purpose,  an  additional  detail  is  gene- 
rally required.  The  musicians  are  usually 
selected;  but,  in  addition  to  these,  an  adequate 
number  of  temporary  assistants  will  generally 
be  furnished  by  the  commanding  officer,  at  the 
request  of  the  surgeon. 

The  principle  endeavored  to  be  established 
is  that  the  number  of  men  actually  on  that 
duty  should  be  sufficiently  large  to  give  all 
reasonable  assistance  during  the  engagement, 
in  order  that  there  may  be  no  excuse  for 
soldiers  to  leave  the  ranks  under  the  pre- 
tence that  they  are  needed  to  assist  the 
wounded. 

Hospital  attendants  and  soldiers  specially 
detailed    to  the    ambulance   corps  during  an 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  73 

engagement  should  remember  that  their  duty 
is  strictly  a  military  one,  and  that  there  is  no 
more  excuse  for  cowardice  or  for  disobedience 
of  orders  in  their  case  than  there  is  in  that  of 
any  other  soldiers  on  duty  on  the  field  of 
battle. 


PART  II. 

DISCIPLINE,  POLICE,  AND  GENERAL  SUPER- 
VISION OF  MILITARY  HOSPITALS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

The  General  Discipline  in  the  Hospital. 

A  military  hospital  requires  administration 
according  to  the  strictest  military  discipline. 
Nothing  short  of  this  will  secure  efficiency. 
The  surgeon  holds  the  chief  steward  respon- 
sible for  the  condition  of  every  part  of  the 
institution  under  his  charge.  The  steward,  on 
the  other  hand,  holds  his  several  subordinates 
responsible  for  the  due  performance  of  their 
duties.  The  details  of  these  various  duties  are 
found  throughout  this  work:  here,  therefore,  we 
limit  ourselves  to  certain  general  regulations 
which  will  be  found  necessary  to  maintain  order. 

SECTION   I. OF   THE   ROLL-CALLS. 

A  roll-call  of  all  the  stewards,  ward-masters, 
nurses,  cooks,  and  other  attendants  or  extra- 
duty  men,  should  be  held  at  least  twice  daily, 
— at  reveille  and  tattoo.  A  noon  roll-call  is  also 
desirable.  The  stewards  should  be  called  first, 
where  practicable;   the  nurses  in  charge   of 

7*  77 


78  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

wards  should  be  called  next.  Each,  as  he 
answers  to  his  name,  should  report  whether  all 
the  patients  under  his  care  are  present  or  not, 
— a  fact  which  he  must  ascertain,  by  actual 
inspection,  before  leaving  the  ward  to  go  to 
roll-call.  These  roll-calls  are  of  great  import- 
ance in  large  hospitals :  they  should,  therefore, 
be  strictly  regarded  as  a  military  duty,  and  all 
attendants  not  present  should  be  punished  as 
absent  without  leave,  unless  excused  on  account 
of  special  duty. 

SECTION   II. DAILY   ORDER   OF    HOSPITAL   DUTIES. 

The  following  schedule  will  be  found  con- 
venient for  the  business  of  the  hospital : — 

1.  Reveille,  at  6  J  a.m.  in  winter,  and  5  a.m. 
in  summer.  Morning  roll-call,  fifteen  minutes 
after. 

2.  Breakfast-call,  7  a.m.  in  winter,  and  6 
A.M.  in  summer. 

3.  Surgeon's  call,  9  a.m.  in  winter,  and  8£ 
in  summer. 

4.  Dinner,  12  m.,  preceded  by  noon  roll-call 
when  so  ordered. 

5.  Surgeon's  evening  call,  5  p.m. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARDS   MANUAL.  /9 

6.  Supper,  6  p.m. 

7.  Tattoo  and  evening  roll-call,  8  p.m. 

8.  Taps  (lights  extinguished),  9  p.m. 

These  calls  should,  whenever  possible,  be 
sounded  upon  a  bugle  or  beaten  on  a  drum, 
in  order  that  all  patients  and  attendants  may 
be  informed.  The  hours  for  each  call  will,  in 
every  case,  be  regulated  by  the  surgeon  in 
charge. 

At  reveille,  all  attendants,  and  such  con- 
valescents as  are  able  to  do  so,  will  rise, 
wash  and  dress ;  after  which  each  convalescent 
patient  who  is  able  will  make  his  own  bed; 
the  attendants  will  make  theirs,  and  will 
immediately  proceed  each  about  his  several 
duties,  such  as  sweeping  the  floors,  the  pass- 
ages, &c,  cleaning  the  spittoons,  and  similar 
work. 

At  hreakfast-call,  those  convalescents  who 
are  able  will  go  to  the  dining-hall  to  break- 
fast, together  with  the  attendants,  except  those 
whose  duty  it  is  to  attend  to  the  distribution 
of  food  to  patients  confined  to  bed.  This  dis- 
tribution should  be  made  while  the  conva- 
lescents are  absent  at  their  breakfast, — the 
preparations  having  been  previously  completed, 


80  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWAKD's   MANUAL. 

so  that  the  distribution  may  commence  imme- 
diately after  they  leave  the  room. 

The  convalescent  patients  should  not  be 
allowed  to  straggle  irregularly  through  the 
house  to  their  breakfast  or  any  of  their  other 
meals. 

They  should  be  drawn  up  in  order  in  each 
ward  by  the  chief  nurse,  who  should  call  the 
roll,  to  see  that  all  those  directed  by  the  surgeon 
to  take  their  meals  at  the  general  table  are 
there,  and  no  others;  after  which  they  should 
be  marched,  by  one  of  the  attendants,  from  the 
ward,  through  the  passages,  to  the  dining-hall. 
After  breakfast  they  should  be  marched  back 
in  the  same  order. 

The  attendants  employed  in  the  distribution 
of  food  to  patients  in  bed  should  receive  their 
breakfast  immediately  after  all  the  patients 
have  received  theirs.  The  chief  nurse  of  each 
ward  will  see  that  immediately  after  breakfast 
the  ward  is  put  in  order  for  the  visit  of  the 
surgeon.  No  patient  should  be  allowed  to 
leave  his  ward  after  breakfast,  except  for 
necessary  purposes,  before  the  surgeon's  visit. 

At  surgeon's  call,  the  several  surgeons  pro- 
ceed at  once  to  visit  the  wards  under  their 
charge,  examining  each  patient  carefully,  and 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  81 

causing  the  prescription  and  diet  for  each  to 
be  entered  in  the  prescription  and  diet  book. 
The  prescription  and  diet  book  goes  to  the 
steward  in  charge  of  the  dispensary,  who  puts 
up  the  medicines,  attaching  to  each  bottle, 
box,  or  package  a  label,  on  which  is  written 
the  number  of  the  ward  and  bed,  the  name  of 
the  patient,  date  of  the  prescription,  with  the 
directions  as  to  dose,  time  of  taking,  &c. 

The  chief  nurse  of  each  ward  should  keep  a 
slate,  on  which  he  should  enter  opposite  the 
name  of  each  patient  the  diet  allowed,  with 
any  specific  directions  which  may  be  given  by 
the  surgeon  in  individual  instances. 

At  dinner  and  supper  call,  the  same  general 
order  is  to  be  followed  as  was  described  for 
breakfast-call. 

At  surgeons  evening  call,  the  regular  second 
visits  of  the  surgeon  are  made  to  those  patients 
who  require  it,  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the 
morning. 

At  tattoo,  all  patients  must  make  their  pre- 
parations for  retiring,  and  all  must  be  in  bed 
at  nine  o'clock,  when  taps  should  be  sounded 
and  unnecessary  lights  extinguished. 


82  THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION   III. THE    STEWARDS   VISITS    OF    INSPEC- 
TION. 

Besides  the  visits  which  he  necessarily  pays 
to  different  parts  of  the  house  in  the  execu- 
tion of  his  several  duties,  the  chief  steward 
should  pay  every  part  of  the  hospital  a  formal 
visit  twice  or  three  times  daily. 

The  middle  of  the  morning,  the  middle 'of 
the  afternoon,  and  at  evening,  between  taps 
and  tattoo,  are  good  times  for  these  visits. 
To  these  may  be  added  a  visit  about  half  an 
hour  after  taps,  to  inspect  the  condition  of  the 
lights  and  fires. 

At  these  regular  visits,  the  steward  should 
note  the  condition  of  every  thing,  and  espe- 
cially the  order,  the  cleanliness,  the  ventila- 
tion, the  lighting,  and  the  warming  of  the 
building :  the  state  of  the  kitchen  and  dining- 
room,  of  the  bath-rooms  and  the  latrines,  is 
also  to  be  carefully  observed.  Any  negli- 
gence or  violation  of  duty  must  be  at  once 
corrected;  and  whenever  repairs  are  needed 
or  gross  violations  of  discipline  have  occurred, 
it  should  be  at  once  reported  to  the  surgeon 
in  charge. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  83 

SECTION   IV. — OF   SUNDAY   MORNING    INSPECTIONS. 

In  post  hospitals  it  is  usual  for  the  com- 
manding officer  to  complete  his  Sunday  morn- 
ing inspection  by  inspecting  the  hospital  and 
its  appendages  in  company  with  the  surgeon. 
In  general  hospitals  the  Sunday  morning  in- 
spection is  usually  conducted  by  the  surgeon 
in  charge.  The  proper  time  for  such  inspec- 
tions is  between  the  hours  at  which  the 
attending  surgeons  have  completed  their  visits 
and  dinner-call, — say  between  ten  and  twelve 
o'clock.  The  steward  should  go  through  the 
hospital  immediately  before  the  inspection 
commences,  and  see  that  all  things  are  pro- 
perly prepared. 

To  prepare  for  inspection.  The  hospital 
should  be  neat  and  clean ;  those  patients  who 
are  sitting  up  should  be  neatly  dressed  in 
uniform,  their  faces  and  hands  clean,  hair 
neatly  brushed,  and  shoes  well  blacked.  The 
attendants  and  stewards  should  appear  in  full- 
dress  uniform  according  to  their  rank,  except 
where  the  inspecting  officer  may  previously 
have  ordered  that  undress  uniform  only  need 
be  employed. 

The  inspecting  officer  visits  all  parts  of  the 


84  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

hospital,  the  store-rooms,  dispensary,  kitchen, 
knapsack-room,  bath-rooms,  latrines,  &c,  as 
well  as  the  several  wards. 

The  steward  enters  each  ward  before  him 
and  commands  attention,  on  which  all  patients 
who  are  able  to  do  so,  rise  and  stand  in  the 
position  of  attention  until  the  inspecting 
officer  has  passed  out. 

SECTION"  V. — ON  THE  MUSTER  OF  HOSPITAL  ATTEND- 
ANTS AND  OP  SOLDIERS  ABSENT  FROM  THEIR 
COMPANIES  IN  HOSPITAL. 

On  the  last  day  of  the  months  of  February, 
April,  June,  August,  October,  and  December, 
the  enlisted  hospital  attendants  and  soldiers, 
both  sick  and  on  duty,  are  mustered  for  their 
pay.  In  the  field,  and  at  post  hospitals,  the 
mustering  officer  who  musters  the  troops  or 
garrison  to  which  the  hospital  is  attached  per- 
forms this  duty.  In  general  hospitals  it  is 
usually  performed  by  the  surgeon  in  charge. 

The  muster  roll  having  been  previously  pre- 
pared under  the  supervision  of  the  steward,  the 
attendants,  and  the  patients  who  are  able  to  do 
so,  are  duly  assembled  on  muster  day,  and  the 
roll  called  in  the  presence  of  the  mustering 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  85 

officer,  a  mark  being  put  before  the  name  of 
each  individual  present.  Subsequently  the  seve- 
ral wards  are  visited  seriatim,  and  the  muster 
roll  completed  by  checking  upon  the  roll  the 
names  of  the  patients  in  bed  in  each. 

The  form  of  the  muster  roll,  with  the  direc- 
tions for  making  it  out,  are  given  on  pp.  86, 
87,  following. 


86  THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S  MANUAL. 


i^e 


<3  "^ 

sq 

'W 

<u 

|-SS 

w 

53    w 

"o^  ^ 

1^  ■*■> 

■ts  § 

s  * 

©  -S    .• 

&  «    | 

vS&Qco 

iS       i— i 

.^     • 

w  io 

S"1 

3 

^ 


4 


^3 


s 


S«3 

1  g 

P3dq 

o 

pq 

A 

'3 

"o 
Q 

•a 

p< 

ci 
1-3 

j'eqAv'oi 

•ra 
< 

•paXojd 

•naqM. 

a 

_d 
■a 

P 

a 

o 

M 

•pOIJ9,J 

•uioqAV  ^a 

•ejaq^ 

•ngqji 

•iHwnnSaa 

•jCcredtnoo 

a 
Pi     ■ 

■a 

all 

P. 

1 

d 
!Zi 

THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS  MANUAL. 


87 


R 

o 

Period 
paid  for. 

b 

m 

a 

o 

Pay  per 

? 

month. 

b 

P 

Amount 
of  pay. 

O 

? 

b 

P 

Retained 
pay. 

Q 

b 

US 

W 

o 

0 
0 

b 

b 

? 

CD 

Total 
amount  due. 

Amount  of 
stoppages. 

Balance 
paid. 

W 

Bg 

§3' 

Rs 

V! 

3 

0 

I5 

.Co 
9 


% 


oo 


.a, 


a, 


88  THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


NOTES. 

1.  Under  the  head  of  "Remarks,"  the  date  of  any  soldier's 
joining,  whether  originally,  or  from  any  absence;  all  changes  of 
rank,  by  promotion,  appointment,  or  reduction,  with  date  of  same, 
and  No.,  date,  &c,  of  order;  all  authorized  stoppages,  fines,  sen- 
tences, with  No.,  date,  &c,  of  order,  &c. :  in  case  of  absence,  the 
nature  and  commencement  of,  No.,  date,  &c,  of  order,  and  period 
assigned  for  same  (to  be  repeated  on  every  roll  while  it  lasts) ;  if 
wounded  in  battle,  or  injured  on  duty, — if  sick  or  confined,  a  remark 
to  that  effect,  &c.  &c, — must  be  carefully  stated  opposite  to  the 
name  of  the  person  concerned,  xoith  every  thing  else  necessary,  either 
to  account  fully  for  every  individual, — to  guide  the  paymaster, — or 
insure  justice  to  the  soldier  and  to  the  United  States. 

2.  In  noting  stoppages  to  be  made  for  loss  or  damage  to  public 
property,  the  gross  amount  due  for  Ordnance,  Horse  Equipments, 
Clothing,  &c,  will  be  separately  stated  in  the  order  enumerated  in 
par.  1187,  G.  R. 

3.  Additional  pay,  due  under  Sec.  2,  Act  of  Aug.  4,  1854,  will 
be  thus  noted, — viz. :  "  For  1st  re-enlist.  $2pr.  mo. ;"  or,  "For  2d 
re-enlist.  $3  pr.  mo.  f  or,  "For  3d  re- enlist.  $4  pr.  mo.,"  &c,  &c. 
That  due  under  Sec.  3  of  the  same  act,  thus :  "  For  cert,  of  merit,  $2 
pr.  mo."  That  due  under  Sec.  4  of  the  same  act,  thus  :  "In  lieu  of 
comm.  $2  pr.  mo." 

4.  The  instalments  of  Bounty  due,  under  Sec.  3,  Act  of  June  17, 
1850,  are  paid  as  follows :  -J^,  |,  ^,  \,  at  the  end  of  the  1st,  2d, 
3d,  and  4th  years,  respectively,  the  remainder  at  the  expiration 
of  enlistment;  and  will,  under  the  head  of  "Remarks,"  be  noted 

thus:   "Eet'd  Bounty  due,  1st  (or  2d,  3d,  #c.)  insl.  $ ."    See 

G.  0.  20  of  1850.  Besides  which,  in  the  columns  headed  "Bounty 
Paid"  and  "Bounty  Due,"  must  be  entered,  in  figures,  the  whoh 
amount  hitherto  paid,  and  the  whole  amount  yet  due,  on  account  of 
said  bounty. 

5.  The  "three  months'  extra  pay,"  for  re-enlistment,  under 
Sec.  29,  Act  of  July  5,  1838,  being  paid  by  the  recruiting  officer, 
should  not  be  noted  on  the  muster  rolls. 

6.  The  roll  of  those  belonging  to  the  hospital  will  be  immediately 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  89 

followed  by  that  of  those  who,  since  last  muster,  have  ceased  to 
belong  to  it.  These  will  be  classed  in  the  following  order, — viz. : 
Discharged,  Transferred,  Died,  Deserted;  and  the  utmost  particu- 
larity will  be  observed  in  the  remarks  concerning  them.  Date  and 
place  will,  in  every  case,  be  given ;  and  No.,  date,  &c,  of  orders,  or 
description  of  authority,  be  always  carefully  specified.  Soldiers 
discharged  and  re-enlisted,  or  who  have  deserted  and  been  retaken, 
since  last  muster,  have  their  place  in  both  of  the  above  rolls. 

7.  The  remark  "discharge  and  final  statements  given"  will  be 
made  opposite  to  the  name  of  every  discharged  soldier  to  whom 
such  papers  have  actually  been  given.  But  the  blank  spaces  under 
the  head  of  "Last  Paid"  are  to  be  tilled  as  usual. 

8.  In  all  cases  of  "re-enlistment"  prior  to  the  expiration  of  the 
term  of  service,  the  discharge  on  the  old  enlistment  will  be  given 
at  the  time  the  soldier  "re-enlists," — from  and  on  which  day  his 
pay  on  the  new  enlistment  will  commence. 

9.  Within  three  days  after  each  regular  muster,  the  mustering 
officer  or  commandant  of  the  post  will  transmit  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  a  copy  of  the  muster  roll  of  each  company.  Blanks  will 
be  supplied  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office,  and  will  be 
acknowledged  on  the  first  muster  roll  forwarded  after  their 
receipt. 


90  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

The  roll  has  appended  to  it  this  recapitu- 
lation : — 


RECAPITULATION. 

■a 

H 

C3 

1 

5j 

<8 

a 

3 

Is 

J3 

o 

o 

s 

fa 

3 

o 

U 

"3 
o 

EH 

§ 

a 

"3 

o 

EH 

■a 

a 

cS 

.a 
a 
o 

o 

a 

a 
ca 

o 

d 

H 
So 

Sick 

Pi 

In  arrest  or  confinement... 

P-H 

EH 









— 

& 

02 

<! 

STRENGTH— Present  and  Absent. 

BR 

£  ' 

o 

1-J 

Enlisted  in  hospital 

H 

L> 

fel 

GO 

OS 

-<  . 
W 

s 

By  sentence  of  G.C.  Martial 

H 

h 

m 

y, 

EH 

if 

H 

i-5 

<1 







— 

THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  91 

The  whole  is  certified  to  in  the  following 
form : — 

I  certify,  on"  honor,  that  this  Muster  Roll 
is  made  out  in  the  manner  required  by  the 
printed  notes ;  that  it  exhibits  the  true  state 
of  the  Hospital  Department  for  the  period 
herein  mentioned 5  that  the  "Remarks"  set 
opposite  each  name  are  accurate  and  just;  and 
that  the  "Recapitulation"  exhibits  in  every 
particular  the  true  state  of  the  hospital,  as  re- 
quired by  the  Regulations  and  the  Rules  and 
Articles  of  War. 


Surgeon  in  charge  of  Hospital. 

Station  : 

Date  : 

I  certify,  on  honor,  that  I  have  carefully 
examined  this  Muster  Roll ;  that  I  have  mus- 
tered and  minutely  inspected  the  hospital  at- 
tendants; and  that  the  police  and  general 
condition  of  the  Hospital  Department  is  found 
to  be  as  follows  : 


Inspector  and  Mustering  Officer. 


92  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S    MANUAL. 


SECTION  VI. — OF  THE  GUARD. 

In  camps  and  post  hospitals  the  guard  is 
furnished  from  the  troops  for  whose  benefit  the 
hospital  is  established ;  it  is  under  the  orders 
of  the  officer  of  the  day,  and  need  not,  there- 
fore, be  made  the  subject  of  remark  in  this 
place. 

In  detached  general  hospitals  only,  however, 
the  guard,  consisting  of  one  or  more  non-com- 
missioned officers,  and  a  sufficient  number  of 
privates,  according  to  the  number  of  posts,  is 
furnished  to  the  hospital  on  the  application  of 
the  surgeon  to  the  commanding  officer,  with 
orders  to  report  to  the  surgeon  under  whose 
command  they  remain. 

The  number  of  posts  is  determined  by  the 
surgeon.  There  should  always  be  a  sentinel 
posted  at  each  entrance  to  the  hospital,  with 
orders  to  allow  no  patients  or  attendants  to 
leave  the  building,  except  when  furnished  with 
a  written  pass,  signed  by  the  surgeon.  Orders 
should  also  be  given  to  admit  no  one,  except 
patients  or  attendants  returning  from  pass ;  new 
patients  arriving  with  proper  orders  for  admis- 
sion ;  persons  known  to  have  business  in  the 


THE   HOSPITAL    SETWARD'S   MANUAL.  93 

hospital ;  the  medical  officers  and  those  wish- 
ing to  see  them ;  and  visitors  on  the  visiting 
days  and  hours  only. 

Besides  these,  sentinels  may  be  placed  on 
such  other  posts  as  in  the  opinion  of  the  sur- 
geon may  be  necessary. 

The  guard  should  live  in  the  hospital,  or  in 
tents  erected  near  it,  as  is  most  convenient  in 
the  opinion  of  the  surgeon. 

They  are  taken  up  on  the  hospital  provision 
return,  and  obtain  their  meals  at  the  general 
table  for  the  convalescents  and  attendants. 

SECTION  VII. OF  THE  GUARD-HOUSE. 

In  all  general  hospitals  of  any  size,  there 
should  be  a  place  set  aside  for  the  confinement 
of  those  guilty  of  drunkenness,  disobedience  to 
orders,  or  other  military  offences. 

Where  possible,  this  should  be  in  a  separate 
building,  and  is  then  called  the  guard-house ; 
a  sentinel  should  be  posted  before  the  door. 
Where  this  is  not  possible,  a  room  should  be 
employed  for  the  purpose,  and  is  known  as  the 
guard-room. 

No  patients  or  attendants  should  be  con- 
fined except  on  order  of  the  medical  officers, 


94  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S  MANUAL. 

or  by  the  steward,  who  will  immediately  report 
the  case  to  the  surgeon  in  charge :  all  other  at- 
tendants must  report  delinquents  to  the  sur- 
geon, or  steward,  for  punishment,  and  not 
confine  them  themselves. 

In  these  punishments  the  surgeon  is,  of 
course,  guided  by  the  same  laws  and  regula- 
tions as  apply  in  other  cases  to  the  punish- 
ment of  the  offences  of  enlisted  men  by  com- 
manding officers. 

SECTION  VIII. RULES  AND  REGULATIONS  FOR   THE 

GOVERNMENT  OF  MILITARY  HOSPITALS. 

In  every  hospital,  a  code  of  rules  and  regu- 
lations should  be  drawn  up  by  the  surgeon  in 
charge,  printed  upon  large  cards,  and  affixed 
to  the  walls  in  each  ward,  and  in  other  con- 
spicuous places.  The  following  is  an  illustra- 
tion of  the  form  which  may  be  employed.  It 
should  receive  such  modifications  as  local  causes 
may  make  necessary  to  adapt  it  to  any  given 
hospital. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S  MANUAL.  95 

Rules  and  Regulations  for  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  Army  General  Hospital  at 


1.  No  patient  will  be  allowed  to  leave  the 
hospital  without  permission  from  the  surgeon 
in  charge.  The  same  rule  will  hold  with 
respect  to  nurses  and  other  attendants. 

2.  No  pass  will  be  issued  except  between 
the  hours  of  10  A.  m.  and  12  m.,  except  in 
urgent  cases.  The  pass  will  be  shown  to  the 
sentinel  on  post,  and  retained  by  the  person 
receiving  it  until  his  return,  when  it  will  be 
given  to  the  sentinel. 

3.  No  smoking,  swearing,  or  loud  talking 
will  be  permitted  in  the  wards  and  passages 
of  this  hospital ;  and  spitting  on  the  floor,  or 
defacing  the  building  in  any  way,  is  positively 
forbidden. 

4.  The  beds  will  be  made  every  morning  by 
the  attendants,  or  oftener,  if  necessary.  Pa- 
tients able  to  do  so  will,  however,  make  their 
own  beds. 

5.  No  patient  will  occupy  his  bed  without 
undressing. 

6.  Every  patient,  who  is  able,  will  wash  his 
face  and  hands  at  least  every  morning,  and 


96  THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

keep  the  rest  of  his  body  in  a  cleanly  condition. 
Those  who  are  unable  to  do  this  will  have  it 
done  for  them  by  the  attendants.  Every  pa- 
tient whose  condition  does  not  forbid  it  will 
take  a  bath  on  his  admission  into  the  hospital. 

7.  During  the  morning  visit  of  the  medical 
officer,  every  patient  and  nurse  must  be  in 
the  ward ;  nor  will  the  former  leave  it  before 
his  visit.  Patients  who  are  able,  will  rise 
when  the  medical  officer  enters  the  ward,  and 
remain  standing  at  the  sides  of  their  beds 
until  prescribed  for  or  otherwise  ordered. 

8.  No  loud  noises  or  improper  language  will 
be  allowed  in  the  wards  at  any  time.  All 
talking  will  cease  at  Si  p.m.,  when  all  pa- 
tients and  nurses,  except  those  of  the  latter 
on  duty,  will  go  to  bed. 

9.  All  lights  in  the  hospital,  except  those  in 
the  offices  and  surgery,  will  be  lowered  at  9 
p.m.  All  other  lights  will  be  extinguished 
at  taps,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  at- 
tending medical  officer. 

10.  No  patients  or  nurses  will  be  allowed  to 
enter  the  office,  surgery,  or  kitchen,  unless  on 
business  connected  with  their  duties.  Loung- 
ing about  the  halls  is  also  forbidden. 

11.  No  persons  will  be  allowed  to  enter  the 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  97 

hospital  without  special  permission  from  the 
surgeon  in  charge,  or  the  medical  officer  of  the 
day. 

12.  No  provisions  or  spirituous  liquors  of 
any  kind  shall  be  brought  within  the  hospital 
without  permission  of  the  medical  officer  of 
the  day.  Nor  will  any  relatives  or  friends  of 
patients  be  allowed  to  give  such  articles  to 
them,  without  permission  from  the  medical 
officers  of  the  ward. 

13.  Patients  will  give  prompt  obedience  to 
the  steward,  ward-master,  and  nurses,  in  all 
lawful  commands.  Any  infractions  of  disci- 
pline, disobedience  of  orders,  drunkenness,  or 
disorderly  conduct,  will  be  promptly  punished. 


98  THE   HOSPITAL   STEWAKD  S   MANUAL. 


CHAPTER  II. 

Police  and  General  Supervision  in  Hospitals. 

SECTION   I. — CLEANLINESS   OF   THE   HOSPITAL. 

The  hospital,  hospital  grounds,  and  all  its 
appurtenances,  must  be  maintained  in  a  state 
of  cleanliness  as  complete  as  possible. 

Cleanliness  of  the  floors  is  to  be  obtained 
by  scrubbing  or  sweeping. 

The  whole  hospital  should  be  carefully  and 
completely  swept  at  least  once  daily,  and 
as  much  oftener  as  dirt  or  litter  accumulating 
in  particular  localities  renders  it  necessary. 
The  wards  are  swept  by  one  of  the  attendants, 
the  chief  nurse  being  responsible  for  the  pro- 
per performance  of  the  duty;  the  kitchen,  by 
one  of  its  attendants,  the  chief  cook  being 
responsible;  the  dining-room,  by  one  of  the 
attendants  assigned  to  duty  there;  and  the 
halls,  passages,  stairs,  offices,  &c,  by  attend- 
ants specially  assigned  to  the  duty. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.  99 

For  the  proper  performance  of  this  duty 
throughout  the  hospital,  the  steward  must  re- 
member that  he  is  responsible,  and  he  must 
hold  subordinates  charged  with  its  execution 
to  a  strict  accountability. 

Sweeping  should  be  effectual,  but  should  be 
executed  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  fill  the 
atmosphere  with  dust. 

The  broom  should  not  be  recklessly  used, 
but  should  be  carried  steadily  and  gently  over 
the  floor,  bearing  the  dust  before  it.  Where 
there  is  much  dust,  the  floor  may  be  sprinkled 
before  being  swept,  or  the  broom  may  be 
dipped  lightly  into  water.  The  dirt  should 
not  be  swept  from  wards  or  other  apartments 
into  the  passages,  but  should  be  carried  away 
in  dust-pans. 

Scrubbing  is  not  so  generally  available  as 
sweeping:  the  objection  to  it  is  that  it  leaves 
the  floor  damp  for  a  considerable  time  after- 
wards. It  is,  however,  to  be  resorted  to  when- 
ever necessary  to  effect  cleanliness.  Sand  may 
be  used  to  advantage  in  scrubbing  well-made 
floors.  The  reckless  use  of  water  is  to  be 
avoided.  It  soaks  through  the  cracks  of  the 
floor  into  apartments  below,  if  there  are  any, 
and    leaves    unnecessary    dampness    behind. 


100       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Where  the  condition  of  the  floor  is  not  very 
bad,  the  use  of  a  wet  mop  may  be  substituted 
for  scrubbing,  requiring  less  time  for  its  exe- 
cution, and  not  leaving  so  much  dampness. 

Either  scrubbing  or  mopping  should,  when- 
ever possible,  be  done  in  clear,  dry  weather, 
(on  good  drying-days.) 

Certain  portions  of  the  hospitals  require 
special  attention  to  preserve  their  cleanliness. 

The  kitchen  should  be  swept  out  after  each 
meal,  or  as  much  oftener  as  necessary. 

The  dining-room,  after  each  meal. 

The  water-closets  should  be  not  only  swept, 
but  mopped  or  scrubbed,  daily. 

The  walks  around  the  hospitals  should  be 
swept  daily.  No  garbage  or  filth  should  be 
allowed  to  collect  in  any  place  around  the 
buildings. 

Not  merely  the  floors,  but  the  walls,  the 
ceilings,  and  the  windows  of  the  hospital  re- 
quire to  be  kept  carefully  clean. 

The  walls  should  be  dusted  from  time  to  time, 
and  kept  free  from  dirt  and  cobwebs.  Writing 
upon  or  otherwise  disfiguring  the  walls  or  wood- 
work must  be  strictly  prohibited.  White-wash- 
ing must  be  resorted  to  whenever  necessary 
to  maintain  neatness.     The  whitewash  should 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        101 

not  merely  be  composed  of  lime  and  water,  but 
should  have  salt  or  glue  added  to  it,  to  make  it 
less  liable  to  rub  or  crack  off. 

Painted  woodwork  should  be  wiped,  when- 
ever soiled,  with  a  damp  cloth,  and  scrubbed 
when  necessary. 

The  windows  should  be  washed  whenever 
their  condition  indicates  the  necessity.  Once  a 
week  is,  generally,  often  enough.  Here,  as  with 
regard  to  scrubbing,  a  caution  may  be  given 
against  the  reckless  and  excessive  use  of  water. 


SECTION   II. VENTILATION. 

The  steward  is  also  responsible  to  the  sur- 
geon for  the  effective  condition  of  the  means  of 
ventilation,  whatever  these  may  be. 

In  the  best-constructed  hospitals,  ridge-venti- 
lation, conjoined  with  ventilators  flush  with 
the  floor,  is  the  plan  resorted  to.  The  steward 
should  notice,  whenever  he  enters  a  ward,  that 
the  floor-ventilators  are  sufficiently  open  to 
secure  a  constant  change  of  the  air  of  the  apart- 
ment. In  rainy  weather  the  ventilators  on  the 
windward  side  of  the  building  should  be  so  par- 
tially or  completely  closed  as  to  prevent  rain 
from  beating  in  upon  the  floor  of  the  apartment. 

9* 


102         THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Where  other  means  of  ventilation  are  re- 
sorted to,  attention  is  to  be  paid  to  their 
construction ;  and  if  the  steward  does  not  under- 
stand the  principle  upon  which  they  act,  he 
should  apply  to  the  surgeon  for  such  explana- 
tions as  will  enable  him  intelligently  to  under- 
take their  regulation. 

In  hotels,  private  houses,  and  other  buildings 
temporarily  used  as  hospitals,  in  which  no 
means  of  ventilation  excej)t  the  windows, 
doors,  and  fireplaces  exist,  special  care  is  neces- 
sary. In  the  summer-time  the  windows  should 
be  raised  at  the  bottom  and  let  down  at  the 
top.  The  doors  should  be  kept  open.  The 
fireplaces  and  chimneys  should  be  free  from 
obstructions. 

In  the  winter  the  windows  should  be  let 
down  at  the  top,  but  not  so  far  as  to  render 
the  ward  too  cold. 

The  cleanliness  and  ventilation  of  the  wards 
should  be  such  that  a  person  entering  them 
from  the  open  air  should  not  perceive  the 
slightest  close  or  unpleasant  odor.  Whenever 
the  steward,  in  going  his  rounds,  perceives 
such  an  odor,  its  cause  should  be  investigated, 
and  the  necessary  steps  at  once  taken  to 
remedy  it. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.         103 

A  few  statements  may  here  be  made  to  give 
the  steward  an  idea  of  the  amount  of  ventila- 
tion required  to  obtain  the  best  results. 

Each  patient  in  hospital  should  have  allotted 
to  him  from  one  thousand  to  fifteen  hundred 
cubic  feet  of  space.  A  thousand  cubic  feet  will 
be  secured  by  allowing  to  each  bed  a  floor- 
surface  six  feet  wide  by  twelve  long,  in  an 
apartment  in  which  the  ceiling  is  thirteen 
and  eight-ninths  feet  high. 

Twelve  hundred  cubic  feet  will  be  secured 
by  allowing  each  bed  a  floor-surface  of  seven 
feet  by  twelve  in  an  apartment  fourteen  and 
two-sevenths  feet  high. 

Thus,  in  a  ward  twenty-four  feet  wide  and 
of  either  of  the  above  heights,  there  may  be 
two  rows  of  beds,  one  on  each  side  of  the  ward, 
the  beds  separated  from  each  other  by  at  least 
three  or  four  feet.  Where  the  ceilings  are 
lower,  a  greater  floor-surface  should  be  allowed 
to  each  bed. 

The  number  of  beds  in  each  ward  is,  there- 
fore, of  serious  importance.  It  should  be  in 
every  case  determined  by  the  surgeon,  and, 
once  having  been  established,  should  not  be 
deviated  from  except  by  his  express  orders. 

It  is,  however,  of  no  avail  to  obtain  for  the 


104       THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

patient  sufficient  cubic  space  unless  the  venti- 
lation is  such  as  to  obtain  the  requisite  change 
of  air.  It  has  been  calculated  that  each  patient 
takes  into  his  lungs,  and  throws  out  contami- 
nated and  unfit  to  be  breathed  again,  from 
three  to  four  hundred  cubic  feet  per  hour.  If 
to  this  large  element  of  contamination  be  added 
the  deterioration  of  the  atmosphere  of  the  ward, 
resultiug  from  the  cutaneous  exhalations  of  the 
sick,  and  the  effluvia  from  suppurating  wounds, 
offensive  discharges,  &c,  it  will  be  seen  at  a 
glance  that  the  air  of  a  hospital-ward  must 
become  rapidly  unfit  for  use.  The  great  object 
of  ventilation  is  to  produce  such  a  steady  and 
constant  change  of  air  as  will  cause  the  con- 
tinual renewal  of  the  contaminated  ward- 
atmosphere  by  fresh  supplies  from  without.  It 
has  been  estimated  that  for  this  purpose  each 
patient  requires  a  supply  of  fresh  air  at  the 
rate  of  at  least  double  the  cubic  space  above 
mentioned,  or  from  two  to  three  thousand  cubic 
feet,  per  hour. 

These  conditions  cannot  be  neglected  or  over- 
looked without  inevitable  injury  to  the  sick, 
manifested  in  the  type  of  disease,  as  well  as 
by  slowness  of  recovery  and  increase  of  mor- 
tality. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        105 

In  certain  cases  the  use  of  disinfectants  will 
be  needed  in  addition  to  careful  cleanliness 
and  ventilation, — especially  in  wards  contain- 
ing patients  with  malignant  fevers  or  with 
suppurating  wounds.  In  all  such  cases,  how- 
ever, the  use  of  disinfectants  should  be  ordered 
by  the  surgeon,  and  not  resorted  to  by  the 
steward  or  other  nurses  upon  their  own  re- 
sponsibility. 

Hospital  tents  should  be  ventilated  by  rip- 
ping one  or  more  seams  near  the  ridge-pole  of 
the  tent,  the  rips  to  be  about  eighteen  inches 
long :  the  gap  may  be  propped  open  by  a 
notched  stick.  Rain  is  prevented  from  enter- 
ing by  the  tent  fly. 

This  precaution  should  always  be  taken  in 
hospital  tents  which  are  full  of  patients ;  but 
it  is  especially  necessary  when  the  tent  is 
heated  in  the  winter-time,  either  by  a  stove  01 
the  trenched  fireplace  described  in  the  next 
section. 

SECTION   III. — THE   WARMING   OF   THE   HOSPITAL. 

The  steward  is  responsible,  during  the  colder 
portion  of  the  year,  for  the  proper  management 
of  the  means  employed  to  warm  the  hospital. 
In  order  that  this  may  be  satisfactorily  and 


106        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S  MANUAL. 

efficiently  done,  a  thermometer  should  hang  in 
every  ward.  The  proper  temperature  should 
be  indicated  by  the  surgeon.  About  70°  to 
72°  Fahrenheit  is  that  usually  ordered. 

This  temperature  may  be  obtained  in  well- 
organized  general  hospitals  by  properly  con- 
structed furnaces,  or  by  a  steam  heating-appa- 
ratus. In  the  great  majority  of  the  general 
hospitals  at  present  organized  in  the  United 
States,  however,  it  is  effected  by  stoves. 

The  more  complicated  and  complete  means 
of  warming  will,  therefore,  be  passed  by  in  the 
present  work,  with  the  remark  that,  if  they 
be  adopted  in  any  general  hospital,  they 
should  be  so  regulated  as  to  keep  the  wards 
steadily  at  the  required  temperature,  neither 
being,  on  fhe  one  hand,  so  managed  as  to  have 
them  at  times  unnecessarily  warm,  nor,  on 
the  other,  so  neglected  as  to  allow  them  to 
cool  more  than  at  the  most  a  very  few  de- 
grees below  the  standard. 

Stoves  used  for  warming  hospitals  may  be 
made  for  burning  either  wood  or  coal.  The 
latter  are  preferable  where  coal  can  conve- 
niently be  obtained. 

The  chief  nurse  of  each  ward  is  responsible 
to  the  steward  for  the  due  maintenance  of  the 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        107 

fires  and  the  temperature  of  the  wards.  Fuel 
is  carried  from  the  place  in  which  it  is  stored, 
by  one  or  more  of  the  attendants,  under  the 
order  of  the  chief  nurse. 

Care  must  be  taken  to  keep  the  stoves  neat 
and  well  blacked,  to  avoid  dropping  fragments 
of  fuel  upon  the  floor  about  the  stoves,  and  to 
remove  the  ashes  from  time  to  time,  as  it  be- 
comes necessary,  making  always  as  little  dust 
as  possible. 

To  counteract  the  unnatural  dryness  of  the 
atmosphere  produced  by  the  use  of  stoves,  a 
vessel  of  water  should  be  set  on  the  top  of 
each. 

The  stoves  in  the  wards  should  on  no  ac- 
count be  used  for  cooking. 

Hospital  tents  may  also  be  warmed  by  stoves. 
It  is  perhaps  preferable  to  warm  them  in  the 
following  manner :  — 

A  trench  is  dug  through  the  middle  of  the 
tent,  about  eighteen  inches  deep,  and  twelve  to 
sixteen  wide.  This  trench  should  extend  about 
four  feet  beyond  the  tent  at  either  extremity. 
The  trench  is  covered  over  with  pieces  of  sheet- 
iron,  supported  by  iron  cross-bars,  the  iron  for 
this  purpose  to  be  obtained  from  the  quarter- 
master on  special  requisition  by  the  surgeon. 


108        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

A  chimney  is  built  of  sods  or  mud  at  the  high- 
est extremity  of  the  tent;  a  pit  about  two  and 
a  half  feet  deep  and  three  long  by  two  wide  is 
sunk  at  the  other  for  a  fireplace.  A  wood 
fire  being  now  built  in  this  pit,  the  draft  car- 
ries the  flame  and  smoke  along  the  trench  be- 
neath the  hospital  tent,  which  is  thus  not  only 
warmed,  but  the  ground  on  which  it  stands  is 
thoroughly  dried. 

The  fire  will  serve  also  to  cook  for  the  hos- 
pital. 

Care  must  be  taken  not  to  overheat  the  tent, 
which  is  likely  to  happen  when  this  method  is 
used,  unless  ventilation  at  the  top  of  the  tent 
is  resorted  to,  as  described  in  the  last  section. 

SECTION   IV. LIGHTING   THE   HOSPITAL. 

Hospitals  may  be  illuminated  by  candles,  by 
lamps,  or  by  gas. 

Gas  is  beyond  question  the  most  satisfactory 
method  of  illumination.  As  usually  employed, 
it  is  also  the  most  expensive.  This  is  to  a 
great  extent  the  result  of  unnecessary  extrava- 
gance ;  and  the  gas-lights  should  therefore  be 
carefully  supervised  by  the  stewards.  No 
more  gas-jets  should  be  illuminated  than  are 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        109 

absolutely  necessary  for  the  business  of  the 
house,  and  these  should  have  no  more  gas 
turned  on  than  is  necessary.  At  nine  o'clock 
all  the  burners  should  be  extinguished  except 
a  single  one  in  each  ward,  which  should  be  so 
regulated  as  to  give  but  a  feeble  flame,  like 
that  of  a  candle,  and  a  few  in  the  passages  and 
on  the  staircases,  to  enable  attendants  on  duty 
to  go  about  the  buildings.  The  gas-bill  is 
paid  out  of  the  hospital  fund. 

Lamps  suspended  from  the  ceiling,  or  fixed 
upon  the  wall  at  convenient  places,  are,  next 
to  gas,  the  most  desirable  means  of  illumina- 
tion. Camphene  or  burning-fluid  lamps  should 
be  avoided  as  dangerous,  and  whale-oil,  lard- 
oil,  or  coal-oil  lamps  preferred.  Coal  oil  has 
recently  been  extensively  used  for  illuminating 
purposes,  and  furnishes  perhaps  the  cheapest 
and  most  satisfactory  illuminating  fluid.  The 
oil  is  paid  for  out  of  the  hospital  fund. 

Where  lamps  are  used,  they  should  be 
cleaned,  trimmed,  and  filled  daily.  This  may 
be  done  by  the  attendants  in  the  ward ;  but 
in  a  hospital  of  any  size  it  is  much  better 
to  detail  one  or  more  attendants,  whose  special 
duty  it  shall  be  to  collect  daily  all  the  lamps 

of  the  hospital,  clean,  trim,  and  fill  them,  and 

10 


110       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

to  return  them  to  their  places,  for  the  due  exe- 
cution of  which  duties  they  are  responsible  to 
the  steward. 

Where  neither  gas  nor  lamps  can  conve- 
niently he  obtained,  it, becomes  necessary  to 
use  candles.  Candles  for  this  purpose  are 
drawn  from  the  commissary  on  the  hospital 
provision  return.  Adamantine  candles  are  to 
be  preferred  for  general  use ;  but  a  small  stock 
of  sperm  candles  should  be  kept  on  hand  for 
special  purposes,  as,  for  instance,  the  occasion 
of  any  surgical  operations  necessarily  per- 
formed at  night. 

SECTION  V. THE  LATRINES. 

The  latrines  require  careful  attention,  and 
their  supervision  is  an  important  part  of  the 
duties  of  the  hospital  steward. 

In  every  general  hospital  there  should  be 
well-constructed  water-closets  attached  to  each 
ward.  These  should  be  kept  scrupulously  dry 
and  clean,  the  urinals  and  seats  free  from  filth, 
and  the  apparatus  at  all  times  in  good  work- 
ing order.  Any  defects  or  breakage  should  be 
at  once  reported  to  the  surgeon.  The  water- 
closet  should  at  all  times  be  free  from  any 
offensive  smell. 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        Ill 

It  will  be  found  advisable  in  large  institu- 
tions to  keep  an  attendant  constantly  on  guard 
before  the  entrance  of  each  water-closet,  whose 
duty  it  shall  be  to  inspect  its  condition  after 
every  patient,  in  order  that  all  neglects  of 
propriety  or  cleanliness  may  be  fixed  at  once 
upon  the  guilty  party. 

In  temporary  hospitals  it  is  not  always  pos- 
sible to  secure  such  costly  accommodations: 
a  very  good  substitute  may  then  be  made, 
as  follows :  a  small  frame  building  is  con- 
structed outside  of  the  hospital  building;  in 
this  is  placed  a  trough  twelve  to  twenty  feet 
long,  lined  with  zinc  and  covered  with  a  mov- 
able lid,  in  which  from  four  to  ten  oval  holes 
are  cut. 

One  end  of  the  trough  should  be  higher  than 
the  other.  At  the  higher  end  is  a  faucet  to 
let  in  water;  at  the  lower,  a  pipe,  six  to 
eight  inches  in  diameter,  which  should  run 
obliquely  to  a  deep  sink  dug  down  to  the 
gravel,  and  carefully  covered.  Lime  or  some 
other  disinfectant  should  be  thrown  into  this 
sink  at  least  once  a  week,  and  when  it  is  filled 
to  within  six  feet  of  the  surface  it  should  be 
abandoned,  filled  in  with  earth,  mixed  with 
lime,  and  a  new  sink  constructed.    Such  sinks 


112        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

should  never  be  dug  in  the  neighborhood  of 
wells. 

In  camp  hospitals  even  this  simple  arrange- 
ment is  not  practicable,  and  ordinary  camp 
sinks  must  be  used.  These  should  be  dug  at 
some  distance  from  the  hospital  tents.  They 
should  be  each  about  ten  feet  long,  two  feet 
wide,  and  six  deep.  A  crotched  stick  is  driven 
into  the  ground  at  each  end,  and  a  pole  laid 
across  to  serve  as  a  seat.  Every  day  a  little 
earth  is  thrown  in  to  cover  the  ordure  of  the 
day  previous,  and  when  filled  to  within  two 
feet  of  the  surface  the  sink  should  be  aban- 
doned, filled  up  with  lime  and  earth,  and  a 
new  sink  constructed. 

Where  possible,  a  small  shed  should  be 
erected  over  each  sink,  to  protect  patients 
during  inclement  weather.  Where  lumber  can- 
not be  obtained  for  this  purpose,  a  screen  of 
boughs  should  be  erected,  to  protect  the  spot 
from  observation. 


SECTION   VI. OF   THE   BATHS   AND   LAVATORIES. 

Wherever  possible,  general  hospitals,  even 
when  only  intended  for  temporary  use,  should 
be  furnished  with  a  bath-room ;    and  in  per- 


the  nosriTAL  steward's  manual.      113 

manent  institutions  a  bath-room  should  be 
attached  to  each  ward.  It  should  be  supplied, 
wherever  possible,  with  both  hot  and  cold 
water.  Cast-iron  tubs  answer  an  excellent 
purpose,  and  are  readily  kept  in  order,  particu- 
larly if  from  time  to  time  they  receive  a  coat 
of  paint. 

The  bath-room  must  be  kept  cleanly  and 
free  from  all  unnecessary  slops,  the  bath- 
tubs neat  and  free  from  dirt  of  any  kind. 
Patients  should  not  be  allowed  to  use  the  bath 
indiscriminately;  the  surgeon  should  indicate 
those  who  may  use  the  ordinary  cold  bath, 
those  who  need  the  tepid  bath,  and  those  who 
should  have  the  hot  bath,  and  the  frequency 
with  which  baths  may  be  permitted. 

For  the  great  majority  of  patients,  espe- 
cially in  cold  weather,  the  bath  should  be 
tepid,  the  temperature  being  about  80°  Fahren- 
heit. Where  a  warm  bath  is  given,  the  greatest 
care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  unnecessary  ex- 
posure of  the  patient  to  cold  on  leaving  the 
bath.  The  bath-room  should,  if  possible,  be 
well  warmed,  the  doors  and  windows  closed 
to  avoid  drafts.  When  the  patient  leaves  the 
bath,  he  should  be  wrapped  at  once  in  a  warm 

blanket  and  put  to  bed.    Water  should  not  be 

10* 


114        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

allowed  to  stand  in  the  bath-tubs  after  it  has 
been  used  for  a  bath.  It  should  be  im- 
mediately emptied  and  the  tub  rinsed  out,  to 
prevent  the  sediment  deposited  from  adhering 
to  the  bottom  of  the  tub  and  rendering  it  per- 
manently unclean. 

The  Lavatories  are  intended  for  convalescent 
patients  and  attendants  to  wash  their  hands 
and  faces  on  rising  in  the  morning,  or  at 
other  times,  when  necessary  to  preserve  clean- 
liness. 

They  should  be  in  a  separate  apartment 
from  the  bath-room,  whenever  practicable. 
Where  the  hospital  is  not  fitted  up  with  a 
complete  lavatory,  specially  designed  for  the 
purpose,  a  room  should  be  prepared,  with  a 
long  table  or  shelf,  on  which  tin  basins,  with 
soap,  towels,  &c,  may  be  placed  for  this  pur- 
pose*. Convalescents  able  to  go  to  the  dining- 
room  for  meals  should  be  obliged  to  wash  their 
hands  and  faces,  and  comb  their  hair,  daily, 
before  going  to  breakfast. 

The  same  cleanliness  so  necessary  every- 
where in  a  hospital  should  be  manifest  in  the 
lavatory.  After  the  morning  washing,  the 
basins  should  be  rinsed  and  dried,  the  shelf 
cleaned,  the  soap  put  into  a  vessel  or  vessels 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        115 

designed  for  its  reception,  and  the  shelf  and 
floor  carefully  dried. 

Patients  unable  to  leave  their  beds  should 
have  their  hands  and  faces  washed  daily  by 
the  nurses.  General  sponging  of  the  surface 
and  washing  of  the  feet  should  be  practised 
often  enough  to  maintain  cleanliness. 


SECTION  VII. THE  WARDS  OF  THE  HOSPITAL,  THEIR 

ARRANGEMENT   AND   ADMINISTRATION. 

Hospital  wards  are  of  various  sizes,  and  may 
accommodate  from  a  very  few  to  a  great 
number  of  patients.  From  twenty  to  fifty  is 
probably  the  most  convenient  number.  The 
number  of  patients  in  any  given  ward  is  to  be 
determined  by  the  surgeon;  and  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  steward  to  place  in  the  ward  the  num- 
ber of  beds  thus  directed.  The  surgeon  will 
base  his  allotment  of  beds  upon  an  actual 
measurement  of  the  apartment,  allowing  from 
one  thousand  to  fifteen  hundred  cubic  feet  of 
space  per  bed  wherever  practicable. 

The  bedsteads,  which  are  usually  of  iron  in 
United  States  military  hospitals,  should  not  in 
any  case  be  less  than  three  feet  apart,  even 
when   the    height   of   the    apartment    gives 


116        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

the  necessary  cubic  space  if  they  are  closer 
together. 

The  bed-furniture  consists  of  a  mattress  or 
bedsack,  sheets,  blankets,  a  coverlet,  pillow, 
and  pillow-case. 

The  best  mattresses  are  undoubtedly  those 
stuffed  with  hair.  They  are  the  most  com- 
fortable, the  most  durable,  and  are  less  liable 
to  become  impregnated  with  unhealthy  ex- 
halations proceeding  from  the  patients,  and 
thus  to  give  rise  to  disease  in  those  subse- 
quently occupying  them,  than  any  others. 
Their  great  comparative  expense,  however, 
prevents  their  adoption  in  such  extensive 
establishments  as  those  created  by  the  exist- 
ing war;  and  they  are  not,  therefore,  generally 
met  with. 

Where,  however,  they  have  been  furnished, 
special  care  should  be  used  for  their  preserva- 
tion, oiled  silk  or  oil-cloth  or  gutta-percha  cloth 
being  introduced  between  the  sheet  and  the 
mattress  in  all  cases  in  which  the  discharge 
from  wounds,  or  the  probability  of  hemorrhage, 
or  any  other  cause,  renders  them  liable  to  be 
soiled. 

The  mattress  usually  furnished  by  the 
medical  purveyor  consists  of  a  ticking  stuffed 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        117 

with  corn-shucks  either  alone  or  mixed  with 
straw.  This  is  much  less  durable  than  the 
hair  mattress.  It  is  also  much  less  expensive, 
and  answers  usually  a  very  good  purpose. 

When  it  is  soiled,  or  after  it  has  been  used 
by  a  patient  laboring  under  typhoid  or  typhus 
fever,  it  should  not  be  burned,  as  is  frequently 
done,  but,  the  contents  having  been  emptied 
and  destroyed,  the  tick,  if  its  condition  is  good, 
should  be  retained,  washed  and  boiled,  and 
subsequently  used  as  a  bedsack. 

Bedsacks  are  probably  quite  as  useful  as  the 
mattresses  last  described.  They  are  certainly 
less  expensive.  They  should  be  filled  with 
clean  straw,  carefully  introduced,  so  as  to 
break  up  the  stems  as  little  as  possible.  The 
great  advantage  of  bedsacks  over  any  kind 
of  mattresses  is  that  they  may  be  frequently 
emptied,  the  sack  washed  and  its  contents 
renewed.  This,  on  the  other  hand,  implies 
continual  attention  and  considerable  labor; 
and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  neglected  bed- 
sacks  form  as  uncomfortable  and  unwholesome 
a  couch  as  could  possibly  be  furnished  a  sick 
man. 

Where  bedsacks  are  used,  the  straw  should 
be  renewed  at  least  once  a  month  for  conva- 


118       THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

lescents,  attendants,  and  ordinary  cases,  and 
as  much  oftener  for  fever-cases,  suppurating 
wounds,  &c,  as  the  nature  of  the  case  may 
require. 

When  the  bedsack  is  emptied,  it  should 
never  be  filled  again  until  it  is  washed  and 
boiled. 

"In  barracks,  twelve  pounds  of  straw  for 
bedding  will  be  allowed  to  each  man,  servant, 
and  company  woman. 

"  The  allowance  and  change  of  straw  for 
the  sick  is  regulated  by  the  surgeon."* 

Straw  for  this  purpose  is  obtained  from  the 
quartermaster  on  a  requisition  signed  by  the 
surgeon. 

Two  sheets  are  allowed  to  each  bed.  For 
convalescents  and  attendants  it  will  be  suffi- 
cient if  the  lower  sheet  is  removed  each  week 
and  is  replaced  by  the  upper,  which  is  to  be 
replaced  by  a  clean  one.  But  for  fever-cases, 
or  where  there  are  offensive  discharges,  the 
sheets  should  be  changed  as  often  as  they  are 
soiled  or  as  the  change  is  directed  by  the 
surgeon. 

Each   bed   should   be   furnished   with   one 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLII.  l\  1126-1127 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        119 

blanket  in  summer-time  and  two  in  winter,  or 
with  such  additional  ones  as  may  be  directed 
by  the  surgeon  in  special  cases.  The  blankets 
should  be  changed  and  washed  as  often  as 
they  become  soiled. 

Each  bed  is  furnished  with  a  coverlet, 
which  is  usually  of  a  woven  white  material. 
It  should  be  changed  whenever  it  becomes 
soiled. 

To  keep  the  white  coverlet  clean,  patients 
should  never  be  allowed  to  lie  down  on  the 
bed  with  their  clothes  on. 

One  pillow  is  allowed  to  each  bed,  except 
in  special  cases,  where  additional  ones  are 
ordered  by  the  attending  surgeon.  The  pillow- 
case should  be  changed  once  a  week,  or  as 
often  as  it  is  soiled. 

The  beds  of  all  patients  who  are  able  to  go 
to  their  meals  in  the  mess-halls  should  be 
made  up  by  themselves  immediately  after 
reveille.  Those  of  patients  unable  to  leave 
their  beds  should  be  made  up  from  time  to 
time,  as  the  nature  of  the  case  may  permit. 

Each  bed  should  have  attached  to  it  or  sus- 
pended above  it  a  ticket,  on  which  is  recorded 
the  name,  rank,  regiment  and  company,  dis- 
ease, and  date  of  admission  of  the  patient,  and 


120       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

on  the  reverse  of  which  is  a  list  of  his  personal 
effects.  For  the  form  of  this  ticket,  see  Part  II. 
chap.  iii.  sect.  1. 

Mosquito-nets  should,  so  far  as  practicable, 
be  furnished  to  every  bed  in  those  seasons 
and  localities  in  which  they  are  desirable. 
They  should  be  kept  carefully  clean  and  in 
good  repair. 

The  ward  should  also  be  furnished  with  a 
number  of  small  tables  or  stands,  upon  which 
may  be  placed  the  medicines,  &c.  of  the 
patients.  One  to  every  two  beds  is  usually  a 
sufficient  number.  Each  serves,  therefore,  for 
two  patients.  These  tables  should  be  kept 
scrupulously  clean,  and  nothing  should  be 
allowed  upon  them  except  such  articles  as  are 
actually  in  use. 

Chairs  to  the  number  of  one  to  every  bed, 
or  at  least  one  to  every  two  beds,  are  generally 
supplied.  These  and  the  tables  should  have 
definite  places  assigned  them,  out  of  which 
they  should  never  be  found  except  when 
actually  in  use. 

The  spittoons,  chamber-pots,  and  chamber- 
chairs  should  likewise  be  the  subject  of  care- 
ful supervision.  Spittoons  should  be  emptied 
and  washed  out  thoroughly  every  day;  cham- 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        121 

ber-pots,  bed-pans,  urinals,  and  the  receptacle 
of  chamber-chairs,  every  time  they  are  used. 

In  hospitals  in  which  water-closets  are  not 
attached  to  each  ward,  every  ward  should 
have  a  small  room  partitioned  off,  into  which 
patients  may  go  to  use  the  chamber  chairs  or 
pots,  whenever  practicable,  in  order  that  the 
odor  which  accompanies  the  evacuations  may 
not  be  diffused  throughout  the  ward. 

The  floor  of  the  ward  should  be  constantly 
kept  clean  and  neat,  no  litter  or  dirt  being  for 
a  moment  allowed  upon  it;  nor  should  pa- 
tients' clothes  be  suffered  beneath  the  beds. 

Each  ward  has  allowed  to  it  a  certain  num- 
ber of  attendants,  which  varies  with  the  num- 
ber of  patients,  one  to  every  ten  patients  being 
the  allowance  of  army  regulations.* 

The  duties  of  these  attendants  are  detailed 
in  Part  I.  chap.  iii.  sect.  4. 

SECTION  VIII. THE  OFFICE  OF  THE  HOSPITAL. 

An  apartment  convenient  to  the  entrance 
of  the  hospital  is  set  aside  as  the  office,  in 
which  the  records  and  papers  of  the  institution 
are  kept,  and  where  general  business-matters 


*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIX.  §  1258. 
11 


122        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

connected  with  the  establishment  are  trans- 
acted. 

The  regulations  direct  that  "the  senior 
medical  officer  of  each  hospital,  post,  regiment, 
or  detachment  will  keep  the  following  records, 
and  deliver  them  to  his  successor.  A  register 
of  patients;  a  prescription  book;  a  diet  book; 
a  case  book;  a  meteorological  register;  copies 
of  his  requisitions,  annual  returns,  and  quar- 
terly reports  of  sick  and  wounded;  and  an 
order  and  letter  book,  in  which  will  be  tran- 
scribed all  orders  and  letters  relating  to  his 
duties. 

"He  will  make  up  the  muster  and  pay  rolls 
of  the  medical  cadets,  hospital  steward,  female 
nurses,  and  matrons,  and  of  all  soldiers  in 
hospital,  sick  or  on  duty,  detached  from  their 
companies,  on  the  forms  furnished  from  the 
Adjutant-General's  office,  and  according  to  the 
directions  expressed  on  them.  He  will  make 
the  rolls  of  the  cooks  and  nurses  for  extra-duty 
pay,  which  will  be  paid  by  the  paymaster,  in 
the  absence  of  a  medical  disbursing  officer,  as 
in  other  cases  of  expenditures  for  the  medical 
department."* 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  \\  1254-1256. 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        123 

Practically,  a  large  part  of  these  records  are 
kept  either  by  one  of  the  stewards,  or  by  one 
or  more  attendants  selected  by  the  surgeon 
for  the  purpose,  and  who  are,  in  fact,  the  clerks 
of  the  hospital, — an  office  which  is  not  formally 
recognized  by  law  or  regulations. 

A  few  remarks  may  be  made  on  each  of 
these  heads. 

The  Register  of  Patients. 

This  record  should  be  kept  in  a  book  pro- 
perly ruled  for  the  purpose  in  accordance 
with  the  form  prescribed  by  regulations.  Such 
books  can,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  be 
obtained  from  the  medical  purveyor  on  requi- 
sition by  the  surgeon.  The  form  is  as  fol- 
lows : — 


124 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


rM 

u 

cS 

a 

P3 

•pag 

•pxtJAl 

•paia 

•qSnox.mj  nQ 

•p3^ldS0T[  JTUauaS  0^  ^U9g 

•aoiAjas  raojij  poSjrcqosid 

•p9;a9S8(j; 

•jfynp  o^  pau.mia'jj 

•pa^irapy 

'a 

a 

o 

•jfu'ednioQ 

•scIjod  ao  ^nauiiSa)]; 

•sprey; 

CO 

a 

03 

THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        125 

This  register  should  be  carefully  kept.  The 
names  of  patients  should  be  entered  imme- 
diately on  their  admission,  with  their  rank, 
regiment,  and  company,  and  the  number  of  the 
ward  and  bed.  The  diagnosis  should  not  be 
entered  until  subsequently,  and  never  by  the 
steward  or  clerk  upon  his  own  responsibility,  but 
only  on  instructions  received  from  the  surgeons. 

The  steward  should  look  over  the  register 
once,  weekly,  and,  whenever  omissions  exist  in 
the  diagnosis,  should  present  the  book  to  the 
surgeons  in  charge  of  the  several  wards,  for 
the  necessary  entries. 

The  subsequent  columns,  of  course,  can  only 
be  filled  up  on  the  termination  of  the  case. 

The  register  thus  kept  furnishes  the  data 
from  which  the  monthly  and  quarterly  reports 
of  sick  and  wounded  are  made  out. 

In  large  general  hospitals  some  additional 
means  should,  however,  be  resorted  to,  to 
enable  friends  or  others  looking  for  indivi- 
dual patients  to  find  them  without  difficulty. 

To  effect  this  purpose,  an  alphabetical  in- 
dex to  the  register  must  be  kept,  in  which 
will  be  entered  the  name,  regiment,  and  com- 
pany of  each  patient,  with  the  page  of  the 

register  on  which  his  name  is  to  be  found. 
11* 


126       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

As  the  Prescription  and  Diet  Book,  as  well  as 
the  Case  Booh,  are  kept  by  the  surgeon  in  per- 
son, it  is  not  necessary  to  discuss  them  in  this 
work. 

The  Meteorological  Register. — Keeping  this 
register  is  a  duty  which,  although  supposed  to 
be  performed  by  the  surgeon,  is  frequently 
executed  by  the  hospital  steward  under  his 
supervision.  Books  properly  ruled  for  this  pur- 
pose are  obtained  on  the  surgeon's  requisition 
upon  the  medical  purveyor.  Where  the  meteo- 
rological record  is  kept  by  the  steward,  the  sur- 
geon will  always  make  full  explanations  as  to 
the  manner  in  which  this  duty  is  performed, 
and  will  supervise  his  procedures  from  time  to 
time,  to  ascertain  their  correctness.  The  subject 
need  not,  therefore,  be  entered  into  in  detail. 

The  copies  of  requisitions,  annual  returns, 
and  quarterly  reports  of  sick  and  wounded  are 
to  be  kept  carefully  on  file. 

The  Order  and  Letter  Book  is  to  retain  copies, 
not  merely  of  all  letters  and  reports  received, 
but  of  all  written  by  the  surgeon  in  charge,  on 
official  business. 

Besides  these  records  prescribed  in  regula- 
tions, it  will  be  found  convenient  to  keep 
among  the  hospital  books  three  separate  lists 


THE  HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        127 

of  discharges,  furloughs,  and  deaths.  In  a  large 
hospital  each  of  these  subjects  should  have  a 
special  book  devoted  to  it.* 

The  Muster  and  Pay  Rolls  of  the  cadets,  hos- 
pital stewards,  female  nurses,  matrons,  and  of 
soldiers  in  hospital,  sick  or  on  duty,  are  made 
out  every  two  months  by  one  of  the  clerks  or 
hospital  stewards.  When  it  is  completed,  it  is 
signed  by  the  surgeon  in  charge,  after  having 
carefully  inspected  it,  and  mustered  the  patients 
and  attendants  to  satisfy  himself  that  the  rolls 
are  perfectly  correct. 

For  the  forms  of  these  several  rolls,  see 
Part  I. 

Of  Passes. — Patients  or  attendants  desiring 
to  leave  the  hospital  for  any  purpose,  must 
obtain  a  written  pass  from  the  surgeon  on  duty 
as  officer  of  the  day,  or  from  the  surgeon  in 
charge,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as 
may  be  established  for  each  hospital. 


SECTION   IX. THE    KNAPS ACK-ROOM. 

The  knapsack-room  is  a  place  set  apart  for 
the  safe  keeping,  not  only  of  the  knapsacks, 

*  See  Pai't  II.  chap.  iii. 


128        THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

but  of  the  overcoats,  blankets,  and  other  pro- 
perty of  the  patients,  and  of  their  arms  and 
accoutrements  when  they  are  brought  with 
them  to  the  hospital. 

It  should  be  a  secure  apartment,  of  sufficient 
size,  shelved  on  all  sides  and  furnished  with  an 
arms-rack  for  the  arms. 

Certain  shelves  should  be  set  aside  for  each 
ward.  On  these  the  knapsacks  should  be 
neatly  arranged.  Each  should  be  carefully 
and  regularly  packed,  the  articles  having  been 
first  well  cleaned  or  washed,  if  necessary.  A 
label  should  be  attached,  having  written  legibly 
upon  it  the  name  of  the  owner,  with  his  regi- 
ment and  company.  Great-coats  and  blankets 
should  be  neatly  folded  and  strapped  upon  the 
knapsack. 

Arms  should  be  placed  in  order  upon  the 
arms-rack,  and  a  similar  label  attached  to  each 
musket,  sabre,  belt,  &c. 

Patients  on  going  to  hospital  should,  how- 
ever, when  possible,  leave  their  arms  and 
accoutrements  with  their  companies,  and  on 
no  account  take  ammunition  into  the  hospital.* 

The  care  of  the  knapsack-room,  the  reception 

*  Revised  Regulations,  Art.  XLIV.  \  1251. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.         129 

of  the  articles  from  the  patient,  and  their  due 
delivery  to  him  when  he  leaves  the  hospital, 
are  duties  for  the  proper  performance  of  which 
the  ward-master  to  whom  they  are  intrusted 
is  responsible  to  the  steward.  The  knapsack- 
room  should  be  opened  from  time  to  time 
swept,  dusted,  and  well  aired. 

SECTION   X. THE    LAUNDRY. 

The  washing  of  hospitals  is  a  subject  of 
very  considerable  importance,  and  requires 
careful  supervision.  Whenever  practicable,  it 
should  be  done  in  the  hospital,  in  a  room  set 
aside  for  that  purpose  and  designated  as  the 
laundry.  The  washing  should  never  be  given 
out  when  it  can  be  avoided.  Want  of  punc- 
tuality and  of  resjDonsibility  on  the  part  of  the 
laundresses  are  the  objections. 

The  laundresses  are  appointed  by  the  surgeon 
in  charge  of  a  general  hospital.  Soldiers'  wives 
should  have  the  preference.  They  receive  for 
their  services  $6  per  month,  with  one  ration 
per  day. 

Laundresses  are  usually  employed  in  general 
hospitals  in  the  proportion  of  one  to  every 
twenty  beds.     In  the  practical  duties  of  their 


130       THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

service  the  best  results  will  be  attained  if  the 
matron  in  charge  of  the  linen-room  issues  a 
certain  number  of  pieces  to  each  as  her  day's 
task,  holding  her  responsible  for  their  proper 
condition  when  returned. 

Washing  for  a  great  hospital  is  probably  best 
and  most  economically  effected  by  steam,  as  is 
practised  in  various  British  military  and  naval 
establishments. 

At  the  present  time,  however,  there  are  few 
establishments  in  the  United  States  which 
possess  the  necessary  apparatus  for  this  pur- 
pose, and  the  washing  has  to  be  effected  in  a 
much  simpler  manner. 

Large-sized  caldrons,  holding  about  fifty 
gallons,  with  a  small  furnace  attached,  are 
issued  by  the  medical  purveyors  or  the  quar- 
termaster, for  the  purpose  of  boiling  those 
articles  which  require  this  treatment.  The 
washing  is  effected  in  troughs  made  for  the 
purpose,  or  in  ordinary  wash-tubs,  as  the  case 
may  be.  Washing-machines  of  various  sorts 
are  used  in  some  of  the  hospitals.  The  pro- 
cesses will  necessarily  vary  so  much  in  accord- 
ance with  the  apparatus  supplied  to  the  hospital, 
that  no  general  rules  can  be  laid  down  in  this 
place.     It  need  only  be  said  that  the  clothes 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        131 

are  to  be  washed  clean,  without  exposing  them 
to  unnecessary  violence,  carefully  dried,  and 
neatly  ironed. 

The  furniture  of  the  laundry  should  consist, 
according  to  the  size  of  the  hospital,  of  one 
or  more  clothes-boilers  (fifty-gallon  caldrons), 
with  furnace  attached,  one  or  more  stoves  for 
heating  smoothing-irons,  for  which  a  special 
stove  is  issued  by  the  medical  purveyor,  and  of 
a  sufficient  number  of  wash-tubs,  which  may  be 
either  fixed  troughs  of  wood  lined  with  tin  or 
zinc,  with  the  faucets  for  hot  and  cold  water 
supply  immediately  over  them,  or,  where  this 
is  not  attainable,  may  be  simply  round  tubs 
of  the  ordinary  pattern,  set  upon  benches  of 
convenient  size. 

There  will  be  needed,  besides,  wash-boards, 
ironing-boards,  ironing-tables,  and  smoothing- 
irons. 

The  laundry  should  be  in  charge  of  one  of 
the  laundresses,  designated  for  the  purpose. 
She  should  be  responsible  for  its  order  and 
neatness,  should  give  general  superintendence 
to  the  work,  and  be  authorized  to  issue  the 
necessary  directions  to  insure  its  efficient  exe- 
cution. 


132        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION   XL THE    LINEN-ROOM. 

The  room  in  which  the  clean  bedclothes, 
under-clothes,  &c.  are  stored  when  not  in  use, 
is  generally  called  the  linen-room;  and  this 
designation  may  be  conveniently  retained, 
although  a  large  majority  of  the  articles  stored 
away  are  made  of  muslin  or  other  materials, 
and  not  of  linen. 

The  linen-room  should  be  shelved  round 
conveniently  for  the  reception  of  the  articles 
stored,  and  should  be  furnished  with  a  lock 
and  key  for  security.  It  should  be  placed  in 
charge  of  a  female  nurse,  with  one  or  more 
assistants,  according  to  the  size  of  the  insti- 
tution. 

On  taking  charge  of  the  linen-room,  the 
nurse  should  be  furnished  with  a  list  of  the 
articles  intrusted  to  her  care,  which  she  should 
verify  by  personal  inspection.  Subsequently, 
she  should  keep  a  memorandum-book,  in 
which  the  chief  nurse  of  each  ward  should  be 
charged  with  all  articles  issued  to  him  for  his 
ward,  and  credited  by  all  soiled  articles  re- 
ceived from  him  at  the  soiled-clothes  closet, 
which  should  also  be  under  her  charge,  so  that 
she   shall  superintend  on  the  one  hand  the 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       133 

issue  of  clean  articles  to  the  ward,  and  their 
return  soiled,  and  on  the  other  the  issue  of 
soiled  articles  to  the  laundresses,  and  their  re- 
turn clean. 

But  in  neither  case  should  she  allow  articles 
to  go  out  of  her  hand  without  a  memorandum 
made,  setting  forth  the  number  of  each  article 
issued,  and  the  person  responsible. 

The  chief  articles  which  will  thus  pass 
through  her  hands  are — 

Sheets,  coverlets,  blankets,  bed-sacks,  pillow- 
cases, towels,  mosquito-nets,  and  hospital  suits, 
consisting  of  shirts,  drawers,  and  socks.  All 
these  articles  should  be  marked  U.  S.  Hosp. 
Dept.,  with  indelible  ink. 

Besides  these  articles  of  hospital  property,  it 
is  usual  for  the  soiled  clothes  of  patients  to  be 
washed  in  the  laundry. 

The  female  nurse  in  charge  of  the  linen- 
room,  with  her  assistants,  should  also  be  re- 
quired to  see  that  the  articles  are  in  a  proper 
state  of  repair,  and,  if  not,  to  mend  them  care- 
fully before  issuing. 


12 


134        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

CHAPTER  III. 

Admissions,  Discharges,  Deaths,  &c. 

SECTION   I. ADMISSION   OF   PATIENTS. 

Patients  are  to  be  received  into  hospitals 
only  when  sent  there  by  competent  authority, 
except  in  extreme  cases,  in  the  discretion  of  the 
surgeon. 

Each  patient  should  be  accompanied  by  the 
written  order  for  his  admission,  and  by  his 
descriptive  list. 

The  patients  are  received  either  by  the 
steward,  or  by  a  medical  officer  detailed  for 
that  duty  (the  medical  officer  of  the  day). 

If  the  patient  is  able  to  walk,  he  is  taken 
into  the  office,  and  his  name,  rank,  regiment, 
or  corps,  and  the  date  of  admission,  entered  in 
the  hospital  register.  His  effects  are  then 
turned  over  to  the  ward-master  (and  his  mo- 
ney or  any  valuables  given  to  the  surgeon  for 
safe  keeping) ;  after  which  he  is  taken  to  the 
bath-room,  thoroughly  cleansed,  his  head  and 
clothes  examined  for  vermin,  and  measures 
taken  for  their  destruction  if  any  are  observed. 


THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        135 

He  is  then  taken  to  the  ward  and  bed  assigned 
to  him. 

A  ticket  has  meantime  been  made  out  for 
him  in  the  office,  which  contains  on  its  face  his 
name,  rank,  regiment  or  corps,  company,  and 
date  of  admission,  with  a  blank  space,  on  which 
the  surgeon  may  enter  the  diagnosis. 

On  the  reverse  is  a  list  of  his  effects.  The 
form  adopted  by  the  medical  department  for 
these  tickets  is  as  follows : — 


136       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

(Face  of  the  Ticket.) 
Number  of  Bed  : 

Name: 

Company: 


Regiment  : 


Disease  or  Injury. 


Date  of  Admission. 


Date  of  Discharge. 


Where  Sent,  and  by  what  Authority. 


THE  HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        137 

{Reverse.) 


CLOTHING,  &c. 


Knapsacks.  . 
Great  Coat.  . 
Blanket.   .   . 
Uniform  Coat 
Undress  Coat 
Trousers.     . 
Shirts.    .  .  . 


No. 


Drawers,  prs. 
Bootees,  prs. 
Boots,  prs.  . 
Stockings,  prs 
Money.    .    . 


No. 


12* 


138        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

This  ticket,  properly  filled  up,  is  placed  at 
the  head  of  the  patient's  bed,  where  it  is  to 
remain  so  long  as  he  remains  in  hospital.  It 
may  simply  be  fastened  to  the  wall  with  a 
tack;  but  it  is  more  convenient  to  have  a  little 
tin  plate,  with  the  edges  on  three  sides  turned 
over,  so  as  to  form  a  frame,  into  which  the 
ticket  may  be  slipped.  The  frame  to  be  fas- 
tened to  the  head-piece  of  the  bed,  or  hung 
upon  the  wall  above  it. 

Tickets  printed  in  blank  for  this  purpose,  as 
well  as  the  frames,  may  be  purchased  by  the 
surgeon  out  of  the  hospital  fund,  when  not 
supplied  by  the  purveyor. 

When  the  patient  is  unable  to  walk,  the 
steps  to  be  taken  are  essentially  the  same, 
modified  only  in  accordance  with  the  necessity 
of  the  case.  He  is  to  be  taken  carefully  from 
the  ambulance  in  which  he  was  brought  to  the 
hospital,  by  gently  drawing  out  the  litter  on 
which  he  lies,  and  laying  it  upon  the  ground. 
He  is  then  transferred  to  a  hand-stretcher  and 
carried  into  the  hospital.  If  his  condition  is 
such  that  it  is  not  advisable  to  bathe  him, — of 
which,  whenever  practicable,  a  medical  officer 
should  be  the  judge, — he  should  be  carried  at 
once  to  the  ward  and  bed  assigned  him,  un- 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       139 

dressed,  and  put  into  the  bed,  taking  such 
measures  to  secure  cleanliness,  by  washing  the 
head,  hands,  and  feet,  changing  the  under- 
clothes, &c,  as  may  be  possible  under  the 
circumstances.  If  the  patient  is  severely 
wounded,  and  especially  if  bones  are  fractured, 
the  greatest  care  should  be  employed  in  han- 
dling him,  and  in  carrying  the  stretcher.  The 
stretcher  should  be  carried  by  two  strong  at- 
tendants, who  should  be  directed  to  step  off  in 
such  a  manner  that  when  the  foremost  puts 
his  right  foot  forward  the  hindmost  shall  put 
forward  his  left :  by  so  doing,  much  unneces- 
sary jolting  and  tilting  of  the  stretcher  will  be 
avoided. 

If  stairs  are  to  be  ascended,  the  foremost 
bearer  should  lower  his  end  of  the  stretcher, 
while  the  hindmost  elevates  his  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  keep  the  patient  as  nearly  on  a 
level  as  possible.  The  reverse  is  to  be  done 
if  stairs  are  to  be  descended. 

The  patient  received  into  hosjoital  should,  if 
thereby  separated  from  his  company  so  as  not 
to  be  mustered  with  it  for  pay,  be  accompanied 
with  his  descriptive  list  and  account  of  pay  and 
clothing.  If  this  does  not  come  with  him,  the 
steward  should  at  once  bring  the  fact  to  the 


140        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

notice  of  the  surgeon,  who  will  address  a  note 
on  the  subject  to  the  company  commander, 
whose  duty  it  is  to  furnish  it. 

The  descriptive  lists  and  accounts  of  pay 
and  clothing  of  soldiers  received  into  hospital 
are  to  be  carefully  filed  away  in  the  office  of 
the  hospital,  in  order  that  the  surgeon,  as  re- 
quired by  regulations,  may  enter  thereon  "all 
payments,  stoppages,  and  issues  of  clothing  to 
him  in  hospital."* 

The  form  of  the  descriptive  list  and  account 
of  pay  and  clothing  is  the  same  for  enlisted 
men  as  for  hospital  stewards.*}* 

SECTION  II.— RETURN  TO  DUTY TRANSFER  TO  THEIR 

HOSPITALS FURLOUGHS  AND  DISCHARGES. 

The  patient  thus  received  into  hospital  may 
either  recover,  remain  incurable,  or  at  least 
permanently  disabled,  or  may  die. 

If  he  recovers,  he  will  be  sent  back  imme- 
diately to  his  company  by  the  surgeon,  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  proper  authority.  When 
sent  back  to  his  company,  the  date  is  entered  in 
the  register  under  the  head  "  returned  to  duty." 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  \  1250. 
t  See  Part  I.  Chap.  I.  \  3. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        141 

Sometimes,  on  account  of  the  crowded  or 
unhealthy  state  of  the  hospital,  he  is  trans- 
ferred to  another  hospital.  This  is  usually 
done  by  order  of  the  medical  director  of  the 
military  district,  on  application  of  the  surgeon 
in  charge,  or  otherwise.  In  this  case,  the 
date  should  be  entered  in  the  register  under 
the  head  "sent  to  general  7wspital"  and  a 
memorandum  should  be  made  in  the  column 
of  remarks  of  the  hospital  to  which  he  is  sent 
and  the  authority  by  which  the  transfer  was 
made. 

When  it  is  deemed  desirable  in  tedious  cases, 
or  during  convalescence,  the  patient  may  be 
allowed  to  leave  the  hospital  on  furlough. 
The  furlough  is  obtained  on  application  made 
to  the  commanding  officer  by  the  surgeon,  ac- 
companied by  a  certificate  of  the  nature  of  the 
complaint  in  consequence  of  which  the  appli- 
cation is  made,  and  setting  forth  the  time  which, 
in  the  surgeon's  opinion,  must  elapse  before  he 
will  be  fit  for  duty.  When  a  patient  leaves 
the  hospital  on  furlough,  the  date  should  be 
entered  in  the  hospital  register  in  the  column 
"  on  furlough?  The  time  for  which  the  furlough 
is  granted  should  be  entered  in  the  column  of 
remarks. 


142        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

If  the  patient  is  believed  by  the  surgeon  to 
be  suffering  from  such  a  complaint  or  disability 
as  to  justify  his  discharge  from  service,  he 
makes  out  a  "  certificate  of  disability  for  dis- 
charge," in  accordance  with  the  prescribed  form, 
Med.  Regulations,  Form  13,  and  forwards  it  to 
the  proper  authority,  as  directed  in  army 
regulations.* 

When  the  patient  is  discharged  from  service, 
the  date  will  be  entered  in  the  register  in  the 
column  " discharged  from  service"  and  the 
reasons  set  forth  in  the  certificate  of  disability 
are  to  be  entered  in  the  column  of  remarks. 

When  the  patient  leaves  the  hospital,  "  the 
medical  officer  shall  certify  and  remit  his  de- 
scriptive list,  showing  the  state  of  his  accounts. 
If  he  is  discharged  from  service  in  hospital, 
the  surgeon  shall  make  out  his  final  statement 
for  pay  and  clothing."-j* 

Patients  may  also  occasionally  desert  from 
hospital.  Every  patient  who  remains  absent 
from  hospital,  without  leave,  for  more  than 
three  days,  should  be  regarded  as  a  deserter. 
A  separate  column  in  the  register  of  patients, 


*  Kevised  Reg.,  Art.  XIX. 

t  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  1 1250. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        143 

marked  "deserted"  is  prepared  for  the  entry 
of  the  date  of  desertion. 

SECTION  III. OF  DEATHS. 

When  a  patient  dies  in  hospital,  the  corpse 
should  not  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  ward, 
but  be  at  once  removed  to  some  convenient 
place  assigned  for  its  reception. 

Almost  all  general  hospitals  have  an  apart- 
ment or  separate  building  (the  dead-house)  set 
aside  for  this  purpose. 

The  greatest  decency  and  decorum  should 
characterize  these  measures,  and  every  respect 
should  be  paid  by  the  attendants  to  the  corpse. 

If  desired,  the  body  may  be  delivered  to  the 
friends  of  the  deceased  by  the  surgeon.  If  not, 
he  at  once  applies  to  the  quartermaster  for 
means  of  burial. 

When  a  patient  dies  in  hospital,  the  surgeon 
is  directed,  by  regulations,  to  take  charge  of 
his  effects  in  trust  for  his  legal  representatives, 
and  to  "make  the  reports  required  in  the 
general  regulations  concerning  soldiers  who 
die  absent  from  their  companies."* 

*  Revised  Regulations,  Art.  XLIV.  g  1250.     See  also  Art. 
XVII.  g  152. 


144        THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

The  date  of  death  is  to  be  entered  on  the 
hospital  register,  in  the  column  marked  died. 

The  following  regulations  have  been  issued 
by  the  War  Department  on  the  subject : — 

Regulations  for  Military  Burials  and  the  Regis- 
tration of  Deceased  Soldiers  and  their  Graves. 

The  friends  of  deceased  soldiers  desire  that 
accurate  and  permanent  registration  be  made 
of  date,  place  of  burial,  transfers  of  corpse,  and 
official  orders  respecting  interment,  to  enable 
them  to  find  the  grave,  and  such  records  as 
are  important  for  purposes  of  identification. 

To  attain  these  ends — 

First.  The  hospital  in  which  the  soldier  dies 
must  preserve  a  sufficient  and  proper  record. 

Second.  The  Adjutant-General's  office  should 
receive  a  perfect  duplicate  of  the  same,  as  the 
records  of  that  office  would  be  more  permanent 
than  those  of  the  hospitals  or  the  cemeteries. 

Third.  The  sextons,  whether  of  churches  or 
of  military  or  other  public  cemeteries,  should 
have  permanent  records,  which  shall  always 
be  accessible  to  the  friends  of  the  deceased. 

The  records  of  each  of  these  officers  should 
be  kept  alphabetically  indexed  for  reference. 

Each  grave  should  have  its  number,  in  the 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        145 

order  of  interments,  distinctly  indicated  upon 
a  post  or  plank  of  cedar  or  some  other  enduring 
wood.  The  name  of  deceased,  the  date  of 
death,  and  his  company  or  regimental  corps 
initials,  should,  if  possible,  be  engraved  upon 
the  said  post  or  plank.  This  should  be  effected 
with  an  iron  letter-brand  or  stamp.  These  posts 
or  head-boards,  and  the  lettering  of  the  name, 
&c,  will  be  provided  by  the  quartermaster  of 
the  department  or  military  post  where  the 
hospital  is  located  or  where  the  death  occurs. 

THE    DUTY   OF   MILITARY    SURGEONS. 

In  accordance  with  the  accompanying  order 
of  the  Secretary  of  War,  it  becomes  the  duty 
of  the  senior  surgeon  for  the  hospital  or  the 
military  company  in  which  a  soldier  dies,  im- 
mediately after  the  death,  to  cause  the  copies 
of  Record — 1,  2,  and  3 — to  be  accurately  made 
out,  and  to  forward  copy  No.  3  to  the  quarter- 
master, or,  in  the  absence  of  a  quartermaster, 
to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  division  or 
company  in  which  the  death  has  occurred. 

Copy  No.  2  shall  be  forwarded  without  delay 
to  the  Adjutant-General  at  Washington,  by 
the  surgeon,  or  by  such  other  officer  as  the 
commander  may  designate.     Generally,  except 

13 


146        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

in  the  District  of  Columbia,  it  will  be  the  sur- 
geon's duty  to  forward  copy  No.  2  to  the  local 
adjutant  or  commanding  officer,  who,  after 
noting  the  contents,  will  place  his  signature 
upon  the  face  of  the  surgeon's  notification 
attached,  and  immediately  forward  it  to  the 
Adj  utant-General. 

Whenever  a  military  hospital  is  finally  bro- 
ken up  or  vacated,  the  hospital  records  should 
all  be  transmitted  to  the  Surgeon-General's 
office  at  Washington,  and  they  must  ever  be 
open  to  the  inspection  of  the  friends  of  the 
deceased. 


THE   DUTY   OF   SEXTONS. 

The  sexton  must  be  directed  to  preserve  the 
records  and  the  orders  sent  to  him  by  the 
quartermaster.  He  must  also  be  required  to 
attend  to  the  planting  of  the  head-board  or  post 
furnished  by  the  quartermaster  for  the  grave 
of  the  deceased. 

In  all  cemeteries  in  which  deceased  soldiers 
are  interred,  the  burials  should,  if  practicable, 
be  made  in  regular  series,  occupying  a  separate 
plat  of  ground;  but  if  otherwise  and  promis- 
cuously interred,  the  numbers  and  description 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        147 

of  the  locality  of  the  grave  should  be  carefully 
recorded  by  the  sexton. 

The  sexton  should  be  required  to  notify  the 
physician  of  the  hospital  of  the  number  and 
locality  of  the  grave  before  he  takes  the  corpse. 

In  the  case  of  a  military  burial  at  an  en- 
campment or  upon  a  march,  without  the  aid 
of  a  sexton,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  military  corps  to  which 
the  deceased  belonged  to  cause  his  remains  to 
be  properly  interred,  and  to  provide  suitable 
means  for  marking  the  grave  and  erecting 
a  head-board  with  the  proper  inscription  or 
stamped  record.  And,  in  the  absence  of  a 
sexton,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  adjutant  or 
the  commander  of  the  said  military  corps  to 
preserve  the  sexton's  copy  of  record;  and  it 
will  also  be  the  duty  of  the  surgeon  to  said 
corps  to  preserve  the  hospital  copy  of  said 
record  with  the  same  care,  and  subject  to  the 
same  conditions,  as  similar  records  in  general 
or  post  hospitals. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  regulations, 
the  following  forms  are  furnished : — 


148       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Hospital   Record,   subject    to    the    order  of  the    Surgeon- 
General  of  the  United  States  Army. 

No.  1. 
RECORD   OP   DEATH   AND   INTERMENT. 


Name  and  number  of  person  interred 

Number  and  locality  of  the  grave 

Hospital  number  of  the  deceased 

Regiment,  rank,  and  company 

Residence  before  enlistment 

Conjugal  condition  (and  if  married,  ~) 

the  residence  of  the  widow) j 

Cause  of  death ") 


Age  of  the  deceased 

Nativity 

References  and  remarks. 


Date  of  death  and  burial. 


186 


Duplicates  sent  to  the  Adjutant-General  of  the  United  States 

Army,  and  to  the  Sexton  of  the  

Cemetery. 


Memoranda  . 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        149 

Copy  of  Record  for  the  Adjutant-  General,  U.  S.  A. 

No.  2. 

RECORD    OF   DEATH   AND   INTERMENT. 


Name  and  number  of  person  interred 

Number  and  locality  of  the  grave 

Hospital  number  of  the  deceased 

Regiment,  rank,  and  company 

Residence  before  enlistment 

Conjugal  condition  (and  if  married,  ~) 

the  residence  of  the  widow) J 

Cause  of  death ~) 


Age  of  the  deceased 

Nativity 

References  and  remarks. 


Date  of  death  and  burial., 


186 


A  duplicate  of  this  Record  has  been  forwarded  to  the  Sexton,  and  another 
remains  at  this  Hospital.] 


To  

Sir: 

It  becomes  my  duty  to  inform  you  that  the  person  above 
described  died  at  this  hospital  as  herein  stated;  and  that  it  is 
desired  his  remains  should  be  interred  with  the  usual  military 
honors. 

Respectfully, 


Military  Hospital, 


Surgeon  U.  S.  Army. 


This  copy  of  Record  is  to  be  transmitted  to  the  Adjutant-General  at  Washing- 
ton immediately  after  the  place  of  burial  and  the  number  of  the  grave  have 
been  ascertained  and  registered.    The  above  notification  is  to  remain  attached. 

13* 


150       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


Quartermasters  Notification  of  Death. 

To 

Sir: 

I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that 

,  a of  Company  ,  Regi- 
ment  ,  died  at  this  Hospital , 

and  I  would  request  you  to  make  the  neces- 
sary preparation  for  the  interment  of  his 
remains  as  soon  as  practicable.  The  hour 
for  the  funeral  is  appointed  at 


Surgeon  U.  JS.  Army. 

> 

.,  186  . 


4* 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


151 


The  Sexton's  Record  and  the  Order  for  Burial. 

No.  3. 

RECORD   OF   DEATH   AND   INTERMENT. 


Name  and  number  of  person  interred 

Number  and  locality  of  the  grave 

Hospital  number  of  the  deceased 

Regiment,  rank,  and  company 

Residence  before  enlistment 

Conjugal  condition,  (and  if  married,  ") 

the  residence  of  the  widow) j 

Cause  of  death ") 


Age  of  the  deceased 

Nativity 

Remarks  and  references. 


Date  of  death  and  burial. 


186 


To 


The  Sexton  of. 


You  will  receive,  and  immediately  inter,  the  remains  of  the 
person  above  described,  and  preserve  this  record,  and  also  attend 
to  the  setting  of  the  head-board  at  the  grave,  as  provided  by  the 
Government  and  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  War. 


[Burial  from  the 


Quartermaster. 


This  order  for  the  burial  is  to  remain  attached  to  the  Sexton's  copy  of  Record 
as  part  of  the  record. 


PART  III. 


EOOD  FOE  THE  HOSPITAL  AND  ITS  PEEPA 
.RATION.— THE  KITCHEN  AND  ITS  MAN- 
AGEMENT. 


153 


CHAPTER  I. 

Provision  Keturns— Hospital  Stores— Purchases  for 
the  Hospital— The  Hospital  Fund  and  its  Man- 
agement. 

SECTION  I. PRELIMINARY. 

The  financial  principle  upon  which  the  hos- 
pitals of  the  United  States  armies  are  managed 
is,  that  sick  soldiers  in  hospital  ought  not  to 
cost  more  to  the  government  than  soldiers  in 
the  field ;  and,  practically,  it  is  found  that  the 
fund  created  by  savings  upon  the  full  ration  is 
amply  sufficient,  if  properly  managed,  to  suffice 
for  the  purchase  of  all  those  little  comforts  and 
delicacies  which  are  necessaries  for  the  sick. 

The  mode  of  procedure  upon  this  subject 
directed  in  the  Revised  Regulations  is  as  fol- 
lows : — 

The  hospital  is  credited  on  the  books  of  the 
commissary  from  which  it  draws  its  rations 
by  the  whole  number  of  complete  rations  due 
throughout  the  month  at  the  contract  or  cost 
price.  It  draws  from  the  commissary  only 
so  much  of  each  article  issued  by  him  as  is 

155 


156       THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

actually  required  for  the  use  of  the  sick  and 
the  attendants :  this  is  charged  against  the 
hospital  at  the  contract  or  cost  price.  The 
balance  left,  after  deducting  the  total  cost  of 
provisions  actually  issued  to  the  hospital  from 
the  total  cost  of  the  rations  to  which  it  is 
entitled,  constitutes  the  "hospital  fund,"  and 
this  or  any  portion  of  it  may  be  expended 
under  the  direction  of  the  medical  officer  for 
any  articles  necessary  either  for  the  diet  or 
for  the  comfort  of  the  sick  which  are  not  au- 
thorized to  be  otherwise  furnished. 

As  the  economical  management  of  the  rations 
and  the  consequent  creation  of  a  hospital  fund 
depends  to  a  great  extent  upon  the  steward, 
an  expose  of  the  details  of  the  system  is  here 
introduced,  which,  it  is  believed,  will  be  found 
sufficiently  complete. 

SECTION   II. OF    THE    RATION. 

The  ration  authorized  by  army  regulations 
is  composed  of  the  following  articles  and 
quantities : — 

the   RATION.,. 
"  The  ration  is  ^three-fourths  of  a  pound  of 
pork  or  bacon,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pound  of 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        157 

fresh  or  salt  beef;  twenty-two  ounces  of  bread 
or  flour,  or  one  pound  of  hard  bread,  or  one 
and  a  fourth  pound  of  corn  meal ;  and  at  the 
rate,  to  every  one  hundred  rations,  of  eight 
quarts  of  beans  or  peas  and  ten  pounds  of  rice 
or  hominy ;  ten  pounds  of  green  coffee,  or 
eight  pounds  of  roasted  and  ground  coffee,  or 
one  and  a  half  pound  of  tea ;  fifteen  pounds  of 
sugar;  four  quarts  of  vinegar;  one  pound  of 
sperm  candles,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pound 
of  adamantine  candles,  or  one  and  a  half 
pound  of  tallow  candles ;  four  pounds  of  soap, 
and  two  quarts  of  salt.  In  addition  to  the 
foregoing,  there  is  allowed  twice  per  week  one 
gallon  of  molasses  per  one  hundred  rations, 
and  thrice  per  week,  if  practicable,  an  issue  of 
potatoes,  at  the  rate  of  one  pound  per  man. 
When  beans,  peas,  rice,  hominy,  or  potatoes 
cannot  be.  issued  in  the  proportions  given 
above,  an  equivalent  in  value  shall  be  issued 
in  some  other  proper  food.  Desiccated  pota- 
toes, or  desiccated  mixed  vegetables,  at  the 
rate,  per  one  hundred  rations,  of  one  hundred 
and  fifty  ounces  of  the  former,  or  one  hundred 
ounces  of  the  latter,  may  be  substituted  for 
beans,  peas,  rice,  hominy,  or  fresh  potatoes. 

when  these  articles  cannot  be  issued ;  or,  upon 

u 


158       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

the  requisition  of  the  proper  officer  and  when 
the  supply  on  hand  will  admit  of  it,  they  may 
be  issued  at  the  foregoing  rate,  twice  per  week, 
in  lieu  of  beans  or  peas,  or  in  lieu  of  rice  or 
hominy.  Fresh  beef  may  be  issued  as  often 
as  the  commanding  officer  of  any  detachment 
or  regiment  may  require  it,  when  practicable, 
in  place  of  salt  meat."* 

Note. — "After  the  present  insurrection  shall  cease,  the 
ration  shall  be  as  provided  by  law  and  regulations  on  the  first 
day  of  July,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-one."  (Section  13, 
Act  approved  August  3,  1861.)     To  wit,  as  follows: — 

"  The  ration  is  three-fourths  of  a  pound  of  pork  or  bacon,  or 
one  and  a  fourth  pound  of  fresh  or  salt  beef;  eighteen  ounces 
of  bread  or  flour,  or  twelve  ounces  of  hard  bread,  or  one  and  a 
fourth  pound  of  corn  meal ;  and  at  the  rate,  to  one  hundred 
rations,  of  eight  quarts  of  beans,  or  in  lieu  thereof,  ten  pounds 
of  rice,  or  in  lieu  thereof,  twice  per  week,  one  hundred  and 
fifty  ounces  of  desiccated  potatoes,  and  one  hundred  ounces  of 
mixed  vegetables ;  ten  pounds  of  coffee,  or  in  lieu  thereof,  one 
and  one-half  pound  of  tea ;  fifteen  pounds  of  sugar ;  four  quarts 
of  vinegar ;  one  pound  of  sperm  candles,  or  one  and  one-fourth 
pound  of  adamantine  candles,  or  one  and  one-half  pound  of 
tallow  candles  ;  four  pounds  of  soap,  and  two  quarts  of  salt."f 

*  New  Regulations  of  Subsistence  Department,  1862. 
f  Revised  Army  Reg.  1861,  Art.  XLIII.  \  1191. 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


159 


According  to  existing  laws,  therefore,  the 
ration  for  the  duration  of  the  rebellion  may  be 
tabulated  as  follows  : — 


Either  may  be  drawn,  f 

or  a  part   of  each.     Pork 

Thus,  of  100  rations,  J  Bacon 

60  may  be  fresh  beef,  1  Salt  beef..... 
and  40  pork  or  ba-  Fresh  beef., 
con.  [ 

Either  may  be  drawn,  J  Fiour \ 

or  a  part  o  each.       |Hard  bread.":'... 

*»- {b^s=::::::: 

May  be  substituted  f  De^ted  pota" 
for  rice  or  beans,  if  I  Desic.ted"mix'ed 
deslred-  [     vegetables 

If  practicable Potatoes 

Tea  may  be  substi-  f 

tuted  for  coffee,  on)  Coffee 

requisition    of    thel  Tea 

proper  officer.  |_ 

Sugar 

Vinegar 

(Sperm  candles... 
Adamantine 
candles 
Tallow  candles.. 

Soap 

Salt 


For 

For 

one  man. 

100  men. 

Jib. 

Daily. 

75  lbs. 

l£lb. 

Daily. 

125  lbs. 

22  oz. 

Daily. 

137i  lbs. 

lib. 

Daily. 

100  lbs. 

1.6  oz. 
0.64  gills. 

Daily. 
Daily. 

10  lbs. 
8  quarts. 

1.5  oz. 

Bi-weekly. 

9  lbs.  6  oz. 

1  oz. 
lib. 

Bi-weekly. 
Tri-weekly. 

6  lbs.  4  oz. 
100  lbs. 

1.6  oz. 
0.24  oz. 

Daily. 
Daily. 

10  lbs. 
1  lb.  8  oz. 

2.4  oz. 
0.32  gills. 
0.16  oz. 

Daily. 
Daily. 
Daily. 

15  lbs. 
4  quarts. 
lib. 

0.20  oz. 
0.24  oz. 
0.64  oz. 
0.16  gills. 

Daily. 
Daily. 
Daily. 
Daily. 

li  lbs. 
li  lbs. 
4  lbs. 
2  quarts. 

Occasional  issues  (extra)  of  molasses  are 
made  of  two  quarts  to  one  hundred  rations. 
Peas  or  hominy  are  sometimes  issued  instead 
of  rice  or  beans.  The  following  table  shows 
the  quantities  in  bulk  of  each  article  in  from  1 
to  100,000  rations : 


160 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 

Table  showing  the  Quantity  in  Bulk  of  any 


£ 

PORK. 

BEEF. 

FLOUR. 

BEANS  OR  PEAS. 

RICE,  HOMINY, 

ANB  *GREEN 

COFFEE. 

TEA. 

o 

■< 

a 

Eh 

© 

05 
W 

a 

a 

p 
*5 

a 

3 
o 

CD 

0 

=1 
o 

•5 
a 

3 
o 

a 

3 

o 

u 

■a 
H 

o 

P4 

o 

a 

3 

o 

3 

u 

3 

3 

■a 
a 

3 

o 
ft 

3 
3 

o 

■a 
3 
3 
o 

3 
3 

o 

1 

37 

375 

1 

2 

3 
3 

4 
5 
6 
6 

7 
15 
22 
30 

37 
45 
52 
60 
67 
75 
150 
100 

12 

8 
4 

12 

8 
4 

12 
8 

8 

8 
8 
8 

1 

2 
3 

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12 

25 

37 

50 

62 

75 

87 

100 

112 

125 

1,250 

12,500 

125,000 

4 

8 

12 

4 

8 

12 

4 
8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

7 

70 
701 

1 

2 

4 

5 

6 

8 

9 

11 

12 

13 

27 

41 

55 

68 

82 

96 

110 

123 

137 

3 

30 

104 

6 
12 

2 

8 
14 

4 
10 

6 
12 

8 
4 

12 

8 
4 

12 

8 

0.64 
1.28 
1.92 
2.56 
3.20 
3.84 
4.48 
5.12 
5.76 
6.40 
4.80 
3.20 
1.60 

1.6 

3.2 

4.8 

6.4 

8.0 

9.6 

11.2 

12.8 

14.4 

1 
1 
1 
1 

15 
150 

1500 

0.24 

0.48 

0.72 

0.96 

1.20 

1.44 

1.68 

1.92 

2.16 

2.4 

4.8 

7.2 

9.6 

12.0 

14.4 
0.8 
3.2 
5.6 
8.0 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1 

2 
3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

100 

1,000 

10,000 

20 
30 

40 
50 

2 

25 

250 

1 

2 
3 
4 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
16 

60 
70 

6.40 
4.80 
3.20 
1.60 

80 

90 

100 

1,000 

10,000 

100,000 

Note. — Fresh  potatoes  are  issued,  three  times  per  week,  at  one  pound  to  the  ration;  fresh 
flour,  when  on  hand  for  issue,  12£  pounds  to  the  100  rations  in  lieu  of  beans  or  peas ;  molasses,  one 
*  Roasted  or  ground  coffee  is  issued  at  the  rate  of  eight  pounds  to  the  100  rations. 
f  Sperm  candles  are  issued  at  the  rate  of  one  pound,  and  tallow  candles  at  the  rate  of  one  pavnd 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARDS   MANUAL. 
Number  of  Rations,  from  1  to  100,000. 


161 


SUGAR. 

VINEGAR  AND 
MOLASSES. 

fADAMAN- 

TINE 
CANDLES. 

SOAP. 

SALT. 

DESICCATED 
POTATOES. 

MIXED 
VEGETABLES. 

■3 

s 

3 
o 

<v 
o 
3 

3 
O 

a 
o 

© 

3 

s 

■a 

3 
3 
o 
Hi 

1 

1 

1 

12 

125 

1250 

3 
3 
O 

0.2 

0.4 

0.6 

0.8 

1.0 

1.2 

1.4 

1.6 

1.8 

2. 

4. 

6. 

8. 

10.. 

12. 

14. 

2. 
4. 
8. 

•a 
a 

3 
o 

o 

3 

3 

o 

3 

3 

5 

■a 
3 
3 
o 

c 

3 
O 

•3 
3 
3 
o 

o 

3 

3 

o 

2.4 
4.8 
7.2 
9.6 
12.0 
14.4 
0.8 
3.2 
5.6 
8.0 

8.0 

8.0 

8.0 

8.0 

0.32 
0.64 
0.96 
1.28 
1.60 
1.92 
2.24 
2.56 
2.88 
3.20 
6.40 
1.60 
4.80 

3.20 
6.40 
1.60 
4.80 

1 
1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

40 

400 

4000 

0.64 
1.28 
1.92 
2.56 
3.20 
3.84 
4.48 
5.12 
5.76 
6.40 
12.80 
3.20 
9.60 

6.40 
12.80 
3.20 
9.60 

0.16 
0.32 
0.48 
0.64 
O.SO 
0.96 
1.12 
1.28 
1.44 
1.60 
3.20 
4.80 
6.40 

1.5 

3.0 

4.5 

6.0 

7.5 

9.0 

10.5 

12.0 

13.5 

15.0 

14.0 

13.0 

12.0 

11.0 

10.0 

9.0 

8.0 

7.0 

6.0 

12.0 

8.0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 

7 

1 

8 

1 

9 

1 

10 

s 

4 

1 

10 

100 

1000 

1 
1 

2 
2 
2 
3 
3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

93 

937 

9,375 

1 
1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

62 

625 

6,250 

4 
14 

6 

8 

7 

6 

62 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
20 

8 
16 

2 

9 
10 
12 
13 
15 

1.60 
3.20 
4.80 
6.40 

12 
6 

10 
4 

150 

8 

1  500 

15  000 

onions,  when  on  hand  for  issue,  three  bushels  in  lieu  of  one  bushel  of  beans  or  peaB;  bein 
gallon  to  the  100  rations,  twice  per  week. 


and  a  half,  to  the  100  rations. 


14* 


162        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION  III. OF   PROVISION  RETURNS. 

Provisions  are  drawn  for  the  hospital  from 
the  commissary  on  a  provision  return,*  blank 
forms  for  which  are  furnished  by  the  commis- 
sary for  that  purpose. 

It  should  represent  the  total  quantity  of 
each  article  to  which  the  hospital  is  entitled, 
the  quantity  of  each  actually  drawn,  and  the 
quantity  of  each  retained  by  the  commissary, 
which  is  to  be  credited  to  the  hospital  by  him. 

The  provision  return  must  be  signed  by  the 
surgeon  in  charge,  and  by  the  commanding 
officer  having  authority  to  direct  the  issue. 

The  following  is  the  form: — 

*  Form  13,  Subsistence  Depart.,  Eevised  Reg.,  p.  267. 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


163 


i      s- 


Total    rations 
Total  actually 

>■ 

S 

as 

1         1         1 

Number  of  Men. 

1         1         1 

Number  of  Women. 

1         1         1 

Total. 

1         1         1 

Number  of  Days. 

1         1         1 

Number  of  Rations. 

1         1         1 

Pork. 

SO 

> 
S 

o 

T 

1         1         1 

Salt  Beef. 

1         1         1 

Fresh  Beef. 

1         1         1 

Flour. 

1         1         1 

Beans. 

1         1         1 

Bice. 

1         1         1 

Coffee. 

1         1         1 

Tea. 

1         1         1 

Sugar. 

1         1         1 

Vinegar. 

1         1         1 

Sperm  Candles. 

1         1         1 

Adamant.  Candles. 

1         1         1 

Soap. 

1         I         1 

Salt. 

1         1         1 

Potatoes. 

1         1         1 

Molasses. 

1         1         1 

&c. 

1         1         i 

1         1         1 

Here  specify  tho 
number  of  ca- 
dets, stewards, 
female  nurses, 
guards,  attend- 
ants, patients, 
and  total. 

SI 

w 

I 


3 

g 

•J 


^ 


s> 

s 

c*> 

M 

/J 

o* 

1 

fcq 

a 

Rg 

2 

a 

Ai 


"a* 


t 


a. 


<3 


164        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

The  provision  return  is  made  out  by  the 
hospital  steward,  and  is  based  upon  his  know- 
ledge of  the  actual  needs  of  the  hospital :  sortie 
experience  is  needed  to  enable  him  to  draw 
the  proper  quantity  of  each  article,  and  no 
absolute  rule  can  be  laid  down,  as  the  amount 
needed  will  vary  to  a  considerable  extent,  in 
accordance  with  the  proportion  of  severe  cases 
of  disease  or  injury  in  the  hospital.  In  all 
doubtful  cases  it  is  better  to  draw  too  much 
than  too  little ;  for  the  patients  must  never  he 
stinted  in  any  thing  for  the  sake  of  making 
hospital  fund,  and,  if  there  is  a  surplus,  so 
much  less  may  be  drawn  on  the  next  return. 
After  having  made  out  the  provision  return, 
it  is  carried  by  the  hospital  steward  to  the 
surgeon  for  his  approval  and  signature,  and 
afterwards  to  the  commanding  officer. 

The  return,  having  been  approved,  is  carried 
by  the  steward  with  the  hospital  wagon  to 
the  commissary,  the  provisions  obtained  and 
brought  to  the  hospital. 

Duplicate  copies  of  the  provision  returns 
should  be  kept  on  file  by  the  steward,  in  order 
that  they  may  be  compared  with  the  monthly 
statement  of  the  hospital  fund,  furnished  by 
the  commissary  to  the  surgeon. 


TIIE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        165 

At  all  posts  where  there  is  an  army  bakery, 
it  is  usual  for  the  hospital  to  draw  bread  in- 
stead of  flour.  This  is  effected  as  follows: — 
When  drawing  the  ration,  the  steward  receives 
from  the  commissary  an  order  for  the  number 
of  rations  of  bread  his  provision  return  calls 
for;  one  ration  of  flour  being  regarded  as  the 
equivalent  of  a  ration  of  bread,  weight  for 
weight.  The  steward  carries  the  order  to  the 
bakery  and  receives  the  bread.  Where  the 
bakery  bakes  daily,  it  is  usual  for  the  steward 
to  draw  each  day  only  the  number  of  loaves 
required  for  the  following  twenty-four  hours, 
instead  of  drawing  the  whole  amount  at  once. 

In  like  manner,  when  fresh  beef  is  drawn, 
the  steward  does  not  generally  receive  the 
fresh  beef  from  the  commissary,  but  an  order 
for  it,  which  he  carries  to  the  shamble,  desig- 
nated by  the  commissary,  and  there  receives 
the  beef.  In  warm  weather  the  steward  should 
not  draw  at  once  the  whole  amount,  but,  learn- 
ing the  days  on  which  animals  are  butchered, 
should  procure  each  butchering-day  the  portion 
necessary  to  last  to  the  next.  If  butchering 
is  done  daily,  the  meat  should  be  procured 
daily,  using  each  day  meat  killed  the  day 
before. 


166        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION  IV. OF  HOSPITAL  STORES. 

Besides  what  can  be  obtained  from  the  com- 
missary, certain  articles  needed  for  the  diet 
of  the  sick  are  obtained  from  the  medical  pur- 
veyor, under  the  title  of  hospital  stores.  These 
articles  are  enumerated  in  "regulations"  as 
arrow-root,  barley,  cinnamon,  cloves,  cocoa, 
farina,  ground  Jamaica  ginger,  nutmegs,  tea, 
whiskey,  and  wine. 

These  articles  are  obtained  by  requisitions 
on  the  medical  purveyor,  made  by  the  surgeon 
and  approved  by  the  medical  director  or  the 
Surgeon-General,  in  accordance  with  the  regu- 
lations which  will  be  hereafter  described 
under  the  head  of  "  Requisitions  for  Medical 
and  Hospital  Supplies." 


SECTION  V. — OF  PURCHASES  FOR  THE  HOSPITAL. 

All  articles  needed  for  the  subsistence  of  the 
sick  in  hospital,  which  cannot  be  obtained 
from  the  commissary  or  the  medical  purveyor, 
are  purchased  out  of  the  hospital  fund,  out  of 
which  are  also  purchased  all  such  other  arti- 
cles needed  for  the  comfort  of  the  sick  as  are 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        167 

not  authorized  to  be  obtained  in  any  other 
way. 

Purchases  for  the  subsiste?ice  of  the  sick  may 
be  divided  into  two  classes. 

First,  purchases  necessary  to  complete  the 
ordinary  "full  diet  table,"  as  adopted  by  the 
surgeon  in  charge  for  his  hospital,  such  as 
milk,  butter,  fresh  vegetables,  e.g.  cabbage, 
onions,  turnips,  &c,  mustard,  pepper,  dried 
fruit,  sour-krout,  and  all  similar  articles.  Ice 
comes  also  under  this  head. 

Secondly,  purchases  necessary  for  the  "extra 
diet"  ordered  by  the  surgeon  in  special  cases, 
such  as  eggs,  oysters,  chickens,  fresh  fruit, 
oranges,  lemons,  malt  liquors,  &c.  &c. 

These  articles  will  be  referred  to  hereafter, 
in  connection  with  the  question  of  "Diet  and 
Cooking." 

Purchases  for  the  comfort  of  the  sick  may 
include  a  great  variety  of  articles,  as  purchases 
of  oil,  or  expenditures  for  gas  for  lighting  the 
hospital,  hospital  furniture  which  cannot  be 
obtained  by  requisition  on  the  medical  pur- 
veyor, as  window-shades,  water-coolers,  &c.&c, 
printed  blanks  for  passes,  discharges,  labels, 
printed  rules  and  regulations,  &c.  &c. 

The  authority  for  making  these  purchases 


168        THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

is  granted  in  regulations  in  the  folloAving 
terms : — 

"  The  hospital  fund,  or  any  portion  of  it,  may- 
be expended  by  the  commissary,  on  the  re- 
quisition of  the  medical  officer,  in  the  pur- 
chase of  any  article  for  the  subsistence  or 
comfort  of  the  sick,  not  authorized  to  be 
otherwise  furnished."* 

Practically,  the  purchases  for  the  diet  of  the 
hospital  are  generally  made  for  large  general 
hospitals  in  the  following  manner : — 

A  purveyor  for  the  hospital  is  designated  by 
the  surgeon  in  charge.  The  purveyor  should, 
if  possible,  be  some  respectable  produce-dealer 
in  the  neighborhood  of  the  hospital.  Each 
morning,  or  as  often  as  necessary,  the  steward 
makes  out  a  list  of  the  articles  needed,  obtains 
the  approval  of  the  surgeon  in  charge,  and 
sends  it  to  the  dealer,  who  procures  the  articles 
and  sends  them  to  the  hospital.  A  special 
memorandum-book  should  be  kept  by  the  stew- 
ard, in  which  he  should  keep  copies  of  these 
lists  for  comparison  with  the  articles  actually 
furnished  on  their  arrival,  as  well  as  for  com- 
parison  with   the   monthly   bill.     It  will  be 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIII.  \  1195. 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        1G9 

found  most  economical  to  make  purchases  of 
all  articles  not  immediately  perishable  in  suf- 
ficiently large  quantities  to  obtain  the  advan- 
tage of  wholesale  price.  At  the  end  of  the 
month  a  bill  is  made  out  in  duplicate,  and 
ajDproved  by  the  medical  officer  in  charge, 
according  to  the  following  form  : — 


15 


170       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


The  United  States 
To 


Dr. 


186 


Dolls.    Cts 


I  certify,  on  honor,  that  the  above-specified  articles  were  pur- 
chased on  my  requisition  for  the  use  of  the  sick  in  hospital  under 
my  charge. 


Surgeon 


Eeceived  at  this  day  of 

,  186 — ,  from  Lieut , 

A.C.S.,  U.S.A., Dollars  and Cents, 

in  full  of  the  above  account. 


(signed  in  duplicate. 


Notes. — "No  officer  or  agent  in  the  military  service  shall  purchase  from  any 
other  person  in  the  military  service." 

Purchases  for  a  hospital  from  subsistence  funds  may  be  made  by  a  commissary 
to  the  extent  only  of  the  "  hospital  fund"  due  such  hospital,  and  must  be  limited  to 
articles  "  for  the  subsistence  or  comfort  of  the  sick  not  authorized  to  he  otherwise 
furnished.'" 

Medicines,  regular  supplies  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  &c.  &c,  mrst 
not  be  obtained  from  the  hospital  fund. 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        171 

This  duplicate  bill,  duly  approved,  is  given 
to  the  dealer,  who  receipts  it,  presents  it  to  the 
commissary,  and  receives  the  money. 

Printed  blanks  for  this  purpose  can  usually 
be  obtained  from  the  commissary. 

Milk  for  the  hospital  is  usually  best  obtained 
from  some  respectable  dealer  in  that  article, 
to  be  designated  by  the  surgeon  in  charge. 
He  should  be  paid  monthly,  in  the  manner 
above  described.  Ice  for  the  hospital  should 
likewise  be  procured,  when  possible,  from  an  ice- 
dealer,  who  should  furnish  daily  the  required 
quantity,  and  be  paid  in  the  same  manner. 

If  any  of  the  articles  thus  purchased  be  fur- 
nished of  inferior  quality,  or  if  the  quantity  be 
not  fully  that  agreed  upon  and  charged,  or  if 
the  charges  exceed  the  market-price  of  any 
article,  the  circumstance  should  be  reported  at 
once  by  the  steward  to  the  surgeon  in  charge, 
who  will  take  such  action  as  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  demand. 

Too  much  care  cannot  be  exercised  by  the 
steward  in  this  particular.  All  articles  re- 
ceived should  be  at  once  compared  with  his 
memorandum-book,  and,  if  any  doubt  exist  as 
to  the  quantity  of  any  thing,  it  should  be  at 
once  weighed  or  measured.     Milk  should  be 


172       THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

received  in  vessels  of  uniform  size,  and,  if  not 
received  by  the  steward  in  person,  the  attend- 
ant charged  with  that  duty  should  be  instructed 
to  report  to  the  steward,  daily,  immediately 
after  its  receipt,  whether  the  quantity  is  cor- 
rect and  the  quality  good.  Any  reported  de- 
ficiency should  be  at  once  investigated  by  the 
steward,  and,  if  found  to  exist,  should  be  im- 
mediately reported  to  the  surgeon. 

Unless  this  is  done,  the  hospital  is  liable  to 
constant  imposition. 

SEC.  VI. THE  HOSPITAL  FUND — ITS  MANAGEMENT. 

The  management  of  the  provision  returns, 
and  of  the  purchases  for  the  hospital,  is  an  im- 
portant and  responsible  part  of  the  duties  of 
the  hospital  steward.  If  it  be  carefully  per- 
formed, the  hospital  fund  will  be  found,  under 
ordinary  circumstances,  more  than  adequate 
for  all  the  necessities  of  the  hospital, — so  much 
so  that  it  is  directed  in  regulations,  that, 

"  At  large  depots  or  general  hospitals,  this 
fund  may  be  partly  expended  for  the  benefit 
of  dependent  posts  or  detachments,  on  requi- 
sitions approved  by  the  medical  director  or 
senior  surgeon  of  the  district."  And  that,  on 
the  first  of  January,  each  year,  one-fourth  of 


TITE    HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        173 

every  "hospital  fund,"  if  less  than  $150,  and 
one-half  if  more,  will  be  dropped  by  the  com. 
missary  from  the  fund,  and  will  be  paid  over 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  Soldiers'  Home  by  the 
Commissary-General. 

Other  purchases  for  the  hospital  than  those 
for  the  diet  of  the  patients  should  be  made 
only  on  the  direction  of  the  surgeon,  and  are 
to  be  paid  for  in  the  same  manner. 

The  steward  should  keep  on  file  copies  of  all 
these  bills,  for  comparison  with  the  "  monthly 
statement  of  the  hospital  fund." 

Under  certain  circumstances  the  commissary 
has  been  authorized  by  the  Commissary-General 
to  pay  over  the  hospital  fund  in  money  to  the 
surgeon  for  expenditure.  This  course  is  objec- 
tionable, as  the  surgeon  becomes  thus  respon- 
sible for  public  money,  and  is  burdened  with 
the  preparation  of  all  the  returns  and  vouchers 
required  by  regulations  of  disbursing  officers. 

A  copy  of  the  monthly  statement  of  the 
hospital  fund  is  to  be  made  by  the  steward 
from  the  abstract  presented  by  the  commissary 
for  the  signature  of  the  surgeon  in  charge. 
This  should  be  done  as  soon  as  practicable 
after  the  close  of  the  month,  in  the  following 
form  : — 

15* 


174        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


A  Monthly  Statement  of  the  Hospital  Fund  at ,  for 

the  month  of ,  186 — . 


Dolls. 

Cts. 

10 
73 

00 
95 

493  rations,  being  whole  amount  due  this  month,  at  15  cents  per 

Cr.                                     issued. 
By  the  following  provisions,  at  contract  prices : 

Dolls. 

Cts. 

83 
43 

95 

2183  pounds  of  Fresh  Beef. at   4  cei 

ts  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 

per  bush... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 
ts  per  lb... 
ts  per  qt... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  lb... 
its  per  qt... 

2 
7 
8 
9 
3 

2 

2 

25 
50 
75 
35 
75 
84 
50 
70 
36 
36 
27 
35 
60 
32 
6 

3    pounds  of  Adamantine  Candles.at  20  cei 

PURCHASED. 

Dolls. 

Cts. 

1 

00 
36 
50 
50 
28 
75 

3 

39 

40 

06 

45 

40 

50 

-,  Surgeon 


THE    IIOSriTAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        175 

A  copy  of  the  monthly  "statement  oi  the 
hospital  fund"  must  be  filed  among  the  records 
of  the  hospital,  and'  a  copy  furnished  to  the 
surgeon  in  charge  to  transmit  to  the  Surgeon- 
General.* 

The  amount  of  the  hospital  fund  will  vary 
under  different  circumstances,  and  the  theory 
is  that,  ordinarily,  it  will  vary  with  the  wants 
of  the  hospital.  Thus,  if  the  hospital  contains 
a  large  proportion  of  serious  cases,  there  will 
be  a  great  saving  on  the  ration,  and  a  large 
hospital  fund,  on  which  the  drafts  for  extra 
diets  and  other  comforts  for  the  sick  will  be 
proportionately  large.  If,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  hospital  principally  contains  convalescents, 
there  will  be  comparatively  little  saving  on 
the  ration,  and  consequently  a  small  hospital 
fund,  but,  at  the  same  time,  the  necessities 
for  extras  to  be  purchased  will  also  be  com- 
paratively small. 

Two  causes,  however,  will  be  found  to  in- 
fluence the  hospital  fund,  besides  the  character 
of  the  cases  in  the  hospital.  The  first  is  the 
cost-price  of  the  ration  at  the  post ;  the  second 
is   the  economy  with   which    the    purchases 

*  Kevised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  §  1264. 


176       THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

for  the  hospital  and  the  hospital-kitchen  are 
managed.  As  to  the  first  cause,  it  is  very 
evident  that  the  amount  of  saving  in  dollars 
will  be  much  larger  at  a  post  where  the  ration 
is  estimated  at  twenty-two  cents,  than  where 
it  is  estimated  at  fifteen  cents.  But,  prac- 
tically, it  will  be  found  that  this  cause 
does  not  materially  influence  the  amount 
of  purchases  that  can  be  made  with  the  hos- 
pital fund,  for  where  the  cost-price  of  the 
ration  is  small,  there  will  generally  be  found 
cheap  markets  for  the  purchase  of  the  extras 
needed,  and,  on  the  contrary,  dear  markets 
where  the  cost-price  of  the  ration  is  high. 

The  chief  cause,  therefore,  practically,  which 
influences  the  size  of  the  hospital  fund  in  its 
relation  to  the  actual  wants  of  the  hospital, 
will  be  found  to  be  the  economy  displayed  in 
the  administration  of  the  hospital.  Economy 
is  secured  by  keeping  the  provisions  and  stores 
of  the  hospital  under  lock  and  key,  so  as  to 
prevent  all  unauthorized  expenditure ;  by 
keeping  a  strict  account  of  all  authorized 
expenditures,  and  comparing  from  time  to 
time  the  daily  expenditures  with  each  other 
and  the  number  of  patients,  so  as  to  become 
at   once   aware   of  any  inadvertent  extrava- 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        177 

gance ;  by  prudence  in  drawing  or  purchasing 
perishable  articles,  such  as  fresh  meat,  &c, 
wThich  should  be  so  managed  that,  while  there 
is  enough  for  all  purposes,  none  should  be  left 
over  to  spoil ;  by  skill  and  economy  in  the 
management  of  the  kitchen;  (on  the  whole, 
it  may  be  said  that  bad  cooking  is  more  ex- 
travagant than  good  cooking,  requiring  larger 
quantities  of  ingredients,  and  giving  worse 
results ;)  by  economy  with  the  gas,  lamps,  or 
other  means  resorted  to  to  light  the  hospital; 
and,  finally,  by  taking  care  to  make  the  pur- 
chases for  the  hospital  of  honest  dealers,  and 
to  pay  for  them  no  more  than  the  market- 
price.  Twenty-five  to  fifty  per  cent,  of  the 
hospital  fund,  or  even  rnore$  may  be  lost  by 
making  the  purchases  of  an  improper  person. 

The  hospital  fund,  in  a  properly  managed 
hospital,  should  amount  to  from  one-fourth  to 
one-half  of  the  total  cost  of  the  rations  to 
which  the  number  of  patients  and  attendants 
in  the  hospital  are  entitled. 

Thus,  in  a  hospital  for  five  hundred  patients, 
at  a  post  where  the  ration  is  estimated  at 
eighteen  cents  cost-price  for  each  full  ration,  the 
monthly  savings  should  be  at  least  $650,  and, 
under  favorable  circumstances,  may  swell  to 


178       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

$1400,  or  even  more.  When  a  hospital  is 
first  established,  the  whole  of  this  sum  should 
not  be  expended,  the  excess  of  savings  over 
expenditures  being  allowed  to  accumulate  till 
it  forms  a  sum  at  least  as  large  as  the  monthly 
savings,  after  which  there  need  never  be  any 
hesitation  in  expending  each  month,  for  the 
comfort  of  the  sick,  all  the  savings  of  the 
month  previous. 

That  the  above  estimate  is  not  excessive 
may  be  proved  by  a  single  example  from 
among  many.  In  the  Seminary  Hospital, 
Georgetown,  D.C.,  under  the  efficient  manage- 
ment of  Assistant  Surgeon  (now  Surgeon)  J. 
K.  Smith,  U.S.A.,  during  the  year  subsequent 
to  its  establishment,  in  July,  1861,  the  number 
of  patients  was  from  one  hundred  and  thirty 
to  one  hundred  and  fifty,  the  average  cost- 
price  of  the  ration  eighteen  cents,  and  the 
monthly  savings  from  $350  to  $450.  The 
average  monthly  expenditures,  after  the  first 
few  months,  were  about  the  same ;  the  balance 
due  the  hospital  at  the  close  of  each  month, 
on  the  monthly  statement  of  the  hospital 
fund,  from  $300  to  $500. 

This  would  correspond  to  a  monthly  saving 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        179 

of  nearly  $1500  in  a  hospital  for  five  hundred 
patients. 

The  same  favorable  results  have  been  ob- 
tained elsewhere  whenever  due  economy  and 
care  have  been  employed  in  the  manage- 
ment. 

SECTION  VII. OF  THE  CARE  OF  PROVISIONS  AND 

HOSPITAL  STORES. 

Hospital  stores,  and  those  parts  of  the  ration 
which  are  not  speedily  perishable,  such  as 
coffee,  sugar,  beans,  rice,  &c.  &c,  should  be 
kept  by  the  steward,  when  possible,  in  a  store- 
room, under  lock  and  key.  The  store-room 
should  be  properly  shelved,  and  the  articles 
should  be  stored  in  a  systematic  and  orderly 
manner.  The  strictest  cleanliness  is  necessary, 
and  boxes  and  barrels  should  be  kept  covered 
to  exclude  dust  and  dirt. 

Fresh  meat,  fresh  fruit  and  vegetables,  and 
the  like  perishable  articles  should  be  kept  in 
a  separate  place.  In  all  large  hospitals  a 
pantry  should  be  specially  set  aside  for  this 
purpose,  in  which  during  the  summer-time 
the  ice  should  also  be  kept.  Where  the  hos- 
pital is  not  large  enough  to  require  a  separate 
room  or  building  for  this  purpose,  a  family 


180        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

refrigerator,  of  a  size  proportioned  to  the  ne- 
cessities of  the  case,  may  be. purchased,  by  di- 
rection of  the  surgeon,  out  of  the  hospital 
fund,  and  will  answer  the  purpose  excellently. 
The  pantry  or  refrigerator,  like  the  store-room, 
should  be  kept  locked. 

The  hospital  steward  is  responsible  to  the 
surgeon  for  the  proper  care  and  economical 
use  of  the  provisions  and  hospital  supplies. 
This  is  especially  enjoined  in  regulations, 
which  provide  that  the  senior  medical  officer 
of  a  hospital  "will  require  the  steward  to  take 
due  care  of  the  hospital  stores  and  supplies; 
to  enter  in  a  book,  daily,  the  issues  to  the 
ward-masters,  cooks,  and  nurses;  to  prepare 
the  provision  returns,  and  receive  and  distri- 
bute the  rations." 

The  book  here  directed  should  be  ruled  in 
accordance  with  the  form  prescribed  by  regu- 
lations.* It  should  be  kept  in  the  store-room, 
and  each  article  entered  at  the  time  of  issue. 
The  following  is  the  form  prescribed : — 

*  Med.  Regulations,  Form  6. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


181 


f1 
m 

Rice. 

t"1 

03 

Sugar. 

o 

tsi 

Tea. 

Wine. 

Brandy. 

m 

Coffee. 

&c. 

gP 

&c. 

gP 

&c. 

16 

a 
B 

!> 

so 
w 

m 

182       THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

The  book  should  be  ruled  so  as  to  give  a 
column  to  each  article  kept  on  hand,  and 
leave  a  few  blank  columns  over  for  extras. 

Issues  should  be  made  daily,  at  some  de- 
finite and  convenient  hour.  'Articles  needed 
for  the  ration  should  be  issued  to  the  cook,  or, 
in  a  large  general  hospital,  to  the  hospital 
steward  having  charge  of  the  kitchen.  Where 
there  is  more  than  one  kitchen,  the  steward  or 
cook  having  charge  of  each  should  receive 
his  share  separately,  and  each  should  be 
charged  with  it  separately  upon  the  steward's 
book. 

Issues  of  hospital  stores  upon  the  extra-diet 
list,  or  of  liquors,  are  to  be  charged  to  the 
nurse  who  receives  them.  The  stewards, 
cooks,  and  nurses  receiving  these  articles  are 
responsible  to  the  chief  steward  for  their  pro- 
per use  and  distribution. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        183 


CHAPTER  II. 

Of  the  Diet  Table. 

Under  direction  of  the  surgeon,  a  regular 
diet  table  should  be  established  in  every 
hospital.  For  convenience'  sake,  the  diet 
should  be  divided  into  three  classes, — full,  half, 
and  low, — which  are  to  be  designated  in  the 
diet  and  prescription  book  by  the  letters  F., 
H.,  and  L.  In  prescribing  daily  for  each  patient, 
the  surgeon  is  directed  in  the  medical  regu- 
lations to  write,  with  the  prescription  for  each, 
one  of  these  letters,  to  indicate  which  class  of 
diet  he  shall  have.  The  steward  is  therefore 
able,  by  consulting  the  record,  to  know  at  once 
how  many  patients,  daily,  each  class  of  diet  is 
to  be  prepared  for. 

To  these  three  classes  of  diet  must  be  added 
the  articles  of  extra  diet,  including  liquors, 
which  must  be  specially  ordered  daily  by  the 
surgeon  for  each  patient  requiring  them. 


184        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION  I. OF  FULL  DIET. 

To  establish  a  proper  diet  table  for  hospital 
patients  requiring  full  diet,  is  a  problem  which 
still  exercises  the  best  abilities  of  scientific 
dietitians,  and  the  discussion  of  which  it  is 
not  possible  to  enter  into  in  this  place.  The 
actual  problem  presented  to  the  hospital  stew- 
ard in  this  country  is  to  utilize  to  the  utmost 
extent  the  articles  of  diet  which  he  can  obtain 
from  the  commissary  and  medical  purveyor, 
and  those  which  the  surgeon  authorizes  him  to 
purchase  with  the  hospital  fund. 

With  proper  care  in  the  management  of  the 
hospital  fund,  it  is  possible  to  make  these  sup- 
plies of  such  a  character  that  the  diet  of  a 
United  States  military  hospital  may  readily  be 
made  equal  or  superior  to  that  of  any  of  the 
hospitals  in  the  world. 

To  do  this,  greater  care  than  hitherto  must 
be  exercised  in  the  purchases,  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  diet  table,  and  especially  in  the 
cooking,  of  our  military  hospitals. 

There  should  be  three  meals  daily. 

Breakfast  at  six  o'clock  during  the  summer 
and  seven  during  the  winter  months. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL  185 

Dinner  at  twelve  o'clock  during  the  summer 
and  half-past  twelve  in  the  winter  months. 

Supper  at  six. 

Breakfast  should  consist  of  well-made  coffee, 
of  reasonable  strength,  with  milk  and  sugar,  of 
bread  and  butter,  and  of  some  relish,  which 
should  vary  daily. 

The  coffee  should  be  made  according  to  the 
receipt  hereafter  given,  and  should  have  the 
milk  and  sugar  added  to  it  in  the  kitchen. 
One  pint  should  be  served  to  each  patient. 
Pains  should  be  taken  to  have  it  well  made 
and  served  hot. 

Half  an  ounce  of  hitter  should  be  served  to 
each  patient. 

A  slice  of  bread,  of  about  six  ounces'  weight, 
should  be  laid  by  each  plate;  but  the  patients 
should  not  be  limited  to  this  quantity. 

A  dozen  additional  slices,  of  about  three 
ounces  each,  may  be  placed  in  plates,  at  con- 
venient intervals,  along  the  table  of  the  mess- 
room,  and  each  one  allowed  to  help  himself 
according  to  his  appetite.  This  plan  will  be 
found  more  economical,  as  well  as  more  satis- 
factory, than  the  plan  of  adopting  a  fixed 
ration — say  eight  ounces — and  giving  it  to  each 
patient  irrespective  of  his  appetite.     In  this 

16* 


186        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

case,  while  certain  patients  are  not  satisfied, 
and  complain  that  they  are  stinted,  the  great 
majority  waste  a  portion  of  their  share. 

The  relish  should  consist  of  either  cold  meat, 
bacon,  or  meat  stew  with  onions  or  potatoes, 
salt  or  fresh  fish,  or  any  similar  article,  which 
maybe  directed  by  the  surgeon  to  be  placed  upon 
the  diet  table.  Each  patient  should  have  his 
share  of  the  breakfast  relish  put  upon  his  plate. 
About  four  ounces  of  cold  meat,  eight  ounces 
of  hash  or  meat  stew,  eight  ounces  of  cod- 
fish hash,  four  ounces  of  salt  or  four  ounces  of 
fresh  fish,  are  proper  quantities  for  each  patient. 

It  is  advised  that  but  a  single  relish  be  pro- 
vided for  the  whole  full  diet  list  for  any  one 
day,  and  that  in  the  diet  table  for  a  week  the 
relish  be  different  upon  each  day, — the  prin- 
ciple of  the  importance  of  variety,  as  well  as 
quantity  and  nutritive  value,  in  a  diet,  having 
been  fully  established  in  past  experience. 

Receipts  for  preparing  several  dishes  suit- 
able for  breakfast  relishes  will  be  given  in  the 
chapter  on  cooking.* 

Dinner  presents  a  more  difficult  problem, 
and  one  which  must  be  met  by  the  surgeon  in 

*  Part  III.  chap.  iv. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        187 

charge  in  accordance  with  the  possibilities  of 
each  hospital  locality. 

In  a  general  way,  it  may  be  said  that  the 
dinner  should  consist  of  some  well-made  soup, 
of  meat,  and  of  vegetables.  Bread  in  slices  of 
two  or  three  ounces  each  should  be  put  upon 
the  table,  that  each  patient  who  wishes  may 
eat  one  or  more  slices  with  his  soup.  Beef 
soup  is  the  most  generally  available,  as  beef  is 
the  only  fresh  meat  at  present  issued  by  the 
commissary.  But  mutton  soup,  and,  in  some 
hospital  locations,  chicken  soup,  may  be  advan- 
tageously substituted  by  drawing  so  much  less 
beef  from  the  commissary,  and  purchasing  the 
mutton  or  fowls  with  the  hospital  fund. 

Good  vegetable  soup  may  be  made  without 
using  any  fresh  meat,  thus  allowing  the  fresh 
meat  for  the  day  to  be  baked  or  roasted.  A 
number  of  receipts  for  different  forms  of  soup 
will  be  found  in  the  article  on  cooking. 

Too  much  pains  cannot  be  bestowed  in  see- 
ing that  the  soup  is  well  made,  as  its  nutritive 
value,  as  well  as  its  palatability,  depends  to 
a  great  extent  on  the  mode  in  which  it  is 
prepared. 

About  a  pint  and  a  half  of  soup  may  be 
served  to  each  patient  at  dinner. 


188        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S  MANUAL. 

Once  or  twice  a  week  a  well-made  stew  of 
meat  and  vegetables,  such  as  onions  and  pota- 
toes, may  be  served  instead  of  soup. 

The  meat  from  the  soup  may  be  served  for 
dinner  on  certain  designated  days  of  the  week, 
but,  as  this  meat  is  far  inferior  in  nutritive 
value  to  meat  which  has  not  been  thus  used, 
it  is  a  grave  error  to  depend  upon  it  for  the 
daily  dinner.  On  days  on  which  other  meat 
is  supplied  for  dinner,  the  meat  from  the  soup, 
when  it  is  made  of  fresh  meat,  may  be  used 
cold,  as  a  breakfast  relish,  on  the  following 
day,  or  may  be  made  into  a  stew  for  the  same 
purpose,  with  a  little  salt  meat  to  give  it 
flavor,  and  proper  quantities  of  potatoes  or 
onions. 

Thus,  for  example,  soup  made  of  fresh 
meat  may  be  served  four  days  in  the  week, 
vegetable  soup,  as  pea  or  bean  soup,  made 
with  salt  meat,  on  two  days,  and  meat  stew 
with  potatoes  and  onions  on  one  day. 

Roast  or  baked  fresh  meat  may  be  served  on 
the  same  days  with  the  vegetable  soup.  The 
meat  from  the  soup  may  be  used  on  two  days 
at  dinner ;  on  two  days  it  may  be  used  cold, 
or  stewed  for  next  day's  breakfast,  and  its 
place  taken  at  dinner  by  salt  meat,  baked  or 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        189 

broiled.  Fried  meat  should  be  avoided  as 
much  as  possible. 

The  day  meat  stew  is  substituted  for  soup, 
some  plain  pudding  should  be  served. 

The  quantities  of  these  several  articles  of 
diet  which  should  be  allowed  to  each  patient 
may  be  stated  as  follows  : — 

Roast  or  baked  meat,  or  of  boiled  meat  from 
the  soup,  8  oz.  Baked,  boiled,  or  broiled  salt 
meat,  6  oz.  Meat  stew  with  onions  or  potatoes, 
1  pint.     Pudding,  6  oz. 

Potatoes,  boiled  or  roasted,  should  be  served 
three  or  four  times  a  week;  other  vegetables, 
as  turnips  boiled,  or  baked  beans,  cabbage 
boiled  or  raw  (cold-slaugh),  spinach,  sour-krout, 
&c,  on  other  days.  The  quantity  should  be 
for  each  patient  at  each  meal  about  eight 
ounces  of  potatoes  or  of  other  vegetables. 

It  is  believed  by  the  author  of  this  work 
that  a  pint  of  some  mild  malt  liquor  might  ad- 
vantageously, and  without  too  great  expense, 
be  added  to  the  dinner  of  a  general  hospital  in 
most  localities.  To  do  this,  however,  the  malt 
liquor  (ale,  or  lager-bier)  should  be  purchased 
by  the  cask  or  casks,  and  drawn  as  needed, 
bottled  malt  liquors  being  much  more  expen- 
sive, without  being  better.     This  is,  however, 


190        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

a  subject  which  must  be  determined  in  every 
general  hospital  by  the  state  of  the  hospital 
fund  and  the  views  of  the  surgeon  in  charge. 

Supper  should  consist  of  well-made  tea,  not 
too  strong,  served,  like  the  coffee  at  breakfast, 
with  milk  and  sugar :  one  pint  should  be 
allowed  to  each  patient,  with  bread  and  butter 
in  the  same  quantity  as  directed  for  break- 
fast. 

To  this  may  be  added,  occasionally,  well- 
stewed  dried  fruit,  or  the  bread  and  butter 
may  be  substituted  by  a  proper  allowance  of 
mush  and  molasses,  or  mush  and  milk, — mush 
one  pint,  with  one  pint  of  milk  to  each  patient, 
or  molasses  at  the  rate  of  about  one  gallon  to 
the  hundred  men,  allowing  each  to  help  him- 
self according  to  his  taste. 


SECTION  II. OF  HALF-DIET. 

Half-diet  is  intended  for  those  patients  whose 
condition  is  such  as  to  require  a  smaller  quan- 
tity of  nutriment  than  is  afforded  by  the  full 
diet.  The  articles  entering  into  its  composi- 
tion, and  the  quantities  of  each  in  any  case, 
will  be  directed  by  the  surgeon  in  charge.  It 
should  approximate  the  following  conditions : — 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        191 

Breakfast. — Tea,  with  milk  and  sugar,  about 
one  pint;  bread,  not  to  exceed  six  ounces; 
butter,  half  an  ounce. 

Dinner. — Similar  to  full  diet,  but  the  quan- 
tities smaller,  say — 

Soup,       ....         1  pint. 
Meat,      .         .         .         .         6  oz. 
Potatoes,  or  other  vegetables,  6  oz. 
Supper. — Tea,  bread  and  butter,  as  for  break- 
fast.    Mush  and  milk,  or  molasses,  may  occa- 
sionally  be    substituted  for   the    bread    and 
butter. 

SECTION"  III. OF  LOW  DIET. 

Low  diet  is  intended  for  patients  requiring 
still  less  nutriment,  and  for  whom  the  soup, 
meat,  and  vegetables  furnished  those  on  full 
or  half  diet  would  be  too  difficult  of  digestion. 

The  precise  composition  of  the  low  diet  of 
any  hospital  will  be  directed  by  the  surgeon  in 
charge.  Some  such  scale  as  the  following 
should  be  approximated  : — 

Breakfast. — Tea  and  toast,  with  or  without 
some  form  of  water-gruel,  as  directed  by  the 
surgeon  for  individual  cases.  Say,  tea,  I  pint ; 
bread,  toasted,  5  oz.,  or  3  oz.  if  gruel  is  furnished; 
gruel  (oatmeal  or  other),  1  pint. 


192        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Dinner. — Mutton,  beef,  or  chicken  broth,  1 
pint,  with  arrow-root,  panada,  farina,  corn- 
starch, rice  pudding,  or  some  similar  article. 

Supper. — The  same  as  breakfast. 

SECTION  IV. OF  EXTRA  DIET. 

Under  the  head  of  extra  diet  may  be  in- 
cluded extras  ordered  by  the  surgeon  for 
patients  put  upon  either  of  the  above  diet 
scales,  and  those  special  cases  in  which,  for  a 
particular  purpose,  a  diet  entirely  unlike  either 
of  them  is  directed. 

Extras  are  most  generally  ordered  for  pa- 
tients whose  condition  is  such  that  they  are 
put  upon  low  diet.  They  include  eggs,  poached, 
boiled,  beaten  raw,  or  otherwise  prepared; 
oysters,  raw  or  cooked ;  chickens ;  fresh  fruit ; 
custards ;  jellies,  or  any  similar  articles  which 
may  be  directed  by  the  surgeon.  Under  this 
head  also  may  be  included  malt  liquors,  wines, 
and  distilled  liquors.  Liquors  may  very  fre- 
quently be  advantageously  ordered  as  extras 
to  patients  upon  half,  or  even  upon  full,  diet. 

In  certain  cases,  however,  none  of  these 
forms  of  diet  are  adapted  to  the  case.  Thus, 
in  certain  fever  cases  the  diet  may  be  ordered 
to  consist  entirely  of  beef  essence,  or  beef  tea, 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        193 

with  wine  whey,  or  milk  punch,  given  at  stated 
intervals,  or,  as  in  certain  wounds  about  the 
face  interfering  with  mastication,  it  may  be 
necessary  that  the  whole  diet  should  be  in  a 
liquid  form,  consisting  of  soups,  gruels,  and  the 
like  (spoon-diet).  These  forms  of  diet  must 
always  be  specially  ordered  by  the  surgeon; 
and  there  is  hence  no  necessity  of  discussing 
them  in  detail  in  this  place.  A  number  of  re- 
ceipts for  preparing  extras  of  various  kinds 
will  be  found  in  the  article  on  cooking. 

SECTION  V. SPECIMEN   OF   DIET-TABLE. 

The  following  diet  table  is  presented  as  a 
specimen  of  what  may  be  effected  by  reason- 
able care  on  the  part  of  the  hospital  steward 
when  his  efforts  are  directed  by  a  surgeon 
aware  of  the  resources  of  the  service.  It  is  the 
diet  table  actually  adopted  and  carried  out  in 
the  Seminary  Hospital,  Georgetown,  D.C., 
under  the  care  of  Assistant  Surgeon  (now 
Surgeon)  J.  R.  Smith,  U.S.A. 

The  same  diet  table,  with  some  trifling  modi- 
fications, has  been  adopted  in  the  Judiciary 
Square  Hospital  (for  250  patients),  under  di- 
rection of  Assistant  Surgeon  (now  Medical 
Inspector)  E.  P.  Vollum,  U.S.A. 

17 


194        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


^ 


"■8 
e 


^ 


s 


S>  Si 


o 
ca 

« 

« 

e 

•3 

s 

*^> 

^^ 

k2 

£> 

fl 

£> 

u 

•<S> 

^ 
* 

&Q 


% 


£ 


■«! 
P 

E 

H 

■3 

■5 

3 

" 

Cm 

3 

pq 

■a 

3 

<ti 

<§ 

-5 

03 

■a 

03 
CD 

03 
•3 
03 
CD 

.    pq 

u 

o 

o     °     o 

U 

**    *o 

O 

Ph 

02    f4    Ph 

pq 

pq 

O 

^ 

u 

o 

£ 

'©* 

M 

s 

fc 

|H 

m 

•® 

CD        ^ 

< 

Q 

3 

a 
■3 

03 

m 

CO 

'3. 

03 
CM 

M     5 

9       03 

S  k  pq 

CD 

"3     S 

3        ,-r 
o3      o3 

^a    o 

o 

O 

O 

O 

^ 

4 

M 

3 

P5 

3 

S 

■3 
a 

O 

3 

i 

H 

03 
13 
03 
CD 

1 

CD        fl 

a     o 

3  $  ■•* 

"o       03       03 
.S      *»        CD 

J3      O      :-. 

S 

03 

•a 

03 

CD 

i    S3    ^- 

M     o    S 

« 

o    M 

o  pm  cq 

S 

pq 

o    W 

C 

tH 

"d 

« 

a           fcb 

£ 

i 

B 

3 

pq 

•a 
a 

03 

■a 

CD 

■s 

cs           _a 

pq        § 

■a     -;     3 
g     S    Pm 

3 

pq 

■a 

3 
c3 
13 

"3 

£ 

03 

t@ 

<a 

^       "c3        03 

03 

CD 

n3 

&    .2 

O 

o 

O        O        t- 

h 

M 

O 

© 

Ph    Ph    m 

pq 

H     fi 

■a 

i 

h 

a 

03 
,3 

3 

pq 

<! 

■a 

3 
3 

03 

W        03 

3 
03 

CD 

P 

iS 

o 

"3 

o 

a    to      o 
3      03       bo 
O      9.       ® 

13 
03 
CD 

13 
03 
CD 

U 

•  pq 

*  cs     2 

"**        CD      3 

O 

ft 

DQ     Ph     >■ 

pq 

pq 

H     O 

■a     . 

3 

trt 

eq 

a  1 

3 

n3 

a 

CD 

■a     03 
§     o 

•s  5 

3      o 

O 

C3 

•3 

03 
CD 

pq 

c 

1  -s 
1  1 

•a    03 

m       o 

£  pq 

CD 

i§ 

O 

O 

^ 

c 

■3 

s 

bi 

•g 

1 

3 

a 

3 

pq 

IS 

^ 

03 

•3 

■3 

pq 
■a 

P 

□ 

03 

1  i 

3 
Ph 

a 

03 

'3 

■a 

r5 

■3 

T3 

03 
CD 

is 

13 

S"    j2      eS 

03 

03 
CD 

03    !s 

o 

o 

o    'S     o 

h 

u 

CD         t4 

£ 

O 

O 

OT     pq     Ph 

pq 

pq 

EH     « 

•isvLiaTana 

•HHKNia 

d3<I<IIlS 

THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       195 

Another  form  of  diet  table  is  that  adopted 
in  the  general  hospital  in  West  Philadelphia, 
by  Surgeon  I.  I.  Hayes,  U.S.V. 

In  this  form  the  several  articles  which  may 
be  had  for  each  meal  are  printed.  Each  day 
the  surgeon  in  charge  fills  up  the  diet  table 
for  the  next  day,  indicating  the  articles  to  be 
used  for  each  meal  by  drawing  a  line  through 
those  not  selected,  and  writing  opposite  each 
article  the  number  of  rations  to  be  issued,  and 
the  quantity  in  bulk  of  the  materials  to  be 
employed.  The  form  is  sufficiently  comprehen- 
sive to  explain  itself.  It  is  especially  adapted 
to  large  hospitals,  such  as  that  in  West  Phila- 
delphia, which  is  intended  for  over  2000  pa- 
tients. 


196       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S    MANUAL. 


jD'te^  Table  of  United  States  Army 

General 

FULL  DIET. 

Quan- 
tity 
in 

HALF  DIET. 

Quan- 
tity 
in 

No.  of  Rations. 

bulk. 

No.  of  Rations. 

bulk. 

Fresh  Beef, 

Bread  or  Toast, 

Pork, 

Milk, 

Ham, 

Sugar, 

Mutton, 

Tea, 

< 

Butter, 

Butter, 

Milk, 

< 

Bread, 

Coffee, 

W 

Sugar, 

Molasses, 

Hash, 

Soup, 

Soup, 

Fresh  Beef, 

Vegetables, 

Corned  Beef, 

Hominy, 

Pork, 

Rice, 

Mutton, 

Mush, 

pi 

Beans, 

Pudding, 

Potatoes, 

Bread, 

Vegetables, 

H 

P 

Hominy, 

Rice, 

Mush, 

Pudding, 

Bread, 

Mustard, 

Fresh  Beef, 

Bread, 

Bread, 

Butter, 

Mush, 

Cheese, 

ti 

Milk, 

Mush, 

3 
Ph 

Butter, 

Milk, 

Cheese, 

Sugar, 

P 
OS 

Molasses, 

Sauce, 

Sugar, 

Molasses, 

Sauce, 

Tea, 

Tea, 

THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


197 


Hospital,  West  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  for 


186—. 


LOW  DIET. 


No.  of  Rations. 


Bread,  half, 

Gruel, 

Barley  Water, 

Tea, 

Sugar, 

Milk, 


Bread, 

Butter, 

Rice, 

Arrow-Root, 

Gruel, 

Barley  Water, 

Cocoa, 

Tea, 

Sugar, 

Milk, 


Gruel, 

Arrow-Root, 

Rice  Water, 

Tea, 

Sugar, 

Milk, 


Quan- 
tity 
in 
bulk. 


EXTRA  DIET. 


No.  of  Rations. 


No.  of 
each 


Mutton  Broth, 

Beef  Essence, 

Eggs, 

Butter, 

Milk, 

Tea, 

Sugar, 

Mutton, 

Chickens, 

Oysters, 

Pudding, 

Crackers, 

Butter, 

Sugar, 

Tea, 

Wine  "Whey, 

Milk  Punch, 

Porter, 

Cocoa, 

Tea, 


Quan- 
tity 
in 
bulk. 


17* 


198 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


! 

| 

-, 

■saajjOBJO 

•sqi 

1                  I 

■|B9ra^B0 

•sqi 

•73 

•H3X  naaag 

•sqi 

3 

a 

"B3J,  3p«ia 

■sqi 

s 

•38500 

■sqi 

o 

•■EO000 

•sqi 

1 

•ssaaqQ 

■sqi 

H 

w 

•2[I!m 

s^b 

uanna 

•sqi 

ft 

•p.re}siii^ 

•sqi 

ft 
p 

•S3iqTJ^9S9A 

•sqi 

1-1 

■S8SSBJ0H 

•s^b 

•auSng 

•sqi 

•juSguiA 

•s;b 

<!    J3 

M 

•;ing 

•sjb 

•sao^'E^o.j 

•sjid 

■pB3jg 

•sqi 

•anon 

•sqi 

■\V3fi  ujoo 

•s^d 

■^ooy-AiOjjy 

•sqi 

w  ^a 

•iaixeg 

•sqi 

pi  o 

■jfniraojj 

•sqi 

•eoja 

•sqi 

•s-ead 

■S3I(J 

m 

•snueg 

•s^d 

0 

•SJ8iSjfO 

•sjb 

ft 
O 

■sS% 

•zop 

ft 

•sugjpjqo 

•sqi 

ft 

•iubh 

•sqi 

EH 

•uo^njf 

•sqi 

ft 

M 

jggg  paujoo 

•sqi 

•J98g  qsajj 

•sqi 

•3l.toa 

•sqi 

3  «  o  M 

"3 

o 

iv  =  -  ^ 

"3 

"isviSva 

aa 

•aaKNia 

•asdjas 

THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       199 

It  is  believed  that  in  all  general  and  post 
hospitals,  except  those  on  the  western  frontier, 
a  scale  of  diet  similar  and  equal  to  that  above 
discussed  may  be  maintained.  For  frontier 
posts,  however,  no  absolute  rules  can  be  laid 
down.  The  surgeon  of  the  post  soon  becomes 
familiar  with  the  resources  of  the  locality,  and, 
having  done  so,  the  best  diet  scale  should 
be  adopted  which  the  possibilities  of  the  case 
will  admit  of.  All  possible  gradations  will  be 
found,  from  posts  at  which  fresh  vegetables 
and  fresh  meat  of  all  kinds  can  be  obtained  at 
prices  so  low  that  the  hospital  fund  can  pro- 
cure all  the  surgeon  may  desire,  with  even 
greater  facility  than  in  or  near  great  cities, 
to  posts  at  which  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
procure  any  provisions  except  commissary 
stores  and  hospital  stores,  and  in  which,  conse- 
quently, the  diet  can  be  made  very  little  better 
than  it  should  be  in  the  regimental  hospitals 
of  troops  engaged  in  an  actual  campaign. 

The  possibilities  of  the  diet  table  in  the  field 
hospitals  of  regiments  or  detachments  engaged 
in  marches  or  campaigns  are,  of  course,  much 
more  limited  than  in  the  case  of  general  or 
post  hospitals.  Where  troops  are  camped  for 
a  considerable  length  of  time  in  the  neighbor- 


200         THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

hood  of  great  cities,  as  happened,  for  example, 
to  the  army  of  the  Potomac  during  the  fall  and 
winter  of  1861-62,  it  is  possible  and  desirable 
to  create  a  hospital  fund,  and  purchase  milk, 
butter,  eggs,  fresh  vegetables,  and  other  articles 
of  diet  for  the  use  of  such  patients  as  the  sur- 
geon desires  to  treat  in  the  camp  hospital. 
Where,  however,  the  troops  are  engaged  in 
marches  and  the  labors  of  active  campaigns, 
this  will  generally  be  found  impracticable,  and 
the  steward  will  usually  be  directed  by  the 
surgeon  to  draw  the  full  ration,  and  to  utilize 
it  and  such  hospital  stores  as  are  furnished  by 
the  medical  purveyor  for  field  service  to  the 
utmost  extent. 

The  problem  presented  to  the  steward  in 
these  cases  is  a  much  more  difficult  one  than 
in  the  case  of  post  or  general  hospitals,  and 
one  in  which  he  muf!  constantly  call  upon  the 
surgeon  for  advice.  The  following  principles 
may,  however,  be  laid  down  for  his  guidance : 

Wherever  regular  cooking  is  possible,  and 
the  full  ration  can  be  drawn,  an  attempt 
should  be  made  to  comply  with  the  following 
diet  table,  or  with  some  similar  table  prepared 
for  the  steward  by  tL^  surgeon :— 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       201 


SECTION"  VI. — DIET  TABLE  FOR  FIELD  HOSPITALS. 

Full  diet  table  for  a  field  hospital,  where  the  hos- 
pital is  wholly  dependent  on  the  Commissary 
and  the  "  hospital  stores." 

Breakfast. — Tea  or  coffee,  1  pint,  with 
sugar,  but  without  milk.  Soft  bread,  8  oz.  if 
furnished,  or  6  oz.  of  hard  bread,  which  may 
be  served  dry,  or  prepared  by  soaking  and 
stewing. 

Dinner. — Soup,  made  of  fresh  meat,  if  it  is  sup- 
plied ;  if  not,  of  salt  meat.  Beans  or  peas  may 
be  used  in  making  the  soup,  or  a  very  excellent 
and  palatable  soup  may  be  made  of  the  desic- 
cated vegetables  which  form  a  part  of  the  ration. 
(See  receipts.)  The  meat  to  be  served  with  the 
soup.  Where  fresh  potatoes  are  issued,  meat  stew 
may  be  occasionally  served  instead  of  the  soup 
and  meat,  or  the  soup  may  be  omitted,  and 
the  meat  roasted  or  broiled. 

Supper. — The  same  as  breakfast. 

Half-diet. — The  same  as  full  diet,  but  with  a 
smaller  allowance  of  soup  and  meat. 

Low  diet. — Breakfast  and  supper,  the  same ; 
meat  broth  for  dinner,  or,  instead,  arrow-root, 
farina,  or  boiled  rice. 


202         THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Where  the  condition  of  the  patient  is  such 
as  to  require  other  diet,  or  extras,  he  should 
be  sent  to  the  general  hospital  at  the  base  of 
operations.  When,  from  the  nature  of  the 
service,  it  is  not  possible  to  cook  regularly,  or 
to  draw  the  full  ration,  it  is  best  not  to  attempt 
to  treat  in  the  field  those  who  are  sick  enough 
to  enter  hospital  at  all,  but  to  send  them  at 
once  to  the  general  hospitals  in  the  rear. 

Directions  for  cooking  in  the  field  will  be 
given  in  the  next  chapter  (Section  III.) . 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        203 


CHAPTER  III. 

Of  the  Kitchen  and  its  Management. 

SECTION  I. GENERAL    MANAGEMENT   OF    THE 

KITCHEN. 

The  kitchen,  like  every  other  part  of  the 
general  hospital,  is  under  the  orders  of  the 
chief  steward,  who  is  responsible  to  the  sur- 
geon for  its  proper  management.  The  chief 
cook  is,  in  like  manner,  responsible  to  the 
steward. 

It  is  usual  in  a  large  hospital  to  assign  one 
hospital  steward  to  the  exclusive  duty  of  super- 
intending the  kitchen.  Where  this  is  the  case, 
he  is  responsible  to  the  chief  steward,  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  cook. 

The  cooks  are  hospital  attendants,  either 
enlisted  men  or  civilians  employed  as  men- 
tioned in  Part  I. 

According  to  regulations.,  one  cook  is  allowed 
to  every  thirty  patients,  which  would  give  ten  to 
a  hospital  of  three  hundred  men.     This  num- 


204        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

ber  will  generally  be  found  more  than  sufficient 
for  the  exigencies  of  the  service. 

One  of  the  cooks  should  be  selected  by  the 
surgeon  as  chief  cook,  and  should  have  charge 
of  the  management  of  all  the  business  of  the 
kitchen.  Where  a  steward  is  put  in  charge  of 
the  kitchen,  the  chief  cook  is  responsible  to  this 
steward ;  but  where  no  steward  is  specially 
assigned  to  the  kitchen,  the  chief  cook  is  imme- 
diately responsible  to  the  chief  steward  of  the 
hospital. 

It  is  the  business  of  the  steward  assigned  to 
the  charge  of  the  kitchen  of  a  general  hospital, 
or  of  the  chief  cook,  where  no  steward  is  assigned 
to  the  kitchen,  to  receive  from  the  chief  steward 
the  rations  and  purchases  for  the  diet  of  each 
day:  he  should  receive  from  him,  at  the  same 
time,  the  number  of  full  diets,  the  number  of  low 
diets,  and  the  number  and  kind  of  extras  to  be 
prepared  for  the  day.  He  should  assign  the  seve- 
ral cooks  each  to  some  particular  duty,  for  the 
execution  of  which  they  are  to  be  responsible. 
He  should  see  that  order  and  discipline  are 
maintained  in  the  kitchen,  and  that  each 
executes  the  tasks  assigned  to  him.  He  should 
have  the  receipts  adopted  in  the  hospital  for 
soup,  for  stews,  &c,  neatly  copied  upon  cards 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        205 

and  hung  up  in  some  convenient  place  in  the 
kitchen  for  the  information  of  those  whose 
duty  it  is  to  prepare  them.  These  receipts 
should  only  be  adopted  after  due  consultation 
with  the  surgeon  in  charge  of  the  hospital,  but 
once  selected  should  be  rigidly  adhered  to. 

He  should  also  exercise  supervision  over  the 
fires,  see  that  they  are  properly  managed,  and 
that  no  unnecessary  waste  of  fuel  occurs. 

The  kitchen  of  a  general  hospital  should 
always  be  kept  perfectly  clean  and  in  strict 
order.  Besides  the  range  or  stoves,  it  should 
have  in  it  one  or  more  large  tables  for  the  pre- 
paration of  articles  of  diet.  Upon  the  walls 
should  be  a  sufficient  number  of  shelves  to  re- 
ceive the  kitchen-utensils,  those  of  each  kind 
having  their  special  places  assigned  to  them,  in 
which  they  should  always  be  found,  except 
when  in  use.  Order,  always  indispensable  in 
a  kitchen,  is  especially  necessary  in  that  of  a 
large  establishment. 

The  steward  or  chief  cook  in  charge  of  the 
kitchen  is  responsible  that  the  meals  are  in 
readiness  at  the  hours  assigned  for  each,  as 
well  as  for  their  quality.  The  greatest  punc- 
tuality is  demanded  on  this  head.  It  is  also 
his  duty  to  supervise  the  distribution  of  the 

18 


206       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

food  from  the  kitchen.  This  is  effected  in 
various  modes,  in  accordance  with  the  plan  of 
the  hospital,  which  varies  in  different  locations. 

Thus,  where  a  general  hospital  has  a  single 
large  dining-room  for  convalescents  on  full  diet, 
the  chief  cook  issues  to  the  attendants  detailed 
to  attend  the  dining-room  the  full  quantity  of 
coffee,  of  soup,  of  bread,  &c.  prepared  for  the 
number  of  patients  allowed  by  the  surgeon  to 
dine  at  this  table.  This  is  carried  in  bulk  to 
the  dining-hall,  and  there  distributed,  under 
the  supervision  of  a  responsible  attendant,  to 
the  several  places,  before  the  patients  are 
allowed  to  enter  the  room.  Where,  however, 
the  hospital  consists  of  a  number  of  detached 
pavilions,  each  with  its  own  dining-room,  he 
issues  to  the  attendants  sent  from  each,  the 
cooked  rations  to  which  the  number  of  patients 
dining  in  each  are  entitled,  to  be  distributed  in 
the  same  manner. 

The  diet  for  patients  confined  to  their  beds 
is  distributed  on  the  same  general  principles. 
The  several  articles  are  issued  in  bulk  to  the 
chief  nurse  of  each  ward,  or  attendants  detailed 
for  the  purpose,  the  quantity  to  be  determined 
by  the  number  of  patients  allowed  each  article 
of  diet. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       207 

Thus,  if  in  a  given  ward  ten  patients  are 
allowed  soup  according  to  the  full  diet  table, 
the  steward  of  the  kitchen,  or  the  chief  cook, 
issues  fifteen  pints  of  soup  to  the  nurse,  who 
carries  it  in  a  suitable  vessel  to  the  ward,  where 
it  is  divided  by  measure,  each  patient  receiv- 
ing in  the  tin  cup  or  soup-dish  used  for  the 
purpose  the  quantity  allowed  him;  and  so  with 
other  articles. 

Strict  order  should  be  maintained  in  these 
issues,  and  the  most  careful  supervision  em- 
ployed to  see  that  each  patient  receives  his 
share. 

Meat  should  be  divided  into  rations,  and 
bread  cut  into  slices,  before  leaving  the  kitchen. 

On  no  account  should  patients  be  allowed  to 
come  in  person  to  the  kitchen  for  their  rations ; 
nor  should  they  be  allowed  to  visit  in  the 
kitchen,  where  it  should  invariably  be  the  rule 
to  admit  none  except  those  whose  business  de- 
mands their  presence. 

Whenever  it  is  practicable,  it  is  advisable  to 
have  a  separate  kitchen  for  the  preparation  of 
extras.  This  kitchen,  where  female  nurses  are 
employed,  may  generally  be  put  with  advan- 
tage under  the  supervision  of  a  competent 
woman  assigned  by  the  surgeon  for  this  duty. 


208       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

All  remarks  as  to  order,  punctuality,  and 
cleanliness  applied  to  the  general  kitchen 
apply  here  with  equal  force. 

Cleanliness  is  indispensable  in  the  kitchen. 
The  floors  should  be  kept  dry  and  well  cleaned. 
The  tables  should  present  the  strictest  pro- 
priety, and  the  utensils  should  be  clean  and  in 
good  condition.  Slops  should  be  received  in 
a  large  vessel — say  a  half-hogshead — outside 
of  the  kitchen,  which  should  be  emptied  daily 
in  summer-time,  and  at  least  twice  a  week  in 
winter.  Where  it  is  possible  to  sell  these 
slops,  as  for  feeding  pigs,  &c,  the  steward 
should  do  so,  and  use  the  proceeds  as  hospital 
fund. 

A  few  remarks  on  the  mode  of  maintain- 
ing the  cleanliness  of  utensils  will  not  be 
amiss. 

Iron  utensils  are  very  generally  used  for 
cooking  meats.  The  boilers  for  soup,  the  fry- 
ing-pans, stew-pans,  &c,  are  often  of  this 
material.  They  should  be  cleaned  imme- 
diately after  using,  and  before  they  are  put 
away  for  the  day.  Soap  or  ley  should  be  used 
to  remove  the  grease,  after  which  they  should 
be  carefully  dried,  as  very  little  moisture  will 
cause  them  to  rust  in  a  short  time. 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        209 

Before  using,  they  should  be  carefully  in- 
spected to  see  that  they  are  clean,  and  be 
rinsed  out  with  a  little  scalding  water.  Fine 
sand  may  be  used  with  advantage  to  scour 
these  utensils,  especially  when  they  have  been 
rusted. 

Iron  vessels  are  sometimes  tinned  on  the 
interior,  and  sometimes  lined  with  porcelain. 
These  surfaces  will  require  the  same  care  as  in 
the  case  of  vessels  wholly  made  of  these  ma- 
terials respectively. 

Copper  vessels  should  never  be  used  in  cook- 
ing, unless  well  lined  with  tin.  The  lining 
should  be  carefully  inspected,  and  renewed 
whenever  the  copper  begins  to  show.  Grease 
is  to  be  removed  by  soap  or  ley.  The  copper, 
as  well  as  the  tin  lining,  may  be  polished  with 
the  finest  sand,  or  with  fine  brick-dust. 

Tin  vessels  of  every  kind,  after  having  been 
cleansed  of  all  grease,  may  be  polished  with 
fine  sand  or  with  whiting.  Warm  water  should 
be  used  in  cleansing  tins. 

Wooden  utensils  are  also  to  be  kept  neat  by 
scouring  with  the  finest  sand. 

The  knives,    forks,    spoons,    plates,    cups, 

and  other  table-utensils  should  be  thoroughly 

cleansed  and  put  away  after  each  meal;  cook- 
is* 


210        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

ing-utensils,  after  each  time  of  using.  The 
strictest  cleanliness  is  necessary,  and  too  great 
care  cannot  be  used  to  attain  this  end. 

SECTION  II. — OF  FIRES  AND  FUEL  IN  GENERAL  AND 
POST  HOSPITALS. 

A  good  "range"  heated  with  coal  is  unques- 
tionably the  best  means  of  cooking  for  a 
general  hospital,  where  it  is  possible  to  obtain 
it.  Where  it  is  supplied,  there  is  no  reason 
why  the  best  results  as  to  the  cuisine  should 
not  be  attained. 

One  or  more  properly  constructed  cooking- 
stoves  answer  nearly  the  same  purpose :  they 
are  somewhat  inferior  in  convenience  and  eco- 
nomy, but,  on  the  whole,  an  excellent  sub- 
stitute where  a  range  cannot  be  had. 

These  cooking-stoves  may  be  made  to  burn 
either  wood  or  coal.  They  should  be  so  con- 
structed as  to  give  ovens  for  baking  as  well  as 
conveniences  for  boiling,  and  cooking  over  an 
open  fire. 

Whether  ranges  or  stoves  be  employed,  the 
cooking-utensils,  such  as  caldrons  for  soup, 
coffee,  baking-pans,  &c,  should  be  procured 
with  them,  to  secure  their  being  properly  con- 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        211 

structed,  as  to  form  and  size,  to  suit  the  amount 
of  fire  in  each  case. 

These  utensils  should  be — large  iron  caldrons 
for  boiling  soup  or  meat,  holding  from  ten  to 
twenty  gallons,  large  block-tin  boilers  for 
coffee  and  tea,  with  a  faucet  about  two  inches 
from  the  bottom,  and  holding  about  the  same 
quantities,  with  stew-pans,  gridirons,  &c.  &c. 

Too  much  care  cannot  be  exercised  in  the 
management  of  the  fires.  The  success  of  the 
cooking  is  to  a  great  extent  dependent  upon  it. 
Thus,  in  the  preparation  of  soups,  a  slow, 
moderate  fire,  steadily  kept  up,  is  indispen- 
sable ;  while  for  roasting  or  baking,  a  brisk,  hot 
fire  is  equally  necessary.  The  management 
of  the  several  varieties  of  ranges  and  stoves  is 
best  acquired  by  practice  and  'by  steady  en- 
deavors to  maintain  the  degree  of  heat  neces- 
sary for  the  cooking  actually  going  on.  No 
general  rules  can,  therefore,  be  laid  down  in 
the  brief  space  of  this  volume,  and  much  must 
depend  in  every  case  upon  the  discretion  of  the 
cook,  over  whom  the  steward  must  keep  up 
a  proper  superintendence,  never  forgetting 
that,  while  the  cooks  are  responsible  to  him, 
he  is  responsible  to  the  surgeon,  for  the  con 


212       THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

dition  of  the  kitchen  and  the  quality  of  the 
cooking. 

Fuel  for  the  hospital,  whether  wood  or 
coal,  is  to  be  obtained  of  the  quartermaster, 
on  a  requisition  signed  by  the  surgeon  and 
approved  by  the  commanding  officer. 

The  following  form  is  that  directed  in  re- 
gulations : — * 

*  Eevised  Reg.,  Quartermaster's  Depart.,  Form  No.  30,  p.  208. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        213 


FORM  OF  REQUISITION  FOR  FUEL. 

Requisition  for  Fuel  for  the  Hospital  at  ,  for  the 

month  of ,  186 


WOOD. 

COAL. 

REMARKS. 

Cord. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

Bushels. 

Pounds. 

Number 
of  fires. 

Total... 

I  certify,  on  honor,  that  the  above  requisition  is  correct  and 
just,  and  that  I  have  not  drawn  fuel  for  any  part  of  the  time 
above  charged. 


Surgeon  U.S.A. 

Received  at ,  the of  186     , 

of ,  Assistant  Quartermaster  U.S.A., 

cords feet inches  of  wood 

and  of  coal,  in  full  of  the  above 

requisition. 


Surgeon  U.S.A. 
(Copies  of  this  requisition  should  be  kept  on  file  by  the  Steward.) 


214        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Fuel  is  to  be  drawn  monthly.  It  should  be 
kept  in  a  place  appropriated  to  the  purpose, 
convenient  to  the  kitchen.  If  wood,  it  should 
be  neatly  piled  after  having  been  cut  or  sawed 
into  lengths  such  as  needed  for  use.  If  coal,  it 
should  be  kept  under  cover,  as  it  deteriorates 
from  exposure. 


SECTION  III. FIRES  AND  FUEL  IN  CAMP-HOSPITALS. 

The  best  cooking  apparatus  in  the  camp- 
h ospital  is  a  good  camp  cooking-stove.  Very  fre- 
quently, however,  this  is  not  attainable.  The 
hospital  steward  is  then  obliged  to  resort  to 
other  means,  which  are  more  or  less  imper- 
fect. The  plan  generally  resorted  to  is 
that  usually  employed  by  our  soldiers  in  the 
field.  It  is  very  simple.  A  trench  eighteen 
inches  wide,  and  nine  or  ten  deep,  is  cut  of  a 
length  which  varies  in  accordance  with  the 
amount  of  cooking  to  be  done.  A  forked  stake 
is  driven  into  the  ground  at  each  end  of  the 
trench,  and  a  pole  laid  across  in  the  forks. 
From  this  pole  the  kettles  for  boiling  soup, 
coffee,  &c.  are  suspended.  Pieces  of  meat  for 
roasting  may  be  suspended  by  strings.  Pans 
for  stewing  are  placed  over  the  fire,  supported 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        215 

upon  properly  placed  stones,  or,  in  locations 
where — as  often  happens  in  this  country — these 
cannot  be  obtained,  upon  sods  cut  about  twelve 
inches  square,  and  properly  piled  on  each  side 
of  the  trench  for  this  purpose. 
The  figure  illustrates  the  plan. 


Where  it  is  possible  to  line  the  trench  with 
brick  and  build  a  chimney  at  one  end,  it  will 
be  found  an  improvement ;  but  even  then  the 
plan  is  a  very  imperfect  one.   (See  figure). 


The  objection  to  these  plans  is  that  changes 
in  the  direction  of  the  wind  interfere  con- 
stantly with  the  steadiness  of  the  fire. 


216        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

To  obviate  this  difficulty  is  the  great  prac- 
tical question  in  building  extemporaneous  field- 
fires.  The  plan  of  the  Turkish  soldiers  in  the 
Russian  war  is  commended  by  Miss  Nightin- 
gale as  attaining  this  end  :* — 

"  The  Turkish  soldier  cuts  a  trench,  six 
inches  deep  and  six  wide,  in  a  curve  against  a 
bank,  natural  or  artifical,  not  less  than  two 
feet  high.  He  cuts  a  few  trenches  of  like  size 
in  the  earth,  radiating  inward  from  the  curvi- 
linear trench :  he  places  his  kettles  upon  the 
intersection  of  these  trenches,  and  the  result 
is  a  steady  draught  leading  upward  against  the 
bank ;  no  blast  of  air  blows  through  any  one 
trench  so  as  to  disturb  the  fire." 

I  have  never  seen  this  plan  tried;  but  it  is 
simple,  rational,  and  appears  likely  to  attain 
the  desired  objects. 

Another  plan,  and  well  adapted  to  a  clayey 
soil,  is  that  adopted  by  the  salt-boilers  of  New 
York.  A  hole  three  feet  square  and  two  deep 
is  dug  in  the  slope  of  a  hill.  From  this  a  shaft 
is  run  laterally  about  one  foot  square  and  six 
long :  at  the  extreme  end  of  this  a  shaft  is  sunk 

*  Notes  on  Matters  Affecting  the  Health,  Efficiency,  and  Hos- 
pital Administration  of  the  British  Army.  By  Florence  Nightin- 
gale.  London,  1858.    Printed  for  private  distribution  ;  pp.  402. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        217 

vertically,  and  a  chimney  built :  three  holes,  of 
such  diameter  that  the  camp-kettles  will  not 
sink  through,  are  pierced  at  equal  distances 
along  the  horizontal  shaft.  The  fire  is  built 
in  the  square  hole,  the  draught  is  borne  through 
the  lateral  shaft  to  the  chimney.  The  kettles 
for  coffee,  soup,  &c.  are  set  over  the  holes;  the 
immediate  fire  may  be  used  for  roasting  and 
boiling.     (See  figure  on  p.  218). 

The  accompanying  illustrative  diagram  is 
from  the  little  pamphlet  by  Capt.  J.  M.  Sander- 
son, C.  S.  of  volunteers,  on  "camp-fires  and 
camp-cooking,"  which  was  recently  distributed 
from  the  Commissary-General's  office. 

Lastly,  very  satisfactory  cooking  on  a  small 
scale  may  be  done  over  fires  arranged  as  de- 
scribed in  the  remarks  on  warming  hospital 
tents.* 

Fuel  for  camp-hospitals  is  either  obtained, 
as  in  barracks,  by  requisition  on  the  quar- 
termaster, or  by  cutting  wood  in  neighbor- 
ing forests,  or  collecting  it  from  whatever 
source  may  offer  in  individual  cases.  The 
duty  of  collecting  it  belongs  to  the  police  of 

*  See  Part  II.  chap.  ii.  sect.  iii. 
19 


218        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 
Outside  View. 


the  regiment  or  brigade  to  which  the  hospital 
belongs,  who,  while  collecting  wood  for  the 
general  cooking  of  the  command,  collects  it  also 
for  the  hospital.  The  order  for  this  purpose  is 
given  by  the  commanding  officer,  at  the  re- 
quest of  the  surgeon. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        219 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Cooking  in  Hospitals. 

SECTION  I.— GENERAL  REMARKS. 

Perhaps  no  subject  is  more  worthy  of  atten- 
tion in  a  hospital  than  the  quality  of  the  food 
and  the  character  of  the  cooking.  In  the 
latter  there  is  certainly  greater  room  for  im- 
provement in  United  States  army  hospitals 
than  in  the  former.  The  rations  furnished  by 
the  commissary  department  are  generally  of 
good  quality  and  in  good  condition;  the  articles 
purchased  with  the  hospital  fund  ought  cer- 
tainly to  be  of  good  quality;  but,  however 
good  the  raw  articles  may  be,  bad  cooking  will 
impair  their  nutritive  value,  as  well  as  the 
relish  with  which  they  are  eaten  by  the  pa- 
tients. 

Cooking  serves  for  two  distinct  purposes. 
In  the  first  place,  it  serves  so  to  modify  the 
food  by  the  heat  employed  as  to  cause  it  to  be 
more  readily  dissolved  during  digestion.  But 
in  the  second  place,  also,  it  serves,  by  rendering 


220        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

the  food  more  palatable,  to  incite  the  digestive 
secretions,  and  thus  not  only  to  increase  the 
appetite,  but  also  the  energy  of  digestion. 

Now,  on  the  one  hand,  the  heat  may  be 
erroneously  so  employed  as  to  have  the  effect 
rather  of  rendering  articles  of  food  insoluble, 
and  therefore  difficult  of  digestion,  or  of  pro- 
ducing destructive  changes,  as  where  the  food 
is  more  or  less  burned ;  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  food  may  be  so  cooked  as  to  be  unpalat- 
able,  which  will  have  the  effect  not  merely  of 
diminishing  the  appetite  and  causing  the  pa- 
tient to  eat  less  food  than  he  should,  but 
impairs  directly  his  digestive  energies,  so  that 
he  does  not  digest  what  he  does  eat,  as  well  as 
he  would  have  done  had  it  been  properly  pre- 
pared. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  erroneous  manage- 
ment of  heat,  may  be  cited  the  preparation 
of  soups,  in  which,  if  a  brisk  ebullition  be  kept 
up  from  the  first,  the  exterior  of  the  pieces  of 
meat  is  rapidly  hardened,  and  the  full  strength 
is  never  taken  up  into  the  soup  as  it  is  where 
the  water  put  in  cold  is  gradually  brought 
nearly,  but  not  quite,  to  the  boiling-point,  and 
allowed  to  simmer  for  several  hours. 

In  other  cases  a  hot  fire  is  required,  as  in 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        221 

roasting,  where  if  the  fire  is  brisk  the  outside 
of  the  piece  rapidly  becomes  crisp,  and  all  the 
juices  are  kept  in,  while  if  the  fire  is  slow  the 
juices  leak  gradually  away,  and  the  meat  is 
left  tasteless  and  insipid. 

With  the  hope  of  contributing  somewhat  to 
the  improvement  of  the  cooking  in  the  hos- 
pitals of  the  United  States  army,  a  number  of 
receipts  for  ordinary  and  extra  diet  are  here 
given.  Most  of  these  receipts  are  those  of  the 
celebrated  M.  Soyer,  and  have  not  only  been 
thoroughly  tested  during  the  Crimean  War,  but 
have  most  of  them  received  an  approval,  based 
upon  actual  experience,  by  United  States  army 
surgeons. 

The  use  of  these  or  similar  receipts  will 
insure  the  palatability  and  proper  preparation 
of  the  food.  As  to  its  palatability,  the  steward 
may  adopt  a  very  simple  rule.  The  food  must 
be  regarded  as  deficient  in  this  respect  unless 
it  gives  satisfaction  to  the  patients.  Of  course, 
there  are  some  grumblers  who  will  find  fault 
under  all  circumstances;  but  where  the  cook- 
ing is  generally  complained  of,  it  must  be  bad, 
and  the  steward  should  at  once  consult  with 
the  cooks,  and,  if  necessary,  with  the  surgeon, 
as  to  the  means  of  improving  it. 

19® 


222        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION  II. RECEIPTS  ADAPTED  TO  THE   ORDINARY 

DIET  IN  HOSPITALS. 

No.  1.  Coffee  for  ten  men. — {Soyer's  method.)* 
— Put  9  pints  of  water  into  a  canteen,  sauce- 
pan (or  other  vessel)  on  the  fire ;  when  boil- 
ing, add  lh  oz.  of  coffee;  mix  them  well 
together  with  a  spoon  or  piece  of  wood ;  leave 
on  the  fire  a  few  minutes  longer,  or  until  just 
beginning  to  boil.  Take  it  off,  and  pour  in 
1  pint  of  cold  water;  let  the  whole  remain  ten 
minutes,  or  a  little  longer;  the  dregs  will  fall 
to  the  bottom,  and  the  coffee  will  be  clear. 
Pour  it  from  one  vessel  into  another,  leaving 
the  dregs  at  the  bottom;  add  2  teaspoonfuls 
of  sugar  to  the  pint.  If  milk  is  to  be  had, 
make  2  pints  less  of  coffee,  and  add  that  much 
milk ;  boiled  milk  is  preferable. 

Remarks. — This  receipt,  properly  carried 
out,  would  give  10  pints  of  coffee,  or  1  pint  per 
man.  The  allowance  of  coffee  in  the  army 
ration  is  1  lb.  to  ten  men. 


*  Most  of  the  following  receipts  are  taken,  with  little  or  no 
alteration,  from  "  Soyer's  Culinary  Campaign."  By  Alexis 
Soyer.     London,  1857. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       223 

This  quantity  would  give  8  oz.  to  10  pints 
of  coffee  for  breakfast,  and  the  same  for  sup- 
per, or  a  little  more  than  M.  So3^er's  allowance. 
If  tea  is  used  for  supper,  only  half  the  ration 
of  coffee  should  be  drawn,  and  tea  drawn  for 
the  rest.  To  calculate  the  quantity  of  coffee 
to  be  drawn  upon  the  provision  return  in  a 
hospital  where  coffee  is  used  for  breakfast 
only,  the  following  rule  may  be  given.  Divide 
the  number  of  patients  and  attendants  allowed  to 
use  coffee  by  two:  the  result  is  the  number  of 
rations  of  coffee  required  per  day. 

In  great  hospitals  the  coffee  is  usually  made 
in  large  caldrons  or  boilers,  holding  each  enough 
for  fifty  or  one  hundred  men. 

The  following  modified  receipt  may  be  used : — 

No.  2.  Hospital  receipt  for  coffee  for  fifty  men. 
allowing  1  pint  to  each. — Ingredients  needed. — 
Water,  5  gallons,  milk,  li  gallon,  sugar,  3  s  lbs. 
Directions. — Put  into  the  boiler  35  pints  of 
water  (4  gallons  and  3  pints) ;  bring  it  to 
a  boil.  When  boiling,  add  2 J  lbs.  of  coffee; 
stir  well  until  ebullition  has  thoroughly  recom- 
menced, say  for  four  or  five  minutes;  then 
lift  the  boiler  off  the  fire,  and  pour  in  5  pints 
(2  i  quarts)  of  cold  water.     Let  it  stand  about 


224        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

ten  minutes,  when  the  coffee  may  be  care- 
fully poured  or  drawn  off  into  the  coffee-pots, 
leaving  the  dregs  behind.  To  every  two  quarts 
drawn  off  add  a  pint  of  milk  (boiled  milk  is 
best)  and  3  oz.  of  sugar.  A  seven  or  eight  gallon 
coffee-boiler  answers  very  well  for  this  pur- 
pose. If  coffee  for  a  hundred  men  is  to  be 
cooked  in  a  single  vessel,  use  double  the 
quantity. 

Remarks. — Two  points  in  these  receipts  are 
of  practical  importance.  First,  the  coffee  is 
not  to  be  introduced  until  the  water  is  boiling, 
nor  is  it  to  be  boiled  too  long.  If  this  is 
neglected,  the  aroma  is  destroyed,  and  the  coffee 
is  muddy  and  insipid.  Secondly,  the  subse- 
quent addition  of  cold  water  causes  the  dregs 
to  subside  more  rapidly,  and  " dears''  the  coffee. 

No.  3.  Tea  for  eighty  men. — {M.  Soyers  re- 
ceipt.)— Put  40  quarts  of  water  in  a  boiler  to 
boil;  place  the  rations  of  tea  in  a  fine  net  very 
loose,  or  in  a  large  perforated  ball;  give  one 
minute  to  boil;  take  out  the  fire,  if  too  much; 
shut  down  the  cover :  in  ten  minutes  it  is  ready 
for  use. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        225 

No.  4.  Tea  for  fifty  men. — [Hospital  Receipt 
based  on  Soger's  Receipt.) — Ingredients  needed. — 
20  quarts  of  water,  5  of  milk,  6  oz.  of  tea,  and 
34 -pounds  of  sugar.  Directions. — Put  into  the 
boiler  20  quarts  of  water,  2  J  gallons.  Bring  it 
to  a  boil.  When  boiling,  introduce  6  oz.  of  tea 
tied  up  loosely  in  a  bag  of  bobinet  or  mosquito 
netting,  to  prevent  the  leaves  becoming  diffused 
throughout  the  liquor.  Allow  it  to  boil  one  or 
two  minutes ;  then  lift  the  boiler  off  the  fire, 
and  allow  it  to  stand  on  the  stove  or  range, 
but  not  over  the  coals,  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes 
to  draw.  While  drawing,  the  boiler  should  be 
covered.  Stir  in  now  5  quarts  of  milk  and  34 
pounds  of  sugar,  and  the  tea  is  ready  for  the 
table. 

Remarks. — The  aim  of  this  process  is  not  to 
boil  the  tea,  but  to  allow  it  to  macerate  (or 
draw)  in  boiling  water. 

No.  5.  Codfish  Hash. — Put  the  salt  fish  to 
soak  over  night  in  lukewarm  water,  fleshy 
side  downward.  Next  morning  put  it  in  a  pot 
with  fresh  water,  and  simmer  till  it  is  tender. 
Pick  the  flesh  from  the  skin,  rejecting  the 
bones ;  chop  it  fine,  and  mix  with  three  times 


226       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MA*NUAL. 

its  weight  of  boiled  potatoes,  moistening  the 
mixture  with  pork  scraps  and  dip  (i.e.  pork 
cut  up  fine  and  tried  out).  The  addition  of 
some  milk  will  be  found  a  great  improvement. 
About  12  pounds  of  fish  and  36  of  potatoes 
prepared  in  this  way  will  make  a  good  break- 
fast relish  for  one  hundred  men. 

No.  6.  Beef  Soup  for  fifty  men. — Soyer 's  Army 
Receipt. — Ingredients  needed. — Cold  water,  Ih 
gals.,  fresh  beef,  50  lbs.,  rice,  3  lbs.,  fresh  vege- 
tables (viz.  carrots,  onions,  turnips,  potatoes, 
parsley,  &c.&c),  8  lbs.  (or  desiccated  vegetables, 
1 J  lbs.),  10  small  tablespoonfuls  of  salt,  1  table- 
spoonful  of  pepper.  Directions. — Put  all  the 
ingredients,  except  the  rice,  into  the  boiler;  gra- 
dually bring  it  to  a  boil ;  then  add  the  rice,  and 
simmer  three  hours,  when  it  will  be  ready  to 
serve.  Before  serving,  the  fat  should  be 
skimmed  off  and  kept  in  a  clean  vessel;  it  will 
serve  as  an  excellent  substitute  for  butter  for 
many  cooking  purposes.  The  meat  may  be 
eaten  with  the  soup,  or,  if  other  meat  is  given 
at  dinner,  may  be  kept  for  breakfast  relishes. 

Remarks. — This  soup,  which  is  given  by  M. 
Soyer  among  his  army  receipts,  is  perhaps  in- 
ferior, on  the  whole,  to  the  next  receipt. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        227 

No.  7.  Semi-stewed  Beef  and  Soup  for  one 
hundred  men. — (Soyers  Hospital  Receipt.) — In- 
gredients needed. — Cold  water,  130  pints  (16i 
gallons),  fresh  beef,  70  lbs.  (in  pieces  of  4  or 

5  lbs.),  mixed  fresh  vegetables,  12  lbs.  (carrots, 
onions,  parsley,  turnips,  potatoes,  &c,  according 
to  taste  or  convenience),  barley,  or  rice,  9  lbs. 

6  oz.,  salt,  1  lb.  7'oz.,  flour  1  lb.  4  oz.,  sugar, 
1  lb.  4  oz.,  pepper,  1  oz.  Directions. — Put  all 
the  ingredients  into  the  caldron  at  once,  ex- 
cept the  flour;  set  it  on  the  fire,  and,  when 
beginning  to  boil,  diminish  the  heat  and  simmer 
gently  for  two  hours  and  a  half;  then  add  to 
the  soup  the  flour,  which  has  been  first  mixed 
with  enough  water  to  form  a  light  batter ;  stir 
well  together  with  a  large  spoon;  boil  another 
half-hour;  skim  off  the  fat;  take  out  the  meat, 
and  serve  the  soup  and  meat  separate.  The 
soup  should  be  stirred  now  and  then  while 
making,  to  prevent  burning,  or  sticking  to  the 
sides  of  the  caldron. 

Remarks. — The  joints  are  cooked  whole,  and 
afterwards  cut  up  into  equal  portions,  one  for 
each  man.  The  meat  cooked  in  this  way  is 
more  nutritious.     Where  fresh  vegetables  can- 


228        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

not  be  obtained,  3  lbs.  of  mixed  desiccated 
vegetables  may  be  substituted  for  12  of  fresh. 
Variations. — The  addition  of  a  quarter  of  a 
pound  of  curry  powder,  or  of  half  a  pint  of 
burnt-sugar  water,  gives  an  agreeable  diversity 
in  appearance  and  flavor. 

No.  8.  Semi-stewed  Mutton  and  Soup  for  one 
hundred  men. — (Soyers  Hospital  Receipt.) — In- 
gredients.— The  same  as  in  the  last  receipt, 
except  that  mutton  is  substituted  for  beef. 

Proceed  the  same  as  for  beef,  except  that,  as 
mutton  needs  less  cooking  than  beef,  the  joints 
should  be  taken  out  before  the  flour  is  added, 
and  kept  warm  in  a  suitable  pan  till  time  for 
serving. 

No.  9.  Plain  Irish  Stew  for  fifty  men. — 
{Soyers  Receipt?) — Ingredients. — Fresh  mutton 
or  beef,  50  lbs.,  large  onions,  8  lbs.,  whole  po- 
tatoes, 12  lbs.,  8  tablespoonfuls  of  salt,  3  table- 
spoonfuls  of  pepper ;  water,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity. Directions. — Cut  the  meat  into  pieces  of 
a  quarter  of  a  pound  each ;  put  the  ingredients 
into  the  pan  with  enough  water  to  cover  them 
all.  Set  it  on  the  fire,  and  keep  up  gentle 
ebullition,  stirring   occasionally,  for  an  hour 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S    MANUAL.        229 

and  a  half  for  mutton,  and  two  hours  for  beef. 
Then  mash  some  of  the  potatoes  to  thicken 
the  gravy,  and  serve. 

Variations. — Fresh  veal,  or  pork,  may  be 
used  instead,  when  convenient. 

No.  10.  "  Soyers  Food"  for  fifty  men. — Ingre- 
dients.— Fresh  beef,  50  lbs.,  onions,  7  lbs.,  flour, 
11  lbs.,  10  tablespoonfuls  of  salt,  2  tablespoon- 
fuls  of  pepper,  4  tablespoonfuls  of  sugar,  water, 
18  quarts.  Directions. — Cut  the  beef  into  pieces 
of  a  quarter  of  a  pound  each,  slice  the  onions, 
and  introduce  all  the  solid  ingredients  except  the 
flour,  with  a  little  of  the  water,  into  the  boiler. 
Set  it  on  the  fire  and  let  it  stew,  stirring  oc- 
casionally, for  twenty  to  thirty  minutes,  or  till 
it  forms  a  thick  gravy ;  then  add  a  pound  and 
a  half  of  flour  5  mix  well  together,  and  add  the 
rest  of  the  water;  stir  well  for  a  minute  or 
two ;  regulate  the  stove  to  a  moderate  heat, 
and  let  simmer  for  about  two  hours. 

Variations. — A  pound  of  rice  may  be  added 
to  great  advantage,  also  plain  dumplings,  and 
potatoes,  or  mixed  vegetables. 

No.  11 .   Suet  Dumplings  for  Soups  or  Steios. — 

(Soyers  Receipt) — Ingredients. — Half  a  pound 

20 


230       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

of  flour,  half  a  teaspoonful  of  salt,  a  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  chopped  fat  pork  (or  of  beef 
suet),  and  eight  tablespoonfuls  of  water,  with 
two  onions  chopped  fine,  if  convenient.  Direc- 
tions.— Mix  well  into  a  thick  paste;  divide 
into  pieces  of  convenient  size;  roll  them  in 
flour  and  put  into  the  soup,  or  stew,  about 
half  an  hour  before  it  is  done. 

Remarks. — A  few  dumplings  made  in  this 
manner,  and  scattered  through  the  soup,  are  a 
great  addition,  but  they  should  not  be  too 
abundant. 

No.  12.  To  toil  Salt  Beef  (or  Porh)  for  fifty 
men. — (Soyers  Receipt.) — Put  50  lbs.  of  meat 
in  pieces  of  3  or  4  lbs.  each  into  a  boiler;  fill 
the  boiler  with  water,  and  let  the  meat  soak 
all  night.  Next  morning  wash  the  meat  well, 
and  pour  away  the  salt  water.  Fill  the  boiler 
with  fresh  water;  boil  gently  three  hours,  and 
serve.  Skim  off  the  fat,  which,  when  cold,  is 
an  excellent  substitute  for  butter. 

For  salt  pork,  proceed  as  above,  or  boil  half 
beef  and  half  pork.  The  pieces  of  beef  should 
be  smaller  than  those  of  pork,  as  beef  requires 
longer  to  cook.     Where  salt  meat  cannot  be 


THE  HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        231 

soaked  all  night,  it  should  be  parboiled  for 
twenty  minutes,  and  then  the  water  poured  off', 
fresh  poured  on,  and  the  cooking  commenced. 

No.  13.  Soup  from  the  Liquor  in  which  Salt 
Pork  has  been  boiled. — The  liquor  in  which  salt 
pork  has  been  boiled  can  be  made  into  a  very 
good  soup  with  peas,  or  beans.  Add  to  the 
liquor  in  which  50  lbs.  of  salt  pork  has  been 
cooked  5  lbs.  split  peas,  I  lb.  brown  sugar,  2 
tablespoonfuls  of  pepper,  and  10  onions;  sim- 
mer gently  till  the  peas  are  reduced  to  a  pulp, 
and  serve.  Broken  biscuit  may  be  introduced. 
This  will  make  au  excellent  mess.  Beans 
properly  soaked  may  be  substituted  for  the 
peas. 

No.  14. — Stewed  Salt  Beef  and  Porh  for  one 
hundred  men. — Ingredients. — Well-soaked  beef, 
30  lbs.  cut  into  pieces  of  \  lb.  each,  pork,  20  lbs., 
sugar,  \\  lbs.,  onions,  sliced,  8  lbs.  water,  25 
quarts,  rice,  4  lbs.  Directions. — Introduce  all 
the  ingredients  into  a  boiler;  simmer  gently  for 
three  hours;  skim  the  fat  off  the  top,  and  serve. 

Remarks. — The  beef  and  pork  must  be  well 
soaked  over  night,  according  to  the  directions 
given  in  Receipt  No.  12. 


232       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

No.  15.  Bean  soup  for  one  hundred  men. 
Ingredients. — 8  quarts  of  beans,  30  lbs.  of  pork, 
half  a  dozen  onions,  salt,  i  lb.,  pepper,  1  oz., 
water,  120  pints  (15  gallons).  Directions. — 
Soak  the  beans  over  night  in  cold  water.  Cut 
the  pork  into  pieces  of  from  three  to  five 
pounds  each. 

At  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning  the  beans  are 
to  be  put  into  a  caldron  filled  with  water, 
and  boiled  for  two  hours  and  a  half,  when  the 
water  is  to  be  poured  off  and  the  beans  are  to 
be  added  to  the  pork-liquor  next  to  be  de- 
scribed. The  pork  is  to  be  introduced  into 
another  caldron,  at  quarter-past  eight  o'clock, 
and  boiled  briskly  for  an  hour,  when  the  liquid 
is  to  be  poured  off  and  replaced  by  clean  hot 
water,  120  pints  to  30  lbs.  of  pork.  The  pork 
is  now  to  be  boiled  an  hour  and  a  half  longer, 
when  it  is  to  be  taken  out  and  laid  aside  to  be 
served  separately.  The  beans  are  then  added 
to  the  liquid  in  which  the  pork  was  boiled,  with 
the  salt,  pepper,  and  the  onions  (chopped  or 
sliced).  After  fifteen  minutes'  more  boiling, 
the  beans  are  to  be  mashed  with  a  wooden 
spoon  made  for  the  purpose,  and  the  soup, 
which  is  now  ready,  is  to  be  served  with  a 
slice  of  pork  in  a  separate  dish. 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARDS    MANUAL.  ZOO 

No.  16.  Bean  Soup  for  one  hundred  men. 
— [American  Army  Receipt.) — Ingredients. — 8 
quarts  of  beans,  20  lbs.  of  pork,  half  a  dozen 
onions,  salt,  i  lb.,  pejDper,  1  oz.,  water,  120  pints 
(15  gallons) .  Directions. — Soak  the  beans  over 
night.  Early  in  the  morning  put  them  into  a 
caldron  with  the  salt  and  water,  and  boil  steadily 
for  three  hours,  or  until  the  beans  are  so  well 
done  that  they  can  be  strained  through  a  sieve, 
leaving  their  skins  on  the  sieve.  They  are 
then  to  be  so  strained,  after  which  the  pork, 
cut  in  slices,  the  onions,  chopped  fine,  and  the 
pepper,  are  to  be  added,  and  the  boiling  con- 
tinued two  to  three  hours  longer,  or  till  the 
jDork  is  done  tender,  when  the  soup  is  ready. 

In  making  this  soup,  good  soft  water  is  re- 
quired. At  posts  where  the  water  is  hard, 
rain-water  must  be  substituted.  The  caldron 
must  be  clean  and  free  from  grease,  and  grease 
in  every  shape  must  be  avoided  until  the  beans 
are  done. 

No.  17.  Browning  for  Soups. — Put  i  lb.  of 
moist  sugar  into  an  iron  pan,  and  melt  it  over 
a  moderate  fire,  stirring  it  continually  till 
quite  black,  which  will  take  about  twenty-five 
minutes;  it  must  color  by  degrees,  as  too  sud- 

20* 


234       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

den  a  heat  will  make  it  bitter :  then  add  2 
quarts  of  water,  and  in  ten  minutes  the  sugar 
will  be  dissolved.  You  may  then  bottle  it  for 
use.  It  will  keep  good  for  a  month,  and  will 
always  be  found  very  useful. 

No.  18.  Baked  Pork  and  Beans. — The  beans 
and  pork,  having  been  soaked  over  night,  are 
boiled  separately  in.  the  morning  for  about  two 
hours.  The  pork  is  then  put  into  pans,  sur- 
rounded and  covered  by  the  beans,  a  little 
pepper  added,  and  baked  one  hour  by  a  mode- 
rate fire. 

No.  19.  Corned  Beef  and  Cabhage. — The 
beef,  having  been  soaked  in  fresh  water  over 
night,  is  placed  in  a  caldron  and  simmered 
over  a  moderate  fire  for  two  hours  and  a  half, 
skimming  carefully  every  fifteen  or  twenty 
minutes.  As  much  cabbage  as  the  water  will 
cover  is  then  introduced,  and  the  ebullition  is 
to  be  continued  gently  for  an  hour  and  a  half. 

No.  20.  Boiled  Potatoes. — Wash  the  potatoes, 
and  put  them  with  their  skins  on  into  the 
caldron:  throw  in  a  handful  of  salt,  and  fill 
the  vessel  with  cold  water.     Put  it  on  the  fire, 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.         235 

and  bring  it  to  a  boil.  When  the  water  boils, 
throw  in  a  little  cold  water  to  check  it:  do  so 
two  or  three  times.  When  the  potatoes  are 
very  nearly  cooked,  pour  off  all  the  water,  and 
stand  the  kettle  over  the  fire  till  the  steam 
evaporates.  This  process  will  make  the  po- 
tatoes mealy. 

No.  21.  Indian  Mush  for  one  hundred  men. — 
[American  Army  Receipt.) — Ingredients. — In- 
dian meal,  20  lbs.,  water,  70  pints  (81  gallons), 
salt,  6  oz.  Moisten  slightly  the  meal  with 
water.  It  will  require  about  one  gallon  and 
three-fourths  for  this  purpose.  Have  the  rest 
of  the  water — say  7  gallons — in  the  caldron 
boiling;  add  the  salt,  then  stir  in  the  moistened 
meal.  The  stirring  should  be  continued  after 
all  the  meal  is  in,  to  prevent  burning.  From 
twenty  minutes  to  half  an  hour  will  be  found 
long  enough  to  boil.  The  above  quantities 
will  make  100  pints  of  mush,  or  a  little  more. 
One  pint  may  be  served  to  each  man,  with 
molasses  or  milk.  If  milk,  one  pint  should 
be  allowed  to  each  patient;  if  molasses,  one 
gallon  to  one  hundred  men. 

Kemarks. — If  the  meal  is  stirred  in  dry,  the 
mush  will  be  lumpy. 


236        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

No.  2  2 .  Plain  Boiled  Rice. — (Soger's  Receipt?) 
— Rice,  I  lb.,  water,  2  quarts,  salt,  1  tea- 
spoonful,  or  in  that  proportion  for  larger 
quantities.  Put  the  salt  and  water  into  the 
stew-pan  or  boiler.  When  boiling,  add  the 
rice,  previously  well  washed.  Boil  for  ten 
minutes,  or  till  each  grain  becomes  rather  soft. 
Drain  it  on  a  colander.  Slightly  grease  the  pot 
with  butter;  put  the  rice  back  into  it;  let  it 
swell  slowly  for  about  twenty  minutes  near 
the  fire  or  in  a  slow  oven ;  each  grain  will  then 
swell  up  and  be  well  separated.  It  is  then 
ready  for  use. 

No.  23.  Bread. 
When  the  hospital  is  not  situated  near  a 
Government  bakery,  it  is  desirable  for  it  to  be 
able  to  bake  its  own  bread.  For  this  purpose 
the  "  Shiraz  oven"  may  be  obtained  by  requi- 
sition on  the  Chief  of  the  Commissariat.  One 
of  these  ovens  will  be  found  ample  to  do  the 
baking  for  about  three  hundred  patients.  The 
following  receipts  are  copied  from  the  little 
pamphlet  on  Camp  Fires  and  Camp  Cookery, 
by  Captain  J.  M.  Sanderson,  C.  S.  of  Volun- 
teers* 

*  Camp  Fires  and  Camp  Cookery ;  or,  Culinary  Hints  for  the 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        237 

"To  make  Yeast. — Fill  a  kettle  three-fourths 
full  of  clean,  clear  water ;  place  it  over  a  brisk 
fire,  and,  when  it  boils,  add  three  good  hand- 
fuls  of  hops ;  then  put  into  the  yeast-tub  four 
pounds  of  flour,  and  strain  into  it,  from  the 
kettle,  enough  of  the  hot  "  hop-water"  to  make 
a  paste,  working  it  until  it  is  perfectly  free 
from  lumps.  By  this  time  the  hops  in  the 
kettle  will  be  sufficiently  boiled,  and  must  be 
strained  into  the  yeast-tub,  and  stirred  with  a 
wooden  paddle  until  thoroughly  amalgamated. 
Let  it  stand  until  it  cools  a  little, — about  blood- 
heat, — and  add  three  pints  of  cracked  malt  and 
two  quarts  of  stock  yeast,  mixing  it  all  well 
together  to  prevent  any  lumps  remaining,  and 
setting  it  away  in  some  quiet,  warm  place, 
where  it  will  remain  undisturbed,  for  fifteen 
hours;  then  it  must  be  strained  before  using. 
Care  must  be  taken  always  to  keep  enough  on 
hand  for  stock  for  the  next  making. 

"  To  make  Bread. — The  first  process  is  to  pre- 


Soldiers,  including  Keceipts  for  making  Bread  in  "the  Portable 
1'ield  Oven"  furnished  by  the  Subsistence  Department.  By 
Captain  J.  M.  Sanderson,  C.S.  of  Volunteers.  Published  for 
distribution  to  the  troops,  Head-Quarters  "Army  of  the  Poto- 
mac," January,  1862. 


238       THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S  MANUAL. 

pare  the  ferment.  This  is  formed  by  boiling 
thoroughly  a  peck  and  a  half  of  potatoes,  with 
their  skins  on,  which  you  place  in  a  barrel 
kept  exclusively  for  that  purpose,  adding  six 
pounds  of  flour,  and  mashing  them  well  to- 
gether. This  is  called  "scalding  the  flour." 
Then  add  cold  water  until  it  is  cool  enough  to 
enable  you  to  put  your  hands  in,  and  break  up 
the  potatoes  as  fine  as  possible,  so  as  to  obtain 
all  their  virtue.  Then  add  about  six  pailfuls 
of  warm  water,  and  six  quarts  of  yeast.  Stir 
it  well  together,  and  place  it  in  a  warm  spot, 
where  it  will  not  be  disturbed.  Two  good- 
sized  tubs,  made  of  salt  or  sugar  barrels,  would 
be  the  best  receptacle  for  it,  as  it  requires 
space  to  work  in.  This  should  be  made  at 
night,  and  will  be  ready  for  use  in  the  morning 
after  it  is  carefully  strained. 

"The  second  process  is  making  the  dough. 
This  is  done  by  sifting  into  the  trough  a  barrel 
and  a  half  of  flour,  one-third  of  which  is  pinned 
or  blocked  up  at  one  end  by  the  "pin-board" 
or  wooden  slide.  To  this  you  add  three  and  a 
half  pounds  of  salt  and  three  and  a  half  pail- 
fuls of  "ferment,"  with  four  pailfuls  of  hot 
water, — not  so  hot,  however,  as  to  scald  your 
ferment  (in   summer,  cold  water  is  used   in- 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        289 

stead  of  hot), — and  mix  well  together,  knead- 
ing thoroughly  and  faithfully,  adding  to  it  gra- 
dually all  the  flour  in  the  trough  until  it  is  of 
one  consistency.  It  must  then  be  placed  at 
one  end  of  the  trough,  and  again  pinned  in  by 
the  slide,  leaving  space  enough,  however,  to 
allow  it  to  prove.  To  effect  this  requires  at 
least  two  hours,  when  it  will  be  ready  to 
"  work  off,"  which  is  done  by  "  throwing"  it  out 
of  the  trough,  in  masses,  on  to  the  table  or 
cover  on  the  other  side  of  the  room  or  tent. 
It  is  then  cut  into  pieces  and  weighed,  or 
"scaled  off,"  and  immediately  moulded  into 
shapes  or  loaves.  This  requires  one  man  to 
scale,  one  to  form  into  loaves,  and  a  third  to 
"pan  it  away,"  where  it  remains  for  at  least 
forty  minutes  before  placing  it  in  the  oven. 
In  the  mean  time  the  ovens  are  heated,  the 
coals  and  ashes  drawn  out,  and  the  interior 
thoroughly  swabbed  out,  top  and  bottom.  If 
too  hot,  wet  the  swab  and  dampen  the  oven. 
The  pans  containing  the  dough  are  then  set  in, 
by  means  of  the  heel  or  wooden  spade,  the 
doors  closed,  and  the  hot  coals  and  ashes 
placed  against  them,  in  order  to  heat  all  sides 
equally.     Fifty  minutes  is  the  time  generally 


240       THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

required  to  bake  the  usual-sized  army  loaves ; 
if  larger,  a  longer  period  will  be  required. 

"  The  amount  of  ferment  made  in  accordance 
with  this  receipt  will  be  sufficient  for  three 
batches  of  288  loaves  each.  The  first  batch 
will  require  four  hours  in  preparing  and  baking; 
the  second  and  third,  two  hours  each. 

"  Potatoes,  hops,  and  malt  should  always  be 
kept  on  hand,  and  a  portion  of  the  yeast  in- 
variably retained  as  stock.  To  commence 
with,  it  will  be  necessary  to  obtain  brewer's 
yeast;  but  after  making  the  first  essay  you 
can  always  be  independent." 

SECTION  III. RECEIPTS   FOR   EXTRA   DIETS. 

(Soger's  Receipts.) 
No.  1.  Beef  Tea.  Receipt  for  6  pints. — Cut 
3  lbs.  of  beef  into  pieces  the  size  of  walnuts, 
and  chop  up  the  bones,  if  any;  put  it  into  a 
convenient-sized  kettle  with  h  lb.  of  mixed 
vegetables,  such  as  onions,  leeks,  celery,  tur- 
nips, carrots  (or  one  or  two  of  these,  if  all 
cannot  be  obtained),  1  oz.  of  salt,  a  little  pep- 
per, 1  teaspoonful  of  sugar?  2  oz.  of  butter,  and 
J  pint  of  water.  Set  it  on  a  sharp  fire  for  ten 
minutes  or  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  stirring  now 
and  then  with  a  spoon,  till  it  forms  a  rather 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        241 

thick  gravy  at  bottom,  but  not  brown ;  then 
add  7  pints  of  hot  or  cold  water, — but  hot  is 
preferable.  When  boiling,  let  it  simmer  gently 
for  an  hour;  skim  off  all  the  fat,  strain  it 
through  a  sieve,  and  serve. 

No.  2.  TJiich  Beef  Tea. — Dissolve  a  large  tea- 
spoonful  of  arrow-root  in  a  gill  of  water,  and 
pour  it  into  the  beef  tea  above  described  twenty 
minutes  before  passing  through  the  sieve. 

No.  3.  Beef  Tea  with  Calves -foot  Jelly  or  Isin- 
glass.— Add  i  oz.  calves'-foot  gelatine  or  isin- 
glass to  the  above  quantity  of  beef  tea,  when 
cooking,  previous  to  serving. 

No.  4.  Miction  and  Veal  Tea. — Mutton  and 
veal  will  make  good  tea  by  proceeding  pre- 
cisely the  same  as  above.  The  addition  of 
a  small  quantity  of  aromatic  herbs  is  always 
desirable.  If  no  fresh  vegetables  are  at  hand, 
use  2  oz.  of  mixed  preserved  vegetables  to  any 
of  the  above  receipts. 

No.  5.  Chicken  Broth. — Put  in  a  stew-pan  a 
fowl,  3  pints  of  water,  2  teaspoonfuls  of  rice, 
1   teaspoonful  of  salt,  a  middle-sized  onion,  or 

21 


242        THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

2  oz.  of  mixed  vegetables ;  boil  the  whole  gently 
for  three-quarters  of  an  hour:  if  an  old  fowl, 
simmer  from  one  hour  and  a  half  to  two  hours, 
adding  1  pint  more  water ;  skim  off  the  fat,  and 
serve. 

Note. — A  light  mutton  broth  may  be  made 
precisely  the  same,  by  using  a  pound  and  a  half 
of  scrag  of  mutton  instead  of  fowl. 

No.  6.  Beef  Essence. — Cut  1  pound  of  lean 
but  tender  beef  in  to  small  dice,  and  introduce 
them  into  a  bottle,  which  is  to  be  corked  and 
stood  in  a  pot  of  water;  boil  for  three  hours; 
then  strain  off  the  liquor  by  putting  the  meat, 
after  all  that  can  be  is  poured  off,  in  a  linen 
bag  and  expressing.  A  little  pepper  and  salt 
may  be  added. 

No.  7.  Sweet  Rice. — Add  to  i  lb.  of  rice  plain 
boiled,  as  directed  in  Receipt  No.  22,  p.  236,  1 
oz.  of  butter,  2  tablespoonfuls  of  sugar,  a  little 
cinnamon,  a  quarter  of  a  pint  of  milk ;  stir  it 
with  a  fork,  and  serve.  A  little  currant  jelly  or 
jam  may  be  added  to  the  rice. 

No.  8.  Rice  with  Gravy. — Add  to  the  same 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        243 

quantity  of  rice  4  tablespoonfuls  of  the  essence 
of  beef,  a  little  fresh  butter,  half  a  teaspoonful 
of  salt ;  stir  together  with  a  fork,  and  serve. 

No.  9.  Plain  Oatmeal. — Put  in  a  pan  I  lb. 
of  oatmeal,  lh  oz.  of  sugar,  half  a  teaspoonful 
of  salt,  and  3  pints  of  water ;  boil  slowly  for 
twenty  minutes,  stirring  continually,  and  serve. 
A  quarter  of  a  pint  of  boiled  milk,  an  ounce  of 
butter,  and  a  little  pounded  cinnamon  or  spice, 
added  previous  to  serving,  is  a  good  variation. 

No.  10.  Calves' -Foot  Jelly. — Put  in  a  proper- 
sized  stew-pan  2i  oz.  of  calves'-foot  gelatine,  4 
oz.  of  white  sugar,  4  whites  of  eggs  and  shells, 
the  peel  of  a  lemon,  the  juice  of  3  middle-sized 
lemons,  half  a  pint  of  marsala  or  sherry  wine. 
Beat  all  well  together  with  the  egg-beater  for 
a  few  minutes;  then  add  4  J  pints  of  cold  water; 
set  it  on  a  slow  fire,  and  keep  whipping  it  till 
boiling.  Set  it  on  the  corner  of  the  stove, 
partly  covered  with  the  lid,  upon  which  you 
place  a  few  pieces  of  burning  charcoal ;  let  it 
simmer  gently  for  ten  minutes,  and  strain  it 
through  a  jelly-bag.  It  is  then  ready  to  be  put 
in  ice  or  some  cool  place. 

For  orange  jelly,  use  only  1  lemon  and  2 


244       THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

oranges.     Any  delicate  flavor  may  be  intro- 
duced. 

No.  11.  Farina  Pudding. — Boil  3  pints  of 
milk,  into  which,  while  boiling,  sprinkle  slowly 
one-quarter  of  a  pound  of  farina  (Hecker's 
farina).  Continue  the  boiling  three-quarters 
of  an  hour.  Turn  it  into  a  jelly-mould,  and 
place  it  on  ice  or  in  cold  water  to  stiffen.  It 
may  be  eaten  with  pulverized  sugar. 

The  boiling  should  be  conducted  in  a  double 
boiler,  or  in  a  saucepan  set  into  a  pan  of  water 
to  boil  in  such  a  way  that  the  bottom  of  the 
saucepan  does  not  touch  the  bottom  of  the  pan : 
this  is  to  avoid  burning. 

No.  12.  Corn  Starch  Blanc-Mange. — Beat 
6  tablespoonfuls  of  corn  starch  (Duryea's 
Maizena)  thoroughly  with  3  eggs ;  add  to  it  1 
quart  of  milk  nearly  boiling,  and  previously 
salted  a  little  :  allow  it  to  boil  a  few  minutes, 
stirring  briskly.  Flavor  with  lemon  or  vanilla, 
and  pour  into  a  mould  to  stiffen.  It  may  be 
sweetened  before  cooking,  or  may  be  cooked 
without  sweetening,  and  eaten  with  pulverized 
sugar  or  a  sauce. 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       245 

No.  13.  Boiled  Custard  (Com  Starch). — 
Heat  1  quart  of  milk  nearly  to  boiling;  add 
2  tablespoonfuls  of  corn  starch  previously 
mixed  with  a  little  milk,  3  eggs  well  beaten, 
with  4  tablespoonfuls  of  powdered  sugar,  half 
a  teaspoonful  of  salt,  and  a  small  piece  of  butter. 
Flavor  with  lemon  or  vanilla.  Let  it  boil  up 
once  or  twice,  stirring  briskly,  and  it  is  done. 
To  be  eaten  cold. 

No.  14 .  Calves -Foot  Jelly,  from  Calves'  Feet. — 
This  jelly  requires  to  be  made  the  day  previous 
to  being  used,  requiring  to  be  very  hard  to 
extract  the  fat. 

Take  2  calves'  feet,  cut  them  up,  and  boil  in  3 
quarts  of  water ;  as  soon  as  it  boils,  remove  it 
to  the  corner  of  the  fire  and  simmer  for  five 
hours,  keeping  it  skimmed;  pass  through  a  hair 
sieve  into  a  basin,  and  let  it  remain  until  quite 
hard ;  then  remove  the  oil  and  fat,  and  wipe 
the  top  dry.  Place  in  a  stew-pan  §  pint  of 
water,  1  pint  of  sherry,  \  lb.  of  lump  sugar, 
the  juice  of  4  lemons,  the  rinds  of  2,  and  the 
whites  and  shells  of  5  eggs;  whisk  until  the 
sugar  is  melted;  then  add  the  jelly,  place  it  on 
the  fire,  and  whisk  until  boiling;  pass  it  through 
a  jelly-bag,  pouring  that   back   again  which 

21* 


246       THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

comes  through  first,  until  quite  clear :  it  is  then 
ready  for  use.  Vary  the  flavor  according  to 
fancy. 

Ox-feet  or  cow-heel  may  be  used  instead  of 
calves'  feet,  where  these  cannot  be  had;  but 
they  require  an  hour  more  simmering.  In 
summer,  ice  must  be  used  to  set  the  jelly. 

No.  15.  Sago  Jelly. — Put  into  a  pan  3  oz. 
of  sago,  II  oz.  of  sugar,  half  a  lemon-peel  cut 
very  thin,  i  teaspoonful  of  ground  cinnamon, 
or  a  small  stick  of  the  same ;  put  to  it  3  pints 
of  water  and  a  little  salt ;  boil  ten  minutes,  or 
a  little  longer,  stirring  continually,  until  rather 
thick;  then  add  a  little  port,  sherry,  or  marsala 
wine  :  mix  well,  and  serve  hot  or  cold. 

No.  16.  Arrow-Root  Milk. — Put  into  a  pan 
4  oz.  of  arrow-root,  3  oz.  of  sugar,  the  peel  of 
half  a  lemon,  I  teaspoonful  of  salt,  2  J  pints  of 
milk;  set  it  on  the  fire,  stir  round  gently, 
boil  for  ten  minutes,  and  serve.  If  no  lemons 
are  at  hand,  a  little  essence  of  any  kind  will  do. 

When  short  of  milk,  use  half  water :  half  an 
ounce  of  fresh  butter  is  an  improvement  before 
serving. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.         247 

No.  17.  Thick  Arroio-Root  Panada. — Put  in 
a  pan  5  oz.  of  arrow-root,  2  £  oz.  of  white  sugar, 
the  peel  of  half  a  lemon,  I  teaspoonful  of  salt, 
4  pints  of  water ;  mix  all  well,  set  on  the  fire, 
boil  for  ten  minutes  :  it  is  then  ready.  Milk  is 
preferable  to  water  if  at  hand. 

No.  18.  Arrow-Root  Water. — Put  into  a  pan 
3  oz.  of  arrow-root,  2  oz.  of  white  sugar,  the 
peel  of  a  lemon,  I  teaspoonful  of  salt,  4  pints  of 
water ;  mix  well,  set  on  the  fire,  boil  for  ten 
minutes  :  it  is  then  ready  to  serve,  either  hot  or 
cold. 

No.  19.  Rice  Water. — Put  7  pints  of  water 
to  boil ;  add  to  it  2  oz.  of  rice  well  washed,  2 
oz.  of  sugar,  the  peel  of  two-thirds  of  a  lemon  ; 
boil  gently  for  three-quarters  of  an  hour ;  it  will 
reduce  to  5  pints :  strain  through  a  colander :  it 
is  then  ready. 

No.  20.  Barley  Water. — Put  into  a  saucepan 
7  pints  of  water,  2  oz.  of  barley,  which  stir  now 
and  then  while  boiling;  add  2  oz.  of  white  sugar, 
and  the  rind  of  half  a  lemon  thinly  peeled ;  let 
it  boil  gently  for  about  two  hours,  without 
covering  it :  pass  it  through  a  sieve  or  colander : 


248        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

it  is  then  ready.     The  barley  and  lemon  may 
be  left  in  it. 

No.  21.  Soger's  Plain  Lemonade. — Thinly 
peel  the  third  part  of  a  lemon,  which  put  in  a 
bowl  with  2  tablespoonfuls  of  sugar ;  roll  the 
lemon  in  your  hand  upon  the  table  to  soften  it, 
cut  it  into  two  lengthwise,  squeeze  the  juice  over 
the  peel,  &c,  stir  round  for  a  minute  with  a 
spoon  to  form  a  sort  of  syrup;  pour  over  a 
pint  of  water,  mix  well,  and  remove  the  pips : 
it  is  then  ready  for  use. 

If  a  very  large  lemon,  fresh  and  full  of  j  uice, 
you  may  make  a  pint  and  a  half,  to  a  quart,  add- 
ing sugar  and  peel  in  proportion  to  the  increase 
of  water.  The  juice  only  of  the  lemon  and  sugar 
will  make  lemonade,  but  will  then  be  deprived 
of  the  aroma  which  the  rind  contains. 

No.  22.  Semi-Citric  Lemonade. — Receipt  for 
50  Pints. — Put  1  oz.  of  citric  acid  to  dissolve 
in  a  pint  of  water ;  peel  20  lemons  thinly,  and 
put  the  peel  in  a  large  vessel  with  3  lbs.  2  oz. 
of  white  sugar  well  broken ;  roll  each  lemon  on 
the  table  to  soften  it,  which  will  facilitate  the 
extraction  of  the  juice;  cut  them  into  two,  and 
press  out  the  juice  into  a  colander  or  sieve 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        249 

over  the  peel  and  sugar;  then  pour  half  a  pint 
of  water  through  the  colander,  so  as  to  leave 
no  juice  remaining;  triturate  the  sugar,  juice, 
and  peel  together  for  a  minute  or  two  with  a 
spoon,  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  syrup  and  ex- 
tract the  aroma  from  the  peel;  add  the  dis- 
solved citric  acid,  mix  all  well  together,  pour 
on  50  pints  of  cold  water,  stir  all  well  together: 
it  is  then  ready  A  little  ice  in  summer  is  a 
great  addition. 

No.  23.  Soyer's  Cheap  Crimean  Lemonade. — 
Put  into  a  bowl  2  tablespoonfuls  of  sugar,  £  table- 
spoonful  of  lime-juice ;  mix  well  for  one  minute ; 
add  1  pint  of  water,  and  the  beverage  is  ready. 
A  little  rum  is  an  agreeable  addition. 

No.  24.  Tartaric  Lemonade. — Dissolve  1  oz. 
of  crystallized  tartaric  acid  in  a  pint  of  cold 
water,  which  put  in  a  large  vessel:  when  dis- 
solved, add  1  lb.  9  oz.  of  white  or  brown  sugar 
(the  former  is  preferable);  mix  well  to  form  a 
thick  syrup ;  add  to  it  24  pints  of  cold  water, 
slowly  mixing  well :  it  is  then  ready. 

A  similar  beverage  may  be  made  of  citric 
acid,  using,  however,  only  20  pints  of  water  to 
each  ounce. 


250       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWAED'S   MANUAL. 

No.  25.  Cheap  Plain  Rice  Pudding  with- 
out eggs  or  milk. — Put  on  the  fire,  in  a  mode- 
rate-sized saucepan,  12  pints  of  water:  when 
boiling,  add  to  it  1  lb.  of  rice,  4  oz.  of  brown 
sugar,  1  large  teaspoonful  of  salt,  and  the  rind 
of  a  lemon  thinly  peeled ;  boil  gently  for  half 
an  hour,  then  strain  all  the  water  from  the 
rice;  add  to  the  rice  3  oz.  of  sugar,  4  table- 
spoonfuls  of  flour,  I  teaspoonful  of  pounded 
cinnamon ;  stir  it  on  the  fire  carefully  for  five 
or  ten  minutes ;  put  it  in  a  tin  or  a  pie-dish, 
and  bake. 

The  rice  water  poured  off,  as  above  directed, 
may  be  made  into  a  beverage,  the  juice  of  a 
lemon  being  introduced  to  give  it  flavor. 

No.  26.  Rich  Rice  Pudding. — Put  \  lb.  of 
washed  rice  in  a  stew-pan,  3  pints  of  milk,  1 
pint  of  water,  3  oz.  of  sugar,  1  lemon-peel,  1 
oz.  of  fresh  butter ;  boil  gently  half  an  hour, 
or  until  the  rice  is  tender;  add  4  eggs  well 
beaten,  mix  well,  bake  quickly  for  half  an  hour, 
and  serve. 

No.  27.  Boiled  Rice  Semi- Curried  (suitable 
for  cases  of  commencing  diarrhoea). — Put  1 
quart  of  water  in  a  pot  or  saucepan;  when  boil- 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        251 

ing,  add  £  lb.  of  well-washed  rice;  boil  fast 
for  ten  minutes;  then  drain  the  rice  on  a 
colander,  put  it  in  a  saucepan  greased  slightly 
with  butter,  let  it  swell  slowly  near  the  fire,  or 
in  a  slow  oven,  till  tender ;  each  grain  will  then 
be  light  and  well  separated;  add  a  quarter  of  a 
teaspoonful  of  curry-powder,  mix  together 
lightly  with  a  fork,  and  serve. 

No.  28.  Batter  Pudding. — Break  2  fresh  eggs 
in  a  basin,  beat  them  well;  add  one  tablespoon- 
ful  and  a  half  of  flour,  which  beat  up  with  your 
eggs  with  a  fork  until  no  lumps  remain ;  add 
a  gill  of  milk  and  a  teaspoonful  of  salt ;  butter 
a  bowl,  pour  in  the  mixture,  put  some  water 
in  a  stew-pan,  enough  to  immerge  half-way  up 
the  cup  or  bowl :  boil  for  twenty  minutes,  or 
till  the  pudding  is  well  set;  pass  a  knife  to 
loosen  it,  turn  out  on  a  plate,  pour  pounded 
sugar  over  it,  with  or  without  a  little  butter, 
and  serve. 

No.  29.  Bread-and-Butter  Pudding . — Butter 
a  tart-dish  well,  and  sprinkle  some  currants 
all  round  it ;  then  lay  in  a  few  slices  of  bread- 
and-butter;  boil  1  pint  of  milk,  pour  it  on  2 
eggs  well  whipped,  and  then  on  the  bread-and- 


252        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

butter:  bake  in  a  hot  oven  for  half  an  hour. 
The  currants  may  be  omitted  when  not  con- 
venient. 

No.  30.  Bread  Pudding. — Boil  1  pint  of 
milk,  with  a  piece  of  cinnamon  and  lemon- 
peel;  pour  it  on  2  oz.  of  bread-crumbs,  then 
add  2  eggs,  J  oz.  of  currants,  and  a  little 
sugar :  steam  it  in  a  buttered  mould,  or  pan, 
for  one  hour. 

No.  31.  Custard  Pudding. — Boil  1  pint  of 
milk  with  a  small  piece  of  lemon-peel  and 
half  a  bay-leaf  for  three  minutes ;  then  pour 
these  on  to  3  eggs ;  mix  it  with  1  oz.  of  sugar 
well  together,  and  pour  it  into  a  buttered 
mould  or  pan:  set  this  in  a  stew-pan  with 
some  water,  steam  it  for  twenty-five  minutes, 
turn  it  out  on  a  plate,  and  serve. 

No.  32.  Stewed  Macaroni. — Put  in  a  stew- 
pan  2  quarts  of  water,  half  a  tablespoonful  of 
salt,  2  oz.  of  butter;  set  on  the  fire;  when 
boiling,  add  1  lb.  of  macaroni,  broken  up  rather 
small;  when  boiled  very  soft,  throw  off  the 
water;  mix  well  into  the  macaroni  a  table- 
spoonful  of  flour,  add  enough  milk  to  make  it 


THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        253 

of  the  consistency  of  melted  butter,  boil  gently 
twenty  minutes,  add  in  a  tablespoonful  of 
either  brown  or  white  sugar,  or  honey,  and 
serve. 

A  little  cinnamon,  nutmeg,  lemon-peel,  or 
orange-flower  water  may  be  introduced  to  im- 
part a  flavor ;  stir  quick.  A  gill  of  milk  or 
cream  may  be  thrown  in  three  minutes  before 
serving.  Nothing  can  be  more  light  and  nutri- 
tious than  macaroni  done  in  this  way. 

No.  33.  Macaroni  Padding. — Put  2  pints  ol 
water  to  boil;  add,  when  boiling,  2  oz.  of  maca- 
roni, broken  in  small  pieces ;  boil  till  tender ; 
draw  off  the  water,  and  add  half  a  tablespoonful 
of  flour,  2  oz.  of  white  sugar,  a  quarter  of  a 
pint  of  milk,  and  boil  together  for  ten  minutes ; 
beat  an  egg  up,  add  it  to  the  other  ingredients 
with  a  nut  of  butter :  mix  well,  and  bake,  or 
steam.  It  can  be  served  plain,  and  may  be 
flavored  with  either  cinnamon,  lemon,  or  some 
essence. 

No.  34.  Sago  Pudding. — Put  in  a  pan  4  oz. 
of  sago,  2  oz.  of  sugar,  half  a  lemon-peel,  or  a 
little  cinnamon,  a  small  nut  of  fresh  butter, 
and  half  a  pint  of  milk ;  boil  for  a  few  minutes, 


254        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

or  until  rather  thick,  stirring  all  the  while. 
Beat  up  2  eggs,  and  mix  quickly  with  the 
same:  it  is  then  ready  for  either  baking  or 
steaming. 

No.  35.  Tapioca  Pudding. — -Put  in  a  pan  2 
oz.  of  tapioca,  li  pint  of  milk,  1  oz.  of  white 
or  brown  sugar,  and  a  little  salt ;  set  on  the 
fire;  boil  gently  for  fifteen  minutes,  or  until 
the  tapioca  is  tender,  stirring  now  and  then  to 
prevent  its  sticking  to  the  bottom,  or  burning; 
then  add  2  eggs  well  beaten :  steam,  or  bake, 
and  serve.  It  will  take  about  twenty  minutes 
steaming,  or  a  quarter  of  an  hour  baking 
slightly.  Flavor  with  either  lemon,  cinna- 
mon, or  any  other  essence. 

No.  36.  Toast  and  Water. — Cut  a  piece  of 
crusty  bread,  about  \  lb.  in  weight,  place  it 
upon  a  toasting-fork,  and  hold  it  about  six 
inches  from  the  fire ;  turn  it  often,  and  keep 
moving  it  gently  until  of  a  light  yellow  color; 
then  place  it  nearer  the  fire,  and  when  of  a 
good  brown  chocolate  color,  put  it  in  a  jug 
and  pour  over  3  pints  of  boiling  water ;  cover 
the  jug  until  cold,  then  strain  it  into  a  clean 
vessel,  and  it  is  ready  for  use.     Never  leave  the 


THE  HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        255 

toast  in  it,  for  in  summer  it  would  cause  fer- 
mentation in  a  short  time. 

A  piece  of  apple,  slowly  toasted  till  it  gets 
quite  black,  and  added  to  the  above,  makes  a 
very  nice  and  refreshing  drink  for  invalids. 

No.  37. — Figs  and  Apple  Beverage. — Have 
2  quarts  of  water  boiling,  into  which  throw  6 
dry  figs  previously  opened,  and  2  apples,  cut 
into  six  or  eight  slices  each ;  let  the  whole  boil 
together  twenty  minutes,  then  pour  them  into 
a  basin  to  cool :  pass  through  a  sieve.  The 
figs,  if  drained,  will  be  good  to  eat  with  a  little 
sugar,  or  jam. 

No.  38. — Egg  Soup. — Beat  an  egg  perfectly 
light,  beating  white  and  yolk  at  first  sepa- 
rately, and  when  light  mixing  them  well 
together ;  add  a  teaspoonful  of  powdered  sugar, 
a  little  nutmeg,  and  while  stirring  briskly  pour 
in  a  whieglassful  of  boiling  water,  and  then 
add  a  wineglassful  of  sherry  wine. 

No.  39.  Omelets  with  Fine  Herbs.  —  Six 
eggs  will  make  a  nice  omelet  for  two  persons. 
Break  them  carefully  into  a  bowl,  as  a  tainted 
egg  will  spoil  all  ;the  rest;   add  three-quarters 


256        THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

of  a  tablespoonful  of  salt,  a  quarter  ditto  of  pep- 
per, two  of  chopped  parsley,  and  half  a  one  of 
fine-chopped  onions.  Beat  them  well.  Put  2 
oz.  of  butter  in  a  clean  frying-pan,  place  it  on  the 
fire,  and,  when  the  butter  is  very  hot,  pour  in 
the  eggs,  which  keep  mixing  quick  with  a 
spoon  until  all  is  delicately  set;  then  let  it  slip 
to  the  edge  of  the  pan  en  masse,  laying  hold 
of  the  handle  and  raising  it  slantwise,  which 
will  give  an  elongated  form  to  the  omelet; 
turning  the  edges,  let  it  set  a  minute :  turn  on 
a  dish,  and  serve. 

No.  40.  For  Bacon  or  Ham  Omelets. — Cut 
2  oz.  of  ham  or  bacon,  not  too  salt,  in  small 
dice;  fry  two  or  three  minutes  in  the  butter 
before  putting  in  the  eggs,  and  proceed  as 
above. 

No.  41.  Boiled  Eggs. — The  water  should  be 
boiling  before  the  eggs  are  introduced.  Three 
minutes  is  long  enough  for  soft-boiled  and  five 
for  hard-boiled  eggs. 

No.  42.  Fried  Steaks. — Cut  the  steak  in 
pieces  of  8  oz.  each ;  flatten  them  to  the  thick- 
ness of  three-quarters  of  an  inch,  taking  care 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S    MANUAL.        257 

that  each  piece  contains  a  little  fat.  Put  a 
clean  frying-pan  on  the  fire,  with  half  an  ounce 
of  butter,  which  when  browned  a  little  is 
ready  to  receive  the  steak;  keep  it  on  a  rather 
quick  fire,  turning  it  several  times,  and,  when 
cooking,  season  each  side  with  one-fourth  of  a 
teaspoonful  of  salt  and  a  pinch  of  pepper.  Six 
minutes  will  do  the  steak;  and  by  pressing  it 
with  a  fork  or  the  finger  you  can  ascertain 
if  it  is  equally  done  through.  When  done, 
suspend  the  steak  over  the  pan,  to  allow  the 
melted  fat,  if  any,  which  clings  to  the  meat, 
to  fall  back  into  the  pan. 

No.  43.  Fried  CJwps. — Have  a  fine  chop 
weighing  8  oz.,  and  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in 
thickness,  without  too  much  bone  or  fat.  Cook 
the  same  as  the  steak,  turning  two  or  three 
times  until  well  browned  on  either  side.  The 
fire  for  both  should  be  brisk,  as  the  surface  of 
the  meat  becomes  thereby  carbonized  and  re- 
tains the  juice. 

No.  44.  Broiled  Chops  and  Steaks. — To  broil 
either,  place  them  on  a  gridiron  over  a  sharp 
fire,  and  turn  two  or  three  times  while  cook- 

22* 


258        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

ing.     Six  minutes  will  do  either.     Season  as 
for  fried  steaks. 

More  is  lost  in  weight  by  broiling  than  by 
frying;  but  the  flavor  is  better,  and  the  meat  is 
more  succulent. 

No.  45.  Roast  and  Grilled  Fowls. — Fowls 
should  be  roasted  whole,  and  divided  into  diets 
according  to  size. 

They  should  also  be  grilled  whole,  being 
divided  up  the  back  and  trussed  as  usual  for 
grilling.  Kub  over  a  little  butter,  and  grill  on 
a  moderate  fire,  turning  several  times  and  keep- 
ing a  light  yellow  color.  When  partly  done, 
season  with  a  small  teaspoonful  of  salt  and  a 
little  pepper.  When  done,  rub  over  a  little 
fresh  butter :  serve  whole  or  in  portions. 

No.  46.  Fried  Fish. — Any  kind  of  fish, 
though  fried  in  fat,  when  properly  done,  does 
not  retain  the  slightest  particle  of  fat  which 
would  be  prejudicial  to  the  patient.  This  is 
avoided  by  having  the  fat  at  a  proper  degree 
of  heat,  which  can  be  ascertained  when  it 
begins  to  smoke,  and  when  all  boiling  has 
ceased.  If  you  then  dip  your  finger  in  water 
and  let  a  drop  fall  into  the  fat,  it  will  hiss 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        259 

loudly,  if  properly  heated.  Fat  over-heated 
is  equally  unfit  for  use,  which  fact  can  be 
ascertained  by  the  quantity  of  black  smoke 
emitted  by  the  fat,  and  by  its  making  a  disa- 
greeable smell. 

You  may  always  ascertain  when  fish  is  done, 
as  then  the  flesh  separates  from  the  bone 
easily  with  the  aid  of  a  fork,  if  tried  in  the 
thickest  part.  Take  care  that  it  does  not 
over-do,  which  takes  all  the  nutriment  from 
the  fish. 

No.  47.  Broiled  Fish. — Trim  as  for  frying, 
and  dip  in  flour;  butter  very  lightly  over;  put 
on  a  gridiron,  previously  well  greased,  to  pre- 
vent sticking,  over  a  very  slow  fire;  turn  once. 
Eight  to  ten  minutes  will  do  a  fish  of  as  many 
ounces'  weight. 

Note. — This  is  the  lightest  and  the  most 
difficult  way  in  which  fish  can  be  dressed. 


PART  IV. 

THE  DISPENSARY. 


261 


CHAPTER.  I. 

General  Arrangement  and  Management  of  the 
Dispensary, 

SECTION  I. REQUISITIONS   FOR  MEDICAL   SUPPLIES. 

Requisitions  for  medical  supplies  are  made 
out  in  duplicate  by  the  senior  medical  officer 
of  each  hospital,  post,  or  command.  "  If  the 
supplies  are  to  be  obtained  from  the  principal 
purveying  depots,  the  requisitions  will  be  made 
upon  the  Surgeon-General,  on  the  31st  day  of 
December  annually;  if  from  departments  or 
field-depots,  they  will  be  made  upon  the  medi- 
cal director,  at  such  times  and  for  such  periods 
as  he  may  direct."* 

Although  these  general  rules  are  laid  down, 
however,  it  is  to  be  understood  that  many  cir- 
cumstances may  exhaust  the  supplies  sooner 
than  was  contemplated  at  the  time  of  making 
the  requisition ;  and,  as  no  medical  officer  will 


Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  \  1231. 

263 


204       THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

be  held  blameless  who  permits  his  supplies  to 
become  exhausted  without  providing  for  re- 
plenishing them,  it  may  become  necessary  at 
any  time  to  make  a  special  requisition  to  sup- 
ply deficiencies. 

"  In  every  case  of  special  requisition,  a  dupli- 
cate of  the  requisition  shall  at  the  same  time 
be  transmitted  to  the  Surgeon-General,  for  his 
information,  giving  the  name  and  station  of 
the  officer  upon  whom  it  is  made."* 

The  following  is  the  form  of  a  requisition 
for  medical  supplies  : — 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  g  1235. 


THE  HOSPITAL   STEWAKD's   MANUAL.        265 


w 

£> 


a   o 
&1. 


2?  a 


&P  a> 


O, 


ta 


Vs 


&, 


•  5  if 


I2 


& 


23 


266        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

On  frontier  and  other  posts  remote  from  a 
medical  purveyor,  it  may  occasionally  become 
necessary  to  purchase  medical  supplies.  A 
special  requisition  is  then  made  by  the  surgeon 
on  a  quartermaster,  with  the  approval  of  the 
commanding  officer.  The  quartermaster  makes 
the  purchase  and  furnishes  the  articles  called 
for.  The  forms  for  this  purpose  are  but  rarely 
needed,  and  are  not,  therefore,  reproduced  in 
this  place,  but  may  be  found  in  the  Revised 
Regulations  for  the  Army,  Art.  XLIY.,  Forms 
2  and  3. 

The  special  duty  of  the  hospital  steward  in 
connection  with  these  requisitions  is  to  keep 
himself  informed  of  the  stock  of  medicines, 
dressings,  and  hospital  stores  on  hand,  and  to 
notify  the  surgeon  when  the  supply  of  any 
article — and  especially  of  any  important  article 
— approaches  exhaustion,  in  order  that  there 
may  be  time  to  replenish  the  stock  by  requi- 
sition before  it  is  completely  expended. 

Besides  this,  it  is  frequently  convenient  for 
the  hospital  steward  to  make  out  the  requi- 
sitions in  accordance  with  the  foregoing  form, 
and  carry  them  to  the  surgeon  for  his  approval 
and  signature. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        267 


SECTION  II. THE    SUPPLY  TABLE. 

The  medical  supplies  and  their  quantities 
are  laid  down  in  the  standard  supply  tables, 
and  not  left  to  the  discretion  of  individual 
surgeons. 

The  supply  table  contained  in  the  "Revised 
Regulations  for  1861,"  however,  has  been  found 
in  practice  to  present  so  many  deficiencies  and 
imperfections  that  it  has  been  abandoned,  and 
a  new  and  carefully-prepared  supply  table  sub- 
stituted by  order  of  the  Surgeon-General. 

When  surgeons  desire  in  any  case,  or  for  any 
special  reasons,  articles  or  quantities  not  laid 
down  in  this  supply  table,  their  requisitions, 
accompanied  by  the  reasons  therefor,  must  be 
sent  to  the  Surgeon-General  for  his  approval. 

The  revised  supply  table  of  1862  has  just 
been  printed,  and  will  be  immediately  dis- 
tributed to  medical  officers. 

SECTION   III. SEMI-ANNUAL   RETURNS. 

Medical  officers  in  charge  of  medical  supplies 
were  directed,  by  Revised  Regulations,  to  make 
duplicate  returns  of  them  annually  to  the 
Surgeon-General  on  the  31st  of  December. 
By  a  circular  from  the  Surgeon-General's  office, 


268        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S    MANUAL. 

dated  May  5,  1862,  this  has  been  modified, 
however,  and  the  duplicate  returns  are  to  be 
made  semi-annually,  on  June  30  and  December 
31,  to  the  medical  director  of  the  military  dis- 
trict in  which  they  are  serving,  as  well  as  to 
the  Surgeon-General.  Similar  returns  are  also 
to  be  made  by  all  medical  officers  when  relieved 
from  the  duty  to  which  their  returns  relate. 

The  returns  must  set  forth  the  quantity  of 
each  article  received,  expended,  and  remaining 
on  hand.  They  are  also,  under  the  head  of 
Remarks,  to  show  the  condition  of  the  stores, 
and  particularly  of  the  instruments,  bedding, 
and  furniture.  The  following  is  the  form  to 
be  employed :— 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL. 


269 


> 

"-! 
r+- 
M» 

O 

<T> 
09 

ft 

0   CU 

C".  o 
S".  ts" 
to  e» 

00     1 
•      P 

o 

a 

*j 

00 

o 
l-J 

On  hand  at  last  return. 

Received  since  last  return. 

Total. 

Expended  with  the  sick. 

Issued. 

Lost  or  destroyed  by  un- 
avoidable accident. 

Worn  out,  or  unfit  for  use. 

Total  expended,  &c. 

On  hand. 

B 

& 

po 

23* 


270       THE   HOSPITAL  STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

These  returns  are  usually  made  out  by  the 
hospital  steward  in  charge  of  the  dispensary, 
and  submitted  to  the  surgeon  for  approval  and 
signature.  In  order  to  make  out  the  return 
correctly,  the  steward  should  keep  in  the  dis- 
pensary a  memorandum-book  in  which,  from 
time  to  time,  he  should  enter  all  articles  lost 
or  destroyed  by  unavoidable  accident,  and 
those  worn  out  or  unfit  for  service.  The  quan- 
tities on  hand  are  to  be  determined  by  taking 
carefully  an  account  of  stock  at  the  time  of 
making  the  return;  and,  if  the  dispensary  has 
been  properly  managed,  the  difference  between 
the  total  quantity  of  each  article  expended, 
and  the  quantities  returned  as  issued,  lost,  or 
destroyed,  and  worn  out  or  unfit  for  service, 
will  represent  the  quantity  expended  with  the 
sick. 

SECTION  IV. ARRANGEMENT   OF   THE   DISPENSARY. 

The  various  medicines,  &c.  kept  in  the  dis- 
pensary must  be  arranged  in  some  convenient 
order  to  facilitate  dispensing.  Every  article 
should  have  its  place,  and  should  be  kept  in  it 
except  when  actually  in  use. 

The  room  selected  for  the  dispensary  should 
be  dry,  well  lighted,  and  conveniently  situated 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        271 

in  relation  to  the  other  parts  of  the  house. 
Where  possible,  water  should  be  introduced 
by  pipes,  with  a  small  sink  and  waste-pipe  for 
the  discharge  of  slops.  Shelves  should  be  put 
up  adapted  to  the  various  sizes  of  the  bottles 
and  other  original  packages  in  which  drugs  are 
received  from  the  purveyor,  with  a  convenient 
number  of  drawers  and  closets. 

A  definite  system  should  be  kept  in  view  in 
the  arrangement  of  the  stores  upon  the  shelves 
and  in  the  drawers  and  closets.  Various  plans 
of  classification  have  been  proposed:  perhaps 
the  most  satisfactory  is  as  follows : — 

The  several  forms  of  preparations  should  be 
put  together, — tinctures  in  one  place,  fluid  ex- 
tracts in  another,  extracts  in  a  third,  volatile 
oils  in  a  fourth,  and  so  on.  The  powerful 
alkaloids,  morphia,  strychnia,  veratria,  &c, 
should  be  kept  carefully  in  a  separate  place, 
which  should  be  secured  with  a  lock  and  key. 

The  liquors  kept  in  the  dispensary  should 
also  be  kept  under  lock  and  key. 

The  several  articles  of  each  class  may  be 
arranged  alphabetically,  or  in  such  other  order 
as  is  regarded  as  convenient.  Where  possible, 
it  is  best,  as  a  general  rule,  to  put  the  whole  stock 
upon  the  shelves :  by  this  plan  only  will  it  be 


272        THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

possible  to  know  readily  what  the  stock  on 
hand  is,  and  when  the  supply  of  any  article 
has  been  so  nearly  exhausted  as  to  make  it 
proper  to  require  for  more.  Room  may  be 
made  by  putting  the  bottles  several  deep  upon 
the  shelves,  taking  care  to  put  in  the  back 
rows  bottles  containing  the  same  article  only 
as  those  in  front  of  them.  Thus,  for  example, 
if  there  are  a  dozen  bottles  of  tincture  of  opium, 
they  may  be  arranged  in  three  rows  of  four 
each,  or,  if  the  shelves  are  wide  enough,  in 
four  rows  of  three  each.  One  bottle  only 
should  be  opened  at  a  time,  a  second  not  being 
uncorked  until  the  first  is  exhausted,  when 
the  empty  bottle  should  be  removed  from  the 
shelves  and  transferred  to  a  closet  specially 
assigned  as  a  receptacle  for  empty  bottles.  To 
insure  this,  only  one  bottle  at  a  time  should 
have  the  original  paper  wrapper  removed. 

The  same  remarks  apply  to  jars  containing 
cerates,  extracts,  and  so  on. 

The  bottles  and  jars  should  be  put  upon  the 
shelves,  with  the  labels  turned  out,  so  that 
they  may  be  seen  at  a  glance. 

The  stock  of  liquors  should  not  be  kept  in 
the  dispensary,  but  in  the  room  devoted  to 
hospital  stores, — a  small  supply,  enough  at  the 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARDS   MANUAL.       2/o 

most  for  a  few  days  only,  being  kept  on  hand 
in  the  liquor-closet  of  the  dispensary. 

Sponge,  adhesive  plaster,  bandages,  lint, 
muslin,  and  all  similar  articles,  should  be  kept 
in  separate  drawers,  each  labelled  with  its 
contents. 

The  pestles  and  mortars,  pill-tiles  and  pill- 
machines,  spatulas,  &c,  should  be  kept  in  a 
closet  or  on  shelves  especially  assigned  to 
them.  They  should  never  be  put  away  foul, 
but  should  invariably  be  cleansed  thoroughly 
after  using. 

The  dispensary  should  be  furnished  with  a 
counter  or  table  of  convenient  height,  on  which 
the  scales  and  weights  should  be  placed,  and 
on  which  the  various  manipulations  necessary 
in  putting  up  prescriptions  are  performed. 

The  scales  should  be  kept  scrupulously 
clean  and  free  from  dust,  as  well  as  from 
stains  and  rust:  otherwise  all  accuracy  in 
weighing  is  impossible. 

The  water-faucet  and  the  sink  should  be 
behind  the  counter. 

No  one  should  be  allowed  behind  the  coun- 
ter but  the  steward  in  charge  of  the  dispen- 
sary and  his  assistants. 

All  parts  of  the  dispensary  should  be  kept 


274       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

scrupulously  clean.  The  bottles  and  jars  on 
the  shelves  should  be  dusted  off  with  a  feather 
brush  daily,  and  from  time  to  time  they  should 
be  wiped  with  a  damp  cloth,  as  should  also 
the  shelf  on  which  they  stand.  In  performing 
this  duty,  the  attendant  executing  it  should 
begin  at  the  topmost  row  of  shelves,  and,  re- 
moving all  the  articles  from  one  shelf  at  a 
time,  should  first  wipe  off  the  shelf,  and,  sub- 
sequently wiping  off  the  bottles  and  jars,  re- 
place them  each  as  it  is  cleansed  in  the  same 
order  as  before.  The  steward  in  charge  of 
the  dispensary  should  have  at  least  one  assist- 
ant, whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  clean  the  pestles 
and  mortars,  pill-tiles,  spatulas,  &c.  &c,  keep 
the  shelves  and  room  clean,  and  make  himself 
generally  useful. 


SECTION  V. CARE  OF  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 

Surgical  instruments  may  be  kept  by  the 
surgeon  under  his  own  personal  care,  but 
frequently,  also,  their  care  is  intrusted  to  the 
steward  in  charge  of  the  dispensary.  The 
following  precautions  may  be  hinted  : — 

Surgical  instruments  should  be  invariably 
cleaned  immediately  after  using.     Tepid  water 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        275 

answers  very  well  for  this  purpose  :  hot  water 
is  injurious  to  the  handles ;  with  cold  it  is  more 
difficult  to  remove  dried  blood.  A  little  castile 
soap  may  be  employed  to  get  rid  of  the  grease. 
After  washing,  they  should  be  wiped  perfectly 
dry,  and,  if  stained,  may  be  rubbed  with  a 
chamois-skin  on  which  is  placed  a  little  rouge 
or  tripoli.  They  should  then  be  drawn  a  few 
times  over  a  razor-strop,  wiped  with  a  clean 
chamois,  and  replaced  in  their  cases. 

Under  no  circumstances  should  more  than  a 
few  hours  be  allowed  to  elapse,  after  using  in- 
struments, before  they  are  cleansed.  The  proper 
time,  however,  when  possible,  is  immediately 
after  the  surgeon  has  done  with  them. 

When  the  edges  become  dull,  the  instru- 
ments may  be  honed  in  the  following  manner : — 

A  little  oil  being  put  upon  the  hone,  the 
knife  is  taken  in  the  right  hand,  while  the 
hone  is  steadied  with  the  left;  the  blade  is  laid 
obliquely,  and,  being  held  steadily  at  an  angle 
of  say  thirty  degrees,  is  drawn  over  the  stone 
edge  foremost,  from  heel  to  point,  with  a  steady 
motion;  the  blade  is  then  reversed,  so  as  to 
bring  the  other  side  to  the  stone,  and  drawn 
back  in  the  same  manner,  also,  from  heel  to 
point. 


276        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

This  is  repeated  a  number  of  times,  until  the 
requisite  edge  is  obtained,  when  it  is  finished 
by  drawing  it  a  few  times  over  a  razor-strop. 
The  character  of  the  edge  is  determined  by  the 
angle  at  which  the  blade  is  held.  If  the  angle 
is  great,  a  blunt  edge,  suitable  for  cutting  dense 
resisting  structures,  is  obtained.  If  the  angle 
is  small,  a  fine,  delicate  edge,  suitable  for  dis- 
sections of  the  soft  parts,  is  given.  The  blade, 
however,  should  not  be  laid  flat  upon  the 
stone,  except  in  instruments  where  it  has  a 
back  thick  enough  to  give  the  proper  angle. 
If,  for  example,  a  scalpel  be  sharpened  by  lay- 
ing the  blade  flat  upon  the  stone,  the  edge 
becomes  too  thin,  and  is  liable  to  be  bent  or 
broken  in  use,  constituting  what  is  sometimes 
described  as  a  wire  edge. 

Instruments  not  in  use  should  be  kept  in 
their  cases,  the  cases  locked  and  covered  by 
the  gutta-percha  or  leather  pouch  in  which  it 
belongs.  Once  a  month  they  should  be  ex- 
amined, and  any  commencing  rust  be  removed 
by  the  use  of  a  little  rouge  or  tripoli,  as  above 
directed.  On  the  sea-coast,  where  the  tendency 
to  rust  is  great,  it  is  advisable  to  smear  the 
blades  with  a  little  mercurial  ointment. 

Instruments  should  be  kept  in  a  dry  place, 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S    MANUAL.        277 

under  lock  and  key,  and  not  allowed  to  be 
handled  by  any  unauthorized  person. 

Care  of  the  surgical  instruments  is  especially 
necessary,  not  only  because  without  it  they 
soon  become  unfit  for  service,  but  also  because 
it  is  directed  that  "these  instruments  will  be 
accounted  for  to  the  Surgeon-General  on  the 
31st  day  of  December  annually,  in  a  special 
return,  in  which  the  true  condition  of  each 
must  be  stated ;  and,  if  any  be  lost  or  damaged, 
a  report  of  the  facts  and  circumstances  attend- 
ing such  loss  or  damage  must  be  given."* 

*  Revised  Reg.,  Art.  XLIV.  \  1304. 


24 


278        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


CHAPTER  II. 

Hints  on  Pharmacy  for  Hospital  Stewards. 

SECTION"  I. — REMARKS   ON  PRESCRIPTIONS. 

Upon  the  steward  in  charge  of  the  drug- 
store devolves  the  responsibility  of  compound- 
ing the  prescriptions  of  the  medical  officers. 
The  following  brief  remarks  on  this  subject 
may  perhaps,  therefore,  be  found  useful. 

The  prescription  is  headed  with  the  name 
of  the  patient  for  whom  it  is  intended.  Then 
follows  the  list  of  ingredients  and  quantities, 
preceded  by  the  character  1^,  which  is  an  ab- 
breviation of  the  Latin  word  recipe,  "  take."  The 
officinal  names  of  the  several  ingredients  are 
employed.  The  steward  will,  however,  gene- 
rally notice  a  difference  between  the  termina- 
tion of  the  officinal  name  and  that  of  the  name 
employed  in  the  prescription.  This  is  owing 
to  the  names  being  written  in  the  Latin  geni- 
tive case,  the  verb  recipe  governing  the  genitive. 

Thus,  the  surgeon  writes,  Jty  Chloroformi  3j, 
instead  of  "Chloroformum,"  which  is  the  nomi- 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        279 

native,  chloroformi  being  in  the  genitive  case, 
and  meaning  " of  chloroform" 

Thus,  also,  1^  Zinci  sulphatis  grs.  xx :  Zinci 
sulphas  being  the  nominative. 

A  still  greater  difficulty  in  the  way  of  the 
steward  occurs  from  the  fact  that  surgeons 
very  frequently  abbreviate  the  officinal  names 
for  convenience,  in  writing  their  prescriptions, 
writing,  for  example,  Hyd.  chl.  mit.  for  Hy- 
drargyri  chloridum  mite ;  Potas.  Iod.,  for  Po- 
tassee  iodidum,  &c.  &c.  As  these  abbreviations 
are,  unfortunately,  not  always  made  in  the 
same  manner  by  different  surgeons,  a  very  long 
list  of  abbreviations  might  here  be  given,  with- 
out exhausting  the  subject;  and  as  it  is  directed 
in  army  regulations  that  no  person  shall  be 
enlisted  a  hospital  steward  unless  he  is  suffi- 
ciently skilled  in  pharmacy  for  the  proper  per- 
formance of  his  duties,  it  is  presumed  that 
such  a  list  would  be  unnecessary  here.  Most 
of  the  abbreviations,  moreover,  at  once  explain 
themselves  to  any  one  familiar  with  the  offici- 
nal names  of  the  articles,  as  the  steward  should 
certainly  be  with  those  on  the  army  supply 
table.  The  general  rule  may,  however,  be  laid 
down,  that  the  steward  should  under  no  cir- 
cumstances allow  himself  to  put  up  a  prescrip- 


280        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

tion  containing  any  abbreviation  of  the  mean- 
ing of  which  he  entertains  the  slightest  doubt. 
In  all  such  cases  he  should  go  at  once  to  the 
surgeon  for  an  explanation.  By  so  doing,  he  not 
only  avoids,  at  the  time,  mistakes  which  might 
be  fatal,  but  gradually  becomes  thoroughly  ac- 
quainted with  all  the  abbreviations  employed 
by  the  surgeon  under  whom  he  serves. 

The  quantities  of  the  several  ingredients 
employed  are  indicated  by  the  usual  symbols 
with  Roman  numerals  affixed.     Thus: — 

Weights.  Measures. 

gr.  a  grain;  gtt.  a  drop; 

9,  a  scruple;  "fl|,  a  minim; 

3,  a  drachm;  fg,  a  fluidrachm; 

%,  an  ounce;  fg,  a  fluidounce; 

ft),  a  pound.  0;  a  pint ; 

Cong,  a  gallon. 

The  Roman  numerals  follow  these  signs, 
thus: — gyj,  i.e.  six  drachms ;  fgxj,  i.e.  eleven 
fluidounces. 

The  following  tables  may  be  given  for  refer- 
ence : — 

Apotliecariei   Weight. 

Pounds.  Ounces.         Drachms.  Scruples.  Grains. 

ft,  1  =  12  =  96  =  288  =  5760 

§  1  •  =   8  ■  =   24  =   480 

31  =   3  =   60 

9  1  =  gr  20 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        281 

Avoirdupois  Weight. 

Pound.  Ounces.  Drachms.        Grains  (Apothecaries'). 

lb  1   =   16   =   256   =   7000 
oz.  1   =   16  =   437.5 

dr.  1   =    27.34375 

Weighing  for  prescriptions  is  always  done  in 
accordance  with  apothecaries'  weight.  Avoir- 
dupois-weight is  used  for  most  other  purposes, 
as  in  weighing  groceries  or  commissary  stores. 
It  is,  moreover,  very  frequently  employed  in 
the  case  of  drugs  also,  when  they  are  sold  or 
issued  in  bulk, — a  circumstance  of  some  im- 
portance to  bear  in  mind,  as  the  actual  value 
of  the  pounds,  ounces,  and  drachms  of  the  two 
kinds  of  weight  is  so  unlike. 

Apothecaries'  Measure. 

Gallon.  Pints.    Fluidounces.    Fluidrachms.  Minims. 

Cong.  1    =    8    =    128  =    1024  =  61440 

O.  1    =      16  =      128  ==  7680 

fg  1  =          8  =  480 

%1  =  1U60 

The  following  remarks  may  be  added  with 
regard  to  certain  domestic  measures  frequently 
alluded  to  in  the  administration  of  remedies. 

A  teacup  is  estimated  to  contain  about  four 
fluidounces  or  one  gill.    A  wineglass,  two  fluid- 

24* 


282        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

ounces.  A  tablespoon,  half  a  fluidounce.  A 
teaspoon,  a  fluiclrachm. 

The  steward  may  here  be  cautioned  against 
the  frequent  mistake  of  identifying  the  drop 
with  the  minim.  The  minim  is  a  fixed  and 
unchangeable  measure,  which  varies  neither 
with  the  nature  of  the  liquid  nor  the  manner 
in  which  it  is  poured  out.  The  drop,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  exceedingly  variable,  differing  in 
size  considerably  for  different  liquids,  and  even 
for  the  same  liquid,  in  accordance  with  the 
shape  of  the  bottle  from  which  it  is  poured,  and 
many  other  circumstances. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  variation  caused  by 
the  nature  of  the  liquid,  it  may  be  stated  that 
in  the  experiments  of  Mr.  E.  Durand,  of  Phila- 
delphia, on  this  subject,  it  was  found  that  while 
150  drops  of  sulphuric  ether  were  necessary  to 
make  a  fluidrachm,  it  required  132  of  the  tinc- 
ture of  the  chloride  of  iron,  120  of  aromatic 
sulphuric  acid,  120  of  laudanum,  78  of  black 
drop,  57  of  Fowler's  solution,  and  but  45  of 
distilled  water,  for  the  same  purpose. 

The  list  of  the  articles  and  their  quantities 
is  followed  in  the  prescription  by  short  di- 
rections as  to  compounding  it.  These  are 
generally  written  in  Latin,  and  are  frequently 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.         283 

abbreviated.     The  following  are  the  abbrevia- 
tions most  commonly  employed  : — 

M. — Misce. — Mix. 

Ft.  pulv. — Fiat  pulvis. — Make  a  powder. 

Ft.  pulv.  xij. — Fiant  pulveres  xij . — Make  twelve 

powders. 
Ft.  imlv.  et  div  id.  in  chart,  xij. — Fiat^ 

pulvis  et  divide  in  chartulas  xij.         Make 
Ft.  pulv.  in  ch.  xij.  cliv. — Fiat  pulvis  )■  twelve 

in  chartulas  xij.  dividenda.  powders. 

Ft.  ch.  xij. — Fiant  chartulse  xij. 
Ft.  solid. — Fiat  solutio. — Make  a  solution. 
Ft.  inject. — Fiat  injectio. — Make  an  injection 

(for  urethra). 
Ft.    collyr. — Fiat    collyrium. — Make    an   eye- 
wash. 
Ft.  enema. — Fiat  enema. — Make  an  injection 

(for  rectum) . 
Ft.  mas. — Fiat  massa. — Make  a  mass. 
Ft.  pil.  xij. — Fiant  pilulse  xij. 
Ft.  mas.  in  pil.  xij.  div. — Fiat  massa       Make 

in  pilulas  xij.  dividenda.  V  twelve 

Ft.  mas.  et  div.  in  pil.  xij. — Fiat  massa        pills. 

et  divide  in  pilulas  xij. 
Ft.  in/us. — Fiat  infusum. — Make  an  infusion. 
Ft.  haust. — Fiat  haustus. — Make  a  draught. 


284        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Ft.  garg. — Fiat  gargarisma. — Make  a  gargle. 

Ft.  mist. — Fiat  mistura. — Make  a  mixture. 

Ft.  emuls. — Fiat  emulsio. — Make  an  emulsion. 

Ft.  ung. — Fiat  unguentum. — Make  an  oint- 
ment. 

Ft.  linim. — Fiat  linimentum. — Make  a  lini- 
ment. 

Ft.  troch.  xxiv. — Fiant  trochisci  xxiv. — Make 
twenty-four  lozenges. 

After  the  directions  as  to  compounding, 
follow  those  as  to  administration.  These  are 
always  written  in  English,  the  direction  being 
prefixed  by  the  abbreviation  S. — Signatura. 

The  directions  are  followed  by  the  date  and 
the  signature  of  the  medical  officer. 

The  prescription,  therefore,  consists  properly 
of  three  parts : — 

1.  The  list  of  ingredients  and  quantities  pre- 
fixed by  the  sign  ty. 

2.  The  directions  as  to  compounding, — gene- 
rally a  Latin  abbreviation. 

3.  The  directions  for  administration.  These 
are  preceded  by  the  name  of  the  patient,  and 
followed  by  the  date  and  the  signature  of  the 
medical  officer. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        285 


SECTION  II. — COMPOUNDING   AND  DISTRIBUTION  OF 
PRESCRIPTIONS. 

Having  read  the  prescription,  the  steward 
proceeds  to  compound  it,  varying  his  process 
according  as  it  is  a  solution,  a  mixture,  pow- 
ders, or  pills,  &c,  that  he  is  to  prepare. 

Where  the  prescription  consists  of  liquids 
only,  they  are  measured  seriatim  in  the  gradu- 
ated measure  and  poured  into  the  phial  which 
is  to  receive  them,  when  the  process  is  com- 
pleted by  corking  and  gently  agitating  the 
mixture. 

In  performing  this  duty,  but  one  bottle 
should  be  taken  down  from  the  shelves  at  a 
time.  The  measure  should  be  held  by  the 
thumb  and  finger  of  the  left  hand,  and  the 
stopper  should  be  seized  by  the  little  finger  of 
the  same  hand.  The  bottle  is  held  in  pouring 
with  the  right  hand.  The  measure  is  held 
well  up  before  the  eye,  so  as  to  observe  the 
quantity  with  accuracy;  and,  when  it  is  ob- 
tained, the  stopper  is  replaced,  and  the  bottle 
put  back  in  its  place  upon  the  shelf  before  pro- 
ceeding to  the  next  ingredient. 

Where  the  ingredients  of  the  prescription 
are  partly  solids  and  partly  liquids,  the  quan- 


286        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

tities  of  the  solids  are  to  be  determined  by 
weight. 

If  the  solids  are  saline  or  other  soluble  sub- 
stances, and  a  solution  is  to  be  made,  it  is 
generally  best  to  bruise  them  in  a  mortar 
with  the  liquids  until  their  solution  is  effected, 
after  which  the  product  is  transferred  to  a  phial. 

Where  insoluble  solid  matters  are  to  be  sus- 
pended in  the  form  of  a  mixture  or  emulsion, 
the  mortar  becomes  still  more  important.  The 
ingredients  are  to  be  rubbed  steadily  together 
until  a  smooth  and  uniform  liquid  is  obtained, 
and  the  label  of  the  phial  into  which  the  mix- 
ture is  introduced  should  contain  directions  to 
shake  well  before  administration. 

When  the  prescription  directs  the  prepara- 
tion of  any  given  number  of  powders,  the 
ingredients  in  powder  are  carefully  weighed 
out  and  thoroughly  mixed  together  on  a  pill- 
tile  with  a  spatula,  or,  preferably,  in  a  mortar. 
The  mixture  having  been  completed,  the  pro- 
duct is  to  be  divided  into  the  number  of  equal 
parts  called  for  by  the  prescription,  the  division 
being  effected  by  the  scales  or  the  eye,  accord- 
ing to  the  nature  of  the  ingredients  and  the 
importance  of  accuracy.  Each  portion  is  then 
transferred  to  the  paper  in  which  it  \s  to  be 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S    MANUAL.        287 

folded.  The  papers  for  each  set  of  powders 
should  be  neatly  cut  and  of  equal  size.  The 
folding  is  effected  in  the  following  manner.  A 
crease  is  made  by  folding  over  the  edge  along 
the  long  side  of  the  paper,  at  about  one-third 
of  an  inch  from  the  margin.  The  opposite  edge 
is  then  laid  in  this  crease,  and  the  paper  folded 
over  longitudinally,  so  as  to  give  the  proper 
width.  The  ends  are  then  folded  over  a 
spatula,  to  make  the  flaps  of  a  proper  width. 

Uniformity  in  the  size  of  the  powders  is 
exceedingly  desirable.  It  may  readily  be 
attained  by  cutting  out  a  small  wooden  gauge 
of  the  desired  size,  by  which  both  the  length 
and  width  of  the  powder  may  accurately  be 
determined. 

In  the  preparation  of  Pills,  the  materials  for 
the  whole  number  of  pills,  as  directed  by  the 
prescription,  are  first  to  be  weighed  separately, 
then  worked  into  a  mass  of  the  proper  con 
sistence,  and  afterwards  divided  into  the  num- 
ber of  pills  called  for. 

To  make  a  pill-mass  where  the  ingredients 
are  all  dry  powders,  without   increasing   un 
necessarily  the  size  of  the  pills,  requires  often 
considerable  ingenuity. 

In  the  case  of  certain  vegetable  powders. 


288       THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

such  as  aloes,  rhubarb,  and  opium,  a  mass  suit- 
able for  rolling  into  pills  may  readily  be  formed 
by  the  aid  merely  of  a  small  quantity  of  water, 
the  powder  being  beat  into  a  mass  in  a  mortar 
during  the  gradual  addition  of  the  fluid. 

Where,  however,  the  powder  is  of  an  unad- 
hesive  character,  as  is  the  case,  for  example, 
with  many  vegetable  powders  and  metallic  salts, 
some  adhesive  ingredient  must  be  added  to 
them  to  enable  a  mass  of  pillular  consistence 
to  be  formed. 

Molasses  answers  an  excellent  purpose  in 
very  many  cases.  It  must  be  added  carefully, 
as  an  excess  will  make  the  pill-mass  too  fluid 
for  manipulation.  Gum  arabic  in  small  quan- 
tities may  be  added  where  the  molasses  does 
not  give  the  mass  sufficient  cohesion.  It  is 
frequently  used  alone  for  this  purpose,  either 
in  the  form  of  powder  or  of  thick  mucilage,  but 
is  objectionable,  as  the  pills  produced  by  its  use 
are  apt  to  become  excessively  hard  on  drying. 

For  many  vegetable  powders  castile  soap 
answers  very  well,  a  small  quantity  readily 
imparting  the  necessary  consistence.  Resinous 
powders  are  particularly  adapted  to  its  use. 

Where  the  prescription  presents  among  its 
constituents  one  or  more  semi-solid  extracts,  it 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        289 

will  frequently  be  found  that  these  impart  suffi- 
cient tenacity,  and  that  by  simply  beating  the 
ingredients  together  a  suitable  mass  is  ob- 
tained. But  it  sometimes  happens,  on  the  one 
hand,  that  the  quantity  of  the  soft  extract  is  too 
small  for  the  purpose,  and  then  the  addition  of 
some  such  articles  as  those  above  enumerated 
becomes  necessary ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
extract  may  be  of  such  quality  and  consistence 
as  to  make  the  mass  entirely  too  soft  to  be  rolled 
into  pills.  In  the  latter  case  the  addition  of 
some  dry  powder,  which  shall  not  interfere  with 
the  medicinal  value  of  the  prescription,  becomes 
necessary.  Powdered  liquorice-root  or  wheat 
flour  are  well  adapted  for  this  purpose. 

Where  the  materials  to  be  made  into  pills 
are  wholly  semi-solid  or  liquid,  the  addition  of 
some  dry  powder  becomes  yet  more  necessary. 
Wheat  flour  is  very  generally  available,  and  is 
on  the  whole  preferable  to  the  crumb  of  bread, 
which  is  recommended  by  many  pharmaceutists. 
Powdered  liquorice-root,  arrow-root,  starch,  and 
gum  arabic  are  also  used  for  the  same  purpose. 

Other  articles  may  be  necessary  in  special 
cases,  as,  for  example,  magnesia  in  making 
pills  out  of  balsam  of  copaiva. 

Many  other  articles  are  used  by  pharmaceu- 

25 


290       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

tists  in  giving  elegance  and  consistence  to  pills. 
It  is  not,  however,  considered  desirable  to  enu- 
merate them  in  this  place,  because  in  most 
general  hospitals  treatises  on  pharmacy  are 
accessible,  and  because  those  above  mentioned 
comprise  the  chief  that  will  be  found  accessible 
to  the  hospital  steward  in  the  field  and  at 
remote  posts. 

The  pill-mass,  having  been  properly  formed, 
is  next  to  be  divided  into  the  number  of  pills 
directed.  This  may  be  done  either  by  a  spatula 
upon  a  pill-tile,  or  with  a  pill-machine. 

In  the  first  case  the  pill-mass  is  rolled  out 
upon  the  tile  into  a  cylinder  corresponding  in 
length  to  the  number  of  pills  to  be  made,  which 
is  ascertained  by  measuring  it  upon  a  scale 
which  is  marked  upon  the  surface  of  the  tile. 
The  rolling  may  be  commenced  with  the  hand 
and  finished  with  the  spatula.  The  cylinder 
is  then  cut  by  the  spatula  into  equal  pieces, 
one  for  each  pill,  in  accordance  with  the  same 
scale,  which  is  generally  ruled  up  to  18  or  24 
pills.  The  pills  are  then  finished  by  rolling 
them  separately  between  the  fingers  or  on  the 
palm  of  the  hand. 

In  general  hospitals  the  steward  is  furnished 
with  a  pill-machine,  by  which  pills  may  be 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       291 

made  neatly  with  considerable  rapidity.  It 
consists  of  a  smooth  base-piece,  in  one  part  of 
which  a  number  of  parallel  grooves  (18  to  24) 
are  made,  and  of  a  roller  with  a  handle  on  each 
end,  the  back  of  which  is  smooth  and  the 
under  surface  grooved  to  correspond  with  the 
grooves  in  the  base-piece.  The  pill-mass  hav- 
ing been  rolled  on  the  smooth  surface  of  the 
base-piece  with  the  back  of  the  roller  until  it 
is-  long  enough  to  cover  as  many  grooves  as  it 
is  to  make  pills,  the  cutting  surface  of  the 
grooves  is  adjusted,  and  by  the  motion  of  the 
roller  the  cylinder  is  at  once  divided  into  the 
requisite  number  of  pills,  which,  if  the  opera- 
tion has  been  properly  conducted,  will  be  so 
round  as  to  require  no  further  rolling. 

The  pills,  having  been  completed  either  by 
hand  or  the  machine,  are,  if  very  moist,  to  be 
spread  out  upon  a  sheet  of  paper  with  the  edges 
turned  up,  or  upon  the  bottom  of  a  shallow  box, 
to  dry  somewhat:  they  are  finally  introduced 
into  a  pill-box,  if  for  dispensing,  or  into  a 
bottle  if  made  to  keep  on  hand.  In  either 
case,  some  dry  powder,  such  as  starch,  liquorice- 
root,  or  pulverized  sugar,  should  be  introduced 
to  keep  them  from  sticking  together. 

Where  ointments  and  cerates  are  prescribed 


292        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S  MANUAL. 

containing  several  ingredients,  they  may  very 
often  be  compounded  upon  the  pill-tile  by  means 
of  the  spatula.  Occasionally,  however,  the 
employment  of  heat  is  necessary  to  make  the 
ingredients  combine. 

Cerate  of  Spanish  flies  may  be  spread  for 
blisters  by  means  of  a  spatula  slightly  warmed. 
Perhaps  the  best  substance  to  spread  it  upon 
is  ordinary  adhesive  plaster,  spreading  the 
cerate  so  that  a  margin  of  half  an  inch  is  left 
uncovered.  This  will  serve  to  keep  the  blister 
in  its  place. 

Plasters  proper,  usually  require  heat  to  spread 
them  upon  the  prepared  sheep-skin  which  is 
furnished  for  that  purpose.  The  heat  is  best 
obtained  by  means  of  a  hot  iron  of  the  proper 
shape  (plaster-iron).  Care  must  be  taken  not 
to  heat  the  iron  too  hot,  or  the  sheep-skin  is 
shrivelled  and  the  adhesiveness  of  the  plaster 
diminished. 

The  prescription,  having  been  put  up,  must 
not,  whatever  its  nature,  be  allowed  to  leave 
the  dispensary  without  a  label.  The  labels 
usually  employed  in  civil  practice  are  not 
adapted  to  military  hospitals,  where  the  label 
should  at  once  indicate  whom  the  prescription 
is  for,  and  give  information  to  the  nurse  as  to 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S    MANUAL.        293 

its  administration,  and  to  the  surgeon  as  to  its 
composition.  The  label  must  therefore  be,  in 
fact,  a  copy  of  the  prescription,  and  should  be 
made  out  in  the  following  form : — 


FOR  PRIVATE  JAMES  SIMPSON, 

WARD    2,   BED    14. 


R — Pulveris  opii,  grs.  vj. 
Cupri  sulphatis,  grs.  iv. 

Ft.  mas.  in  pil.  xxiv  div. 
S.  One  pill  to  be  taken  every  three  hours. 
2,  16,  1862. 

Surgeon,  U.S.A. 


This  label  should  be  written  upon  a  neat 
slip  of  wrhite  paper,  about  two  inches  wide  by 
five  or  six  long.  It  may  be  pasted  upon  bot- 
tles if  considered  desirable ;  but,  as  the  same 
bottles  in  a  military  hospital  are  to  be  used 
again  and  again,  it  will  save  labor  in  clean- 
ing the  bottles  to  tie  the  labels  upon  them. 
The  corners  of  the  label  may  be  folded  ob- 
liquely at  one  end,  so  as  to  form  a  point,  and 
this  may  be  tied  to  the  neck  of  the  phial  by  a 
thread.  The  label  for  pill-boxes  may  be  se- 
cured in  the  same  way  to  the  bottom  part  of 
the  box,  leaving  the  lid  free.     For  packages 


.294        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

of  powders  or  other  packages,  the  label  should 
be  pasted  upon  the  paper  wrapper. 

In  putting  up  prescriptions,  those  for  each 
ward  should  be  put  up  together,  attending 
to  the  wards  seriatim  in  the  order  in  which 
their  prescription-books  come  to  the  dispen- 
sary in  the  morning.  So  soon  as  the  pre- 
scriptions for  any  ward  are  complete,  the 
chief  nurse  of  the  ward  is  to  be  notified,  and 
will  send  an  attendant  to  bring  the  medicines 
to  the  ward,  where  they  will  be  distributed  to 
the  beds  to  which  they  belong,  and  admi- 
nistered strictly  in  accordance  with  directions. 


PART  V. 


HINTS   ON   MINOR  SURGERY  AND  DRESSINGS 
FOR  HOSPITAL   STEWARDS. 


295 


CHAPTER  I. 

On  Dressings, 

SECTION  I. GENERAL   PREPARATIONS  FOR 

DRESSINGS. 

To  facilitate  the  dressing  of  wounds,  it  will 
generally  be  found  convenient  in  hospitals  to 
keep  on  hand  one  or  more  trays  for  dressings, 
which  may  be  prepared  in  the  following  man- 
ner:— 

A  shallow  box  should  be  made,  two  feet  long 
by  eighteen  inches  wide  and  four  inches  deep, 
divided  into  equal  halves  by  a  partition  which 
rises  in  the  centre  to  the  height  of  eight  inches, 
and  has  an  opening  cut  in  it  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  serve  for  a  handle. 

In  this  box  should  be  placed  and  kept  con- 
stantly on  hand  the  following  articles,  in 
quantities  which  will  vary  with  the  number 
of  dressings  to  be  performed  daily  in  any  par- 
ticular hospital: — 

Patent  lint,  neatly  rolled ;  some  charpie,  or 
packed  lint;  an  assortment  of  roller-bandages 

297 


298        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD^   MANUAL. 

of  various  widths;  adhesive  plaster  cut  into 
strips  three-fourths  of  an  inch  wide,  also  a  roll 
uncut;  isinglass  plaster;  two  bundles  of  liga- 
tures ten  inches  long,  composed  each  of  a 
single  thickness  of  saddler's  silk  well  waxed, 
and  one  of  ligatures  of  two  thicknesses  twisted 
together,  each  bundle  consisting  of  at  least 
a  dozen  ligatures  laid  side  by  side,  and  sur- 
rounded for  about  half  their  length  by  a  roll 
of  paper  fastened  by  a  pin,  so  that  the  ligatures 
may  be  drawn  out  one  at  a  time  as  wanted;  a 
large  pair  of  scissors ;  a  sheet  of  patent  lint 
eighteen  inches  square,  neatly  spread  on  one 
side  with  simple  cerate;  a  pincushion  amply 
provided  with  pins  at  one  end,  with  from 
three  to  a  dozen  surgical  needles  ready-threaded 
at  the  other;  a  pocket-set  of  instruments;  three 
to  a  dozen  towels;  and  some  sponges. 

Besides  this  tray  of  dressings,  basins  with 
warm  water,  a  bucket  to  receive  soiled  dress- 
ings, and  a  tin  can  filled  with  boiling  water  to 
heat  the  adhesive  plaster,  will  be  needed. 

The  surgeon  who  makes  the  dressings  will 
generally  need  one  attendant  to  carry  the  tray, 
and  one  for  the  basins  and  sponges,  the  bucket 
for  soiled  dressings,  &c. 

The  attendant  who  carries  the  tray  should 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        299 

make  himself  thoroughly  familiar  with  its  con- 
tents and  their  respective  j>laces,  and  should 
be  able  at  once  to  hand  to  the  surgeon  any 
article  in  it  he  may  ask  for,  and  to  return  it 
to  its  place  when  he  has  done  with  it. 

The  attendant  who  manages  the  sponges 
should  keep  constantly  ready  for  the  surgeon 
a  clean  basin  of  tepid  water,  with  two  or  more 
well-soaked  sponges,  and  as  fast  as  one  is  soiled 
replace  it  with  another,  empty  out  the  soiled 
water,  and  wash  the  soiled  sponges,  so  as  to 
be  ready  for  the  next  patient,  at  the  same 
time  keeping  an  eye  to  the  surgeon  so  as  to 
hand  him  the  can  to  heat  adhesive  plaster 
whenever  he  needs  it. 


SECTION   H. ON   THE   DRESSING   OF   WOUNDS. 

In  the  army  hospitals  of  the  United  States  as 
at  present  organized,  the  dressings  are  usually 
made  by  the  surgeons,  assistant  surgeons,  and 
medical  cadets,  and  comparatively  seldom  by 
the  hospital  stewards:  no  elaborate  treatise  on 
dressings  is,  therefore,  required  in  this  place. 
Bat  as  occasionally,  and  especially  in  the  field 
and  at  remote  posts,  a  certain  portion  of  the 
dressings  are  necessarily  made  by  the  hospital 


300        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

steward,  a  few  practical  hints  on  the  subject 
may  be  appropriate  in  this  work. 

The  arrest  of  hemorrhage  and  the  treatment 
of  fractures,  the  introduction  of  sutures,  and 
other  steps  requiring  surgical  skill  and  judg- 
ment, must,  of  course,  receive  the  personal 
attention  of  a  medical  officer.  The  remarks 
here  to  be  made  are,  therefore,  limited  to  the 
dressings  proper. 

The  dressing  most  generally  found  available 
for  all  wounds,  whether  incised,  lacerated, 
gun-shot,  or  caused  by  surgical  operations,  is 
the  water-dressing,  either  cold  or  warm,  accord- 
ing to  circumstances. 

As  a  general  rule,  it  may  be  said  that  cold- 
water  dressings  should  be  employed  whenever 
the  design  of  the  application  is  to  limit  the 
degree  of  inflammation ;  warm-water  dressings, 
where  the  design  is  to  favor  suppuration :  at 
the  same  time,  it  should  be  understood  that 
whenever  the  cold-water  dressing  is  decidedly 
disagreeable  to  the  patient,  and  especially 
when  it  causes  shiverings  or  rigors,  it  should 
be  at  once  discontinued  and  the  warm-water 
dressing  substituted. 

The  experience  of  our  army  surgeons  is  also 
in  favor  of  dressings  of  the  simplest  kind,  and 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        301 

opposed  to  all  complicated  systems  of  band- 
aging. The  roller-bandage  especially  is  liable 
to  abuses,  and  should  never  be  employed 
except  in  cases  of  fracture  and  where  it  is 
desirable  to  produce  a  certain  degree  of  press- 
ure. 

The  various  complicated  and  beautiful  band- 
ages described  and  figured  in  the  treatises  on 
minor  surgery  will  be  found  in  practice,  if 
applied  to  the  treatment  of  wounds,  to  be  not 
only  troublesome  and  tedious,  but  in  their 
results  unclean,  uncomfortable,  and  positively 
injurious. 

The  cold-water  dressing  as  applied  to  a  gun- 
shot wound  should  consist  simply  of  a  small 
piece  of  lint  folded  double,  saturated  with 
cold  water,  and  retained  over  the  orifice  of 
the  wound  by  a  couple  of  strips  of  isinglass 
or  adhesive  plaster.  In  incised  or  other 
wounds  in  which  adhesive  strips  are  necessary 
to  retain  the  lips  of  the  wound  in  apposition, 
the  water-dressing  may  be  applied  above  the 
strips  and  retained  in  the  same  manner. 
Usually  no  bandages  of  any  kind  are  necessary. 

Where  a  greater  degree  of  cold  is  necessary, 
and  especially  where  much  inflammatory  action 
is  developed  in  the  limb  around  the  wound, 

26 


302        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

irrigation  should  be  resorted  to.  This  is  best 
effected  by  covering  the  parts  to  be  irrigated 
with  a  double  thickness  of  wet  lint;  cold 
water — ice-water,  if  desirable — is  to  be  placed 
in  a  basin  on  a  small  table  near  the  bedside ; 
one  or  more  strands  of  cotton  lamp-wick  are 
to  be  arranged  with  one  end  in  the  basin  and 
the  other  laid  upon  the  wet  lint,  or  a  strip  or 
two  of  linen  bandage  may  be  used  if  lamp- 
wick  cannot  be  obtained.  By  capillary  action, 
a  constant  supply  of  cold  water  is  taken  up 
from  the  basin  and  deposited  on  the  lint  cover- 
ing the  limb.  The  limb  should  be  placed  on 
a  piece  of  oiled  silk  or  gutta-percha  cloth  so 
arranged  that  all  the  superfluous  water  may 
be  drained  into  a  bucket  placed  at  the  bedside. 

This  simple  mode  of  irrigation  is  quite  as 
good  for  most  cases  as  any  of  the  complex 
forms  of  apparatus  designed  for  this  purpose. 

Where  a  greater  degree  of  cold  is  necessary, 
a  bladder  may  be  filled  with  pounded  ice  and 
laid  upon  the  parts.  This,  however,  should 
never  be  done  except  by  the  express  directions 
of  the  surgeon ;  and  the  greatest  watchfulness 
and  care  should  be  employed  to  avoid  freezing 
the  surface. 

The  lint  employed  in  these  watei  dressings 


THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        303 

6hould  be  changed  at  least  once  daily,  or  oftener 
in  cases  of  profuse  or  offensive  discharges. 

Where  the  warm-water  dressing  is  employed, 
it  may  be  applied  in  the  same  manner  as  dress- 
ings of  cold  water;  but  it  will  here  be  found 
that  it  is  convenient  to  cover  the  wet  lint  with 
a  piece  of  oiled  silk  or  gutta-percha  cloth  before 
applying  the  adhesive  strips  :  by  so  doing,  the 
warmth  is  much  longer  retained.  Four  or  five 
thicknesses  of  lint  saturated  with  warm  water 
and  thus  covered  will  be  found  to  retain 
warmth  and  moisture  as  long  and  efficiently 
as  any  poultice.  Poultices  are,  moreover,  un- 
cleanly, disagreeable,  and  are  very  generally 
discarded  by  army  surgeons  in  the  treatment 
of  wounds. 

In  healing  wounds,  when  granulation  is 
fairly  under  way  and  the  suppuration  is 
no  longer  profuse,  lint  spread  with  simple 
cerate,  retained  in  place  by  adhesive  strips, 
forms  a  simple  and  appropriate  dressing.  It  is 
also  a  dressing  frequently  resorted  to  imme- 
diately after  amputation  and  other  operations, 
before  suppuration  has  set  in. 


304       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION   III. — OF    THE     ROLLER-BANDAGE   AND    ITS 
APPLICATIONS. 

Although,  as  above  remarked,  the  roller  is 
to  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible  in  the  treat- 
ment of  ordinary  wounds,  yet  it  is  very  gene- 
rally needed  in  dressing  fractures,  and  may  be 
required  in  many  cases,  as  of  chronic  ulcers,  &c, 
where  a  certain  degree  of  pressure  is  desirable. 
A  few  remarks  are,  therefore,  made  on  the  roller 
and  its  application. 

The  roller-bandage  is  composed  of  a  strip 
of  muslin,  usually  one  to  four  inches  in 
width  and  three  to  seven  yards  in  length. 
This  is  formed  into  a  uniform  and  compact  roll 
by  beginning  at  one  end  and  rolling  it  towards 
the  other.  Assorted  roller-bandages  of  various 
widths  and  lengths,  ready  rolled,  are  furnished 
with  the  medical  supplies  of  the  army.  Of  late 
a  very  elegant  article,  rolled  with  the  greatest 
precision  by  a  steam  apparatus,  has  been 
supplied. 

Rollers  may,  however,  be  readily  made,  if 
not  on  hand,  by  tearing  muslin  into  strips  of 
the  proper  width  and  rolling  them  according 
to  the  following  directions,  which  are  also  ap- 


THE    HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        305 

plicable  in  re-rolling  bandages  which  have  been 
used  and  washed. 

To  form  a  roller  with  the  hands,  begin  at 
one  end  and  fold  the  extremity  upon  itself  seve- 
ral times,  until  a  small  cylinder  of  some  solidity 
is  obtained;  then  the  ends  of  this  cylinder  are 


held  and  it  is  revolved  between  the  thumb  and 
forefinger  of  one  hand,  while  the  strip  is 
passed  smoothly  between  the  thumb  and  fore- 
finger of  the  other  hand,  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  give  a  little  tension.  A  good  and  uniform 
bandage  can  thus  be  made. 

But  in  a  large  hospital,  where  many  band- 
ages are  used,  and  where  most  of  them  are 


306       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWAKD's   MANUAL. 

washed  and  re-rolled  after  using,  the  labor  of 
making  rollers  in  this  manner  would  be  far  too 
great.  A  simple  machine  may  in  this  case  be 
constructed  for  the  purpose  by  any  carpenter, 
which  will  much  facilitate  the  process.  An 
axis  of  iron  or  strong  wood  (oak  or  hickory)  is 


made  eight  or  ten  inches  long,  and  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter  at  its  thickest 
end,  with  a  slight  taper  towards  the  other 
extremity.  At  the  thickest  extremity  is  a 
handle  to  serve  as  a  crank.  This  is  to 
be  passed  through  holes  in  two  uprights, 
six  or  eight  inches  apart,  set  up  in  a 
square  piece  of  board  in  such  a  manner  that  it 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        ^307 

can  be  readily  made  to  revolve  by  the  handle. 
One  or  more  cross-pieces  of  wood  or  wire  are 
so  placed  that  the  strip  is  smoothed  by  pass- 
ing between  them  before  it  reaches  the  axis  on 
which  it  is  rolled.  The  figure  explains  itself. 
With  such  a  machine  a  single  attendant  can 
roll  a  large  number  of  bandages  in  a  compara- 
tively short  time. 

In  applying  the  roller,  the  free  extremity  is 
laid  with  its  external  side  next  to  the  surface  of 
the  limb,  where  it  is  held  by  the  fingers  of  the 
left  hand  until  it  is  fixed  by  the  subsequent 
turns,  the  bandage  being  gradually  unrolled 
as  it  is  applied  by  the  right  hand.  When  the 
dressing  is  completed,  the  extremity  of  the 
bandage  is  secured  by  a  pin. 

The  roller  receives  various  names,  according 
to  the  mode  of  its  application. 

The  circular  bandage  is  formed  by  passing 
the  roller  circularly  around  the  part  so  that 
each  turn  covers  in  nearly  or  completely  that 
preceding  it.  This  is  also  spoken  of  as  "  a  few 
circular  turns  of  the  roller." 

When  the  roller  ascends  the  limb  obliquely, 
each  turn  partly  overlapping  that  which  pre- 
cedes, it  is  spoken  of  as  the  spiral  bandage,  or 
'•spiral  turns  of  the  roller." 


308        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S    MANUAL. 

The  most  usual  application,  however,  when 
a  limb  is  to  be  covered  in,  is  the  reversed  band- 
age, or  "reversed  turns  of  the  roller."  This 
is  made  as  follows.  The  initial  extremity  of 
the  bandage  having  been  fixed  by  a  few  cir- 
cular turns,  the  reverses  are  made  as  follows : — 


the  upper  edge  of  the  bandage  being  fixed 
with  two  fingers  of  the  left  hand,  the  right, 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        309 

which  has  been  holding  the  roller  in  the 
supine  position,  is  to  be  pronated,  and  the 
bandage  carried  gently  around  the  limb  in  this 
position  until  it  reaches  the  corresponding 
point  in  the  next  turn,  where  the  process  is  to 
be  repeated;  and  so  on  up  the  limb.  The 
figures  will  explain  this  process. 

Two  of  the  most  frequently-employed  and 
important  applications  of  the  reversed  band- 
age are  the  spiral  of  the  upper  and  the  spiral 
of  the  lower  extremities. 

The  spiral  of  the  upper  extremity  requires  a 
roller  two  and  a  half  inches  wide  and  seven 
or  eight  yards  long. 

It  is  applied  as  follows.  Make  a  few  cir- 
cular turns  around  the  wrist,  beginning  on  the 
radial  and  passing  towards  the  ulnar  side; 
then  carry  the  roller  over  the  palm  and  back 
of  the  hand  to  reach  the  ends  of  the  fingers, 
and  ascend  by  simple  spiral  turns  as  far  as  the 
thumb.  The  ball  of  the  thumb  and  wrist  are 
then  to  be  covered  in  by  figure-of-8  turns,  the 
forearm  ascended  by  spiral  reversed  turns  to 
the  elbow,  which  is  also  to  be  covered  in  by 
figure-of-8  turns,  and  the  arm  ascended  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  forearm  to  the  shoul- 


310       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


THE  nosriTAL  steward's  manual.      311 

der,  where  the  free  end  of  the  bandage  may  be 
secured  by  a  pin.     (See  the  figure). 

The  spiral  of  the  loiver  extremity  requires  a 
bandage  of  the  same  dimensions,  or  perhaps 
half  an  inch  wider,  as  that  of  the  upper 
extremity. 

Make  a  few  circular  turns  around  the  ankle, 
beginning  at  the  outer  and  passing  towards  the 
inner  side ;  then,  on  reaching  the  internal  mal- 
leolus, wind  around  it  and  over  the  tendo 
achillis,  just  above  the  heel,  over  the  space 
between  the  external  malleolus  and  the  heel, 
and  cross  the  sole  of  the  foot  to  the  great  toe. 
Ascend  by  spiral  turns  from  thence  to  the 
instep,  from  which  wind  around  the  inner  side 
between  the  inner  malleolus  and  the  point  of 
the  heel,  over  the  tendo  achillis,  to  the  outer 
side  of  the  ankle  above  the  malleolus,  thence 
over  the  instep  and  point  of  the  heel  back  to 
the  instep,  and  make  a  figure-of-8  turn  around 
the  ankle,  the  instep,  and  the  sole,  after  which 
ascend  the  leg  by  spiral  reversed  turns  to  the 
knee.     (See  figure). 

If  the  knee  and  thigh  are  to  be  covered,  take 
another  roller,  and,  beginning  below  the  knee, 
cover  it  in  with  figure-of-8  turns,  and  ascend 
the  leg  by  spiral  reversed  turns  to  the  groin. 


312       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

Besides  the  roller-bandage,  pieces  of  muslin 
of  various  sizes  and  shapes  may  be  employed 
as  bandages.  The  most  generally  available 
form  is  a  square  of  muslin  folded  into  a  tri- 
angle or  like  a  cravat.  For  detailed  accounts 
of  the  application  of  these  or  other  bandages, 
the  hospital  steward  may  consult  "Sargent's 
Minor  Surgery,"  which  is  now  furnished  with 
medical  supplies  to  the  army  hospitals. 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        313 


CHAPTER  II. 

Operations  in  Minor  Surgery  performed  by  the 
Hospital  Steward. 

SECTION  I. CUPPING. 

By  the  term  "cupping"  is  understood  the 
application  to  the  surface  of  the  body,  at  con- 
venient points,  of  one  or  more  small  cup-shaped 
vessels  of  glass  or  thin  metal,  from  the  cavi- 
ties of  which  the  air  has  been  exhausted. 
Two  methods  are  employed, — "dry  cupping," 
or  the  application  of  "dry  cups,"  and  "wet 
cupping,"  or  the  application  of  "wet  cups," 
called  also  sometimes  "cut  cups." 

Dry  cupping  is  effected  by  simply  applying 
to  the  surface  to  be  cupped  the  number  of 
cups  ordered,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  produce 
a  partial  vacuum  in  the  cavity  of  each,  into 
which  the  integuments  are  forced  by  the  at- 
mospheric pressure  without. 

The  manner  in  which  this  vacuum  is  pro- 
duced will  depend  entirely  upon  the  character 

27 


314        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

of  the  cupping-apparatus  furnished.  Thus,  it 
may  be  produced  by  a  small  air-pump  made  to 
fit  upon  the  summit  of  each  cup,  in  which  is  a 
small  orifice  furnished  with  a  valve  opening 
outward.  Or  it  may  be  produced  by  a  very 
ingenious  apparatus  recently  brought  into  use, 
in  which  each  cup  has  attached  to  its  bottom 
a  globe  of  India-rubber.  This  is  simply  com- 
pressed with  the  hand  when  the  cup  is  applied, 
and  then,  the  pressure  of  the  hand  being  re- 
moved, the  expansion  of  the  globe  by  its  elas- 
ticity to  its  natural  form  produces  the  neces- 
sary rarefaction  of  the  included  air. 

The  hospital  steward,  however,  seldom  has 
these  more  elegant  methods  of  cupping  at 
his  command,  the  cupping-apparatus  usually 
furnished  to  him,  both  in  hospital  and  in  the 
field,  consisting  simply  of  from  six  to  a  dozen 
plain  cupping  glasses  or  tins,  and  a  scarificator. 

The  vacuum  is  created  in  these  ordinary  cup- 
ping glasses  or  tins  by  means  of  the  heat 
generated  by  the  combustion  of  alcohol.  The 
inner  surface  of  the  cup  may  be  moistened 
with  alcohol,  which  is  ignited,  and,  while  still 
burning,  applied  to  the  skin;  or  a  pellet  of 
cotton  or  strip  of  paper,  moistened  with  alcohol 
and  ignited,   may  be   dropped  into   the  cup, 


THE  HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        315 

which  is  to  be  applied  while  still  burning.  In 
either  case,  the  flame  is  extinguished  as  soon 
as  the  cup  is  placed  upon  the  skin,  by  the 
rapid  abstraction  of  the  oxygen  of  the  con- 
tained air  :  so  that  there  is  no  danger  of  burn- 
ing the  skin. 

The  object  of  "dry  cups"  is  merely  to  pro- 
duce congestion  of  the  surface,  with  a  certain 
degree  of  ecchymosis,  that  is,  discoloration  from 
blood  effused  in  the  integuments  in  conse- 
quence of  the  rupture  of  minute  vessels  during 
the  process.  Glass  cups  will,  therefore,  be 
found  more  useful  when  they  can  be  obtained, 
because  with  them  the  degree  of  turgescence 
can  readily  be  observed  during  the  process. 

Wet  cupping  requires,  besides  the  conges- 
tion thus  produced,  that  the  congested  surface 
should  be  incised  in  a  number  of  places  with  a 
scarificator,  and  a  certain  flow  of  blood  pro- 
voked from  these  incisions  by  a  reapplication 
of  the  cups.  In  applying  wet,  or  cut  cups, 
therefore,  the  number  prescribed  are  first  to  be 
applied  in  the  same  manner  as  in  dry  cupping, 
and  then,  after  they  have  produced  a  certain 
amount  of  congestion, — say  after  five  or  ten 
minutes'  application, — they  are  to  be  removed 


316        THE    HOSPITAL    STEWAKD'S   MANUAL. 

one  at  a  time,  the  scarificator  used,  and  the 
cups  reapplied. 

The  scarificator  is  an  instrument  by  means 
of  which  twelve  to  sixteen  slight  incisions  can 
be  made  simultaneously,  by  as  many  little 
lancet-blades,  over  a  surface  about  the  size  of 
the  cup.  It  is  furnished  with  a  screw,  by  means 
of  which  the  distance  to  which  the  lancet-blades 
protrude,  and  the  consequent  depth  of  the  in- 
cisions, are  regulated. 

It  is  used  by  placing  it  upon  the  surface  to 
be  scarified,  after  having  first  set  the  blades 
back  by  pressing  upon  a  lever  made  for  that 
purpose,  and  then,  touching  the  spring,  all  the 
incisions  are  instantly  and  neatly  made. 

The  cup,  having  now  been  reapplied,  is  to  be 
kept  on  until  about  an  ounce  of  blood  has 
flowed  into  it.  And  here  again  glass  cups 
present  advantages  over  those  of  metal,  since 
with  them  the  quantity  of  blood  can  readily 
be  discerned,  and  the  cup  removed  as  soon  as 
enough  is  taken. 

Cut  cups  are,  therefore,  a  method  of  local 
blood-letting. 

The  operation  being  completed  and  the  cups 
all  removed,  the  surface  is  to  be  cleansed  from 
blood,  and  a  piece  of  dry  muslin,  or,  if  there  is 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.       ol7 

much  smarting,   a  cloth  spread  with  simple 
cerate,  applied. 

When  cupping  is  to  be  performed  on  the 
chest  of  thin  persons,  or  upon  the  abdomen  in 
cases  of  enteritis  or  peritonitis,  it  will  be  found 
that  the  previous  application  of  a  warm  foment- 
ation, or  of  a  poultice,  to  the  parts,  will  greatly 
diminish  their  sensibility  and  the  pain  of  the 
operation. 

SECTION"  II. LEECHING. 

Two  kinds  of  leeches  are  employed  in  this 
country, — European  and  American.  Neither 
of  them  are  placed  upon  the  supply  table  of  the 
army.  In  certain  situations,  however,  they 
are  readily  collected,  and  American  leeches  can 
be  purchased  in  most  localities  at  a  moderate 
expense  from  the  hospital  fund. 

In  the  application  of  leeches,  the  surface  to 
which  they  are  to  be  applied  must  first  be  pre- 
pared by  washing  it  carefully  with  warm  water. 
If  the  part  is  hairy,  it  should  be  shaved.  To 
make  the  leeches  take  hold  more  readily,  the 
parts  on  which  it  is  designed  for  them  to  fasten 
may  be  moistened  with  sugar  and  water,  or, 
still  better,  with  blood  drawn  from  the  tip  of 

27* 


318       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

the  finger.  The  leeches  are  to  be  applied  a 
few  at  a  time,  and  as  these  take  hold  others 
added,  until  the  whole  number  directed  have 
fastened  upon  the  part.  As  each  fills,  he  lets 
go  his  hold  and  falls  off;  but  if  from  any  cause 
it  is  desired  to  remove  them,  or  any  of  them, 
sooner,  they  may  be  made  to  let  go  their  hold 
by  putting  common  salt  upon  them.  The  leech 
should  not  be  pulled  off  by  violence,  lest  a 
portion  of  its  head  be  broken  off  and  remain 
in  the  wound,  thus  causing  unnecessary  irrita- 
tion and  killing  the  animal. 

The  American  leech  may  be  estimated  as 
drawing  about  a  drachm  of  blood,  or  even  a 
little  more  :  from  six  to  eight  will  represent  an 
ounce.  The  European  leech  is  much  larger, 
and  may  be  estimated  at  two  or  three  to  the 
ounce  of  blood. 

After  the  leeches  are  removed,  bleeding  may 
be  encouraged,  if  so  directed,  by  applications 
of  warm  water  or  of  a  warm  poultice,  or  it 
may  be  checked,  after  carefully  washing  the 
part  with  cold  water,  by  simple  exposure  to 
the  air.  Sometimes,  however,  the  bleeding  is 
quite  profuse,  and  may  resist  this  simple 
measure,  in  which  case  a  sharp-pointed  stick 


THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        319 

of  nitrate  of  silver,  introduced  into  the  little 
bleeding  orifices,  will  generally  be  found 
efficient. 

Leeches  may  be  kept  on  hand  in  good  con- 
dition, for  a  long  time,  in  tubs  filled  with 
water,  at  the  bottom  of  which  turf  or  peat  is 
placed :  the  water  should  be  changed  about 
once  a  week.  After  they  have  been  used,  some 
means  should  be  employed  to  evacuate  the 
blood  they  have  gorged :  otherwise,  they  gene- 
rally die.  This  may  be  done  by  sprinkling 
them  with  salt,  or  pouring  salt  water  upon 
them,  which  causes  them  to  eject  the  contents 
of  their  stomachs.  A  better  plan,  perhaps,  is 
to  make  with  a  thumb-lancet  two  small  punc- 
tures on  the  back  of  the  leech,  one  on  each 
side  of  the  median  line :  through  these  the 
blood  escapes,  and  the  little  wound  subse- 
quently heals.  After  using,  leeches  should  be 
kept  in  a  vessel  separate  from  the  others  for 
two  or  three  weeks,  after  which  those  which 
survive  may  be  again  employed. 

SECTION  III. EXTRACTION  OF  TEETH. 

For  the  extraction  of  teeth,  a  case  of  dental 
instruments  is  furnished  with  the  medical  sup- 


320        THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

plies.  This  case  contains  a  gum-lancet,  forceps, 
a  key,  and  an  elevator. 

The  Gum-Lancet  is  used  prior  to  grasping  the 
tooth  with  the  extracting  instrument,  for  the 
purpose  of  separating  the  gum  from  the  tooth. 

Forceps  of  three  shapes  only  are  usually  fur- 
nished,— one  straight,  for  the  incisors  and  cus- 
pids; one  curved,  for  the  bicuspids  and  molars, 
and  one  with  pointed  blades,  for  the  extrac- 
tion of  stumps. 

The  Key  is  usually  furnished  with  two  or 
three  movable  claws,  so  as  to  accommodate 
both  sides  of  either  jaw,  and  large  as  well  as 
small  teeth. 

The  Elevator  is  simply  a  lever  with  a  sharp 
notched  extremity,  which  is  used  in  the  ex- 
traction of  stumps. 

In  the  extraction  of  teeth  by  the  forceps,  the 
gum  of  the  tooth  to  be  removed  is  first  well 
separated  by  means  of  the  gum-lancet.  Then 
the  tooth  is  grasped  by  the  forceps,  taking  care 
to  apply  the  blades  well  down  upon  its  neck, 
as  near  as  possible  to  the  alveolar  process.  The 
forceps  are  to  be  closed  upon  the  tooth  firmly 
enough  to  prevent  them  from  slipping,  but  not 
with  such  force  as  to  crush  it, — a  precaution 
especially  to  be  attended  to  if  it  is  much  de- 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.        321 

cayed.  In  the  extraction  of  the  incisors,  the 
cuspids,  and  the  bicuspids,  a  slight  movement 
of  rotation  is  now  to  be  made,  having  for  its 
object  to  loosen  the  tooth  from  its  connections 
before  exerting  the  traction  which  is  to  extract 
it.  In  the  case  of  the  molars,  however,  as  rota- 
tion would  be  likely  to  break  one  or  more  of 
the  fangs,  a  lateral,  rocking  motion  is  to  be 
substituted. 

The  extraction  of  teeth  by  the  hey  should  not 
ordinarily  be  practised:  it  is  a  clumsy  instru- 
ment, and  is  liable  to  break  the  teeth,  bruise  and 
lacerate  the  gum,  and  do  other  mischief.  Occa- 
sionally, however,  with  the  limited  supply  of 
dental  instruments  furnished  to  the  hospital 
steward,  its  use  may  become  necessary,  espe- 
cially in  cases  where  the  tooth  is  in  such  a 
state  of  decay  as  not  to  offer  a  good  hold  to  the 
grasp  of  the  forceps. 

In  the  use  of  the  key,  the  gum  having  been 
well  separated,  the  claw  is  to  be  adjusted  so 
that  its  point  is  well  pressed  down  between  the 
gum  and  the  neck  of  the  tooth ;  the  handle  oi 
the  key  is  then  turned  so  as  to  bring  the  ful- 
crum against  the  gum  on  the  opposite  side,  and 
the  tooth  grasped  in  this  way  is  to  be  lifted 
perpendicularly,  or  nearly  so,  from  its  socket. 


322       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 


SECTION   IV. INJECTIONS. 

JEnemata,  or  injections  by  tJie  rectum,  may 
be  directed  by  the  surgeon  not  merely  to  pro- 
cure the  action  of  the  bowels,  but  for  various 
medicinal  purposes. 

The  beak  of  the  syringe  or  enema-pump 
should  be  warmed  and  well  anointed  with  oil 
or  lard.  It  should  be  gently  and  cautiously 
introduced,  especially  where  the  patient  suffers 
from  piles,  or  other  diseases  of  the  rectum;  the 
fluid  should  be  thrown  in  gradually  and  without 
violence,  and,  when  the  quantity  directed  has 
been  introduced,  a  few  moments  should  be  per- 
mitted to  elapse  before  the  beak  is  withdrawn, 
lest  on  its  too  rapid  removal  the  fluid,  or  a 
part  of  it,  should  escape  with  it. 

A  large  syringe,  made  of  hard  India-rub- 
ber, is  furnished  with  the  medical  supplies  for 
this  purpose.  Where  bulky  enemata  are  di- 
rected, however,  it  will  be  found  better  to  use 
the  force-pump,  which  is  furnished  among  the 
medical  supplies  with  attachments  by  means 
of  which  it  may  be  used  either  as  a  stomach- 
pump  or  for  injection. 


THE   HOSPITAL    STEWARD'S   MANUAL.    .    323 

With  this  apparatus  a  steady  and  continu- 
ous stream  may  be  thrown  in.  Printed  di- 
rections for  its  use  accompany  the  instru- 
ment. 

The  ordinary  injection  to  procure  the  eva- 
cuation of  the  bowels  consists  of  a  tablespoon- 
ful  of  common  salt  and  the  same  of  molasses 
dissolved  in  a  pint  of  warm  water.  This  is 
what  is  generally  understood  when  a  patient 
is  directed  to  have  "an  injection."  The  com- 
position of  any  other  enema  must  be  specially 
directed  by  the  surgeon. 

Injections  hy  the  urethra  are  frequently  em- 
ployed, especially  in  cases  of  gonorrhoea.  For 
this  purpose,  small  syringes  of  hard  India- 
rubber,  or  of  glass,  containing  about  half  an 
ounce,  are  furnished  with  the  medical  supplies. 
The  syringe  being  filled,  its  beak  is  to  be  oiled 
and  introduced  very  gently  into  the  urethra, 
and  held  in  position  by  the  thumb  and  last 
three  fingers  of  the  right  hand,  while  the  piston 
is  pushed  down  by  the  right  forefinger,  the 
left  hand  being  meanwhile  employed  in  sup- 
porting the  penis  in  position. 

Various  solutions  are  employed  in  this  man- 
ner. None  of  them,  however,  should  ever 
be  resorted  to  except  on  the  prescription  of 


324       THE   HOSPITAL   STEWARD'S   MANUAL. 

a  medical  officer.  In  any  case,  it  will  be 
generally  found  advisable  to  wash  out  the 
urethra  by  the  use  of  a  syringeful  of  luke- 
warm water,  before  throwing  in  the  medicated 
solution. 


THE   END. 


Date  Due 


^^rrjma^^ 

*•**»»«!«- 

lf« 

rv  r\  r 

JVj  i. 

Demco  293-5 


M  MEDICAL  BOOKS  I 


PUBLISHED     BY 

J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  &  CO. 


ili||)|||    Power's  Anatomy  of  the  Arteries.     Anatomy  of  the  Arteries  of  the  j 

Wm<wi       Human  Body-     Bv  JoiIN  Hatch  Power,  Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  |j 

liiwiiili        °f  Sur§eons-    Profusely  illustrated.     Authorized  and  adopted  by  the  j$i 

iiiii     jl  il!1        Surgeon-General  for  Field  and  Hospital  Use.     12mo.     $2.00.     '  III 

Sljlj  i 

■Biil    ^ut^r^e's  Surgery  of  War.     Commentaries  on  the  Surgery  of  the  War  Si! 

in  Portugal,  Spain,  France,  and  the  Netherlands,  from  the  battle  of  jl 

Rolica,  in  1808,  to  that  of  Waterloo,  in  1815,  with  additions  relating  i/// 

to  those  in  the  Crimea  in  1854-55;  showing  the  improvements  made  ')« 

during  and  since  that  period  in  the  great  art  and  science  of  Surgery  w 

on  all  the  subjects  to  which  they  relate.     By  G.  J.  Guthrie,  F.R.S.  Mi 

One  vol.  12mo.     $2.25.  | 

Macleod's  Surgery  of  the  Crimean  "War.    Notes  on  the  Surgery  of  the  ill 

War   in   the   Crimea;    with  Remarks  on  the  Treatment  of  Gunshot  i«i 

Wounds.     By  George  H.  B.  Macleod,  M.D.,  F.R.C.S.,  Surgeon  to  f 

the  General  Hospital  in  Camp  before  Sebastopol,  Lecturer  on  Mili-  il'1 

tary  Surgery  in  Anderson's  University,  Glasgow,  &c.  &c.     One  vol.  fit, 

12mo.     $1.50.  | 

Beck's  Medical  Jurisprudence.     Elements  of  Medical  Jurisprudence.  1 

By  Theodric  Romeyn  Beok,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  and  John  B.  Beck,  M.D.  1 


Wff/w/i        Eleventh  edition.  AVith  Notes  by  an  association  of  the  friends  of  Drs.  Jjpf/j 

l/Bf       Beck.  The  whole  revised  byC.  R.  Gilman,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Medi-  JW/i'S 

lllj  jliiiji!        cal   Jurisprudence  in  the  College  of  Physicians  and    Surgeons   of  jjjj ft 

HjAlj        New  York.     Two  vols.  8vo.     Nearly  1900  pages.     Sheep.     $10.00.  Jjrf 

Wum    Smith's  Surgery      The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery,  embracing  jj|l 

Willill        Operative  Surgery.     Arranged  for  the  use  of   Students,  by  Henky  )§lm 

H.  Smith,  M.D.,  Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery  jflffl 

in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.     Illustrated  with  numerous  steel  Wsk 

and  wood  engravings.     Two  vols.  8vo.      [In  press.]  i«||J 

fifOMWMJi  Sill 

mjjjjjjl    Wood's  Practice  of  Medicine.     A  Treatise  on  the  Theory  and  Prac-  'ijjjA 

ilffWI        tice  °f  Medicine-     %  Geo-  B-  Wood>  M.D.,  Professor  of  Theory  and  |f| 

111111        Practice  of   Medicine  in  the  University  of   Pennsylvania,  &c.    &c.  \§i 

Itlll       Fifth  edition,  enlarged.     Two  vols.  8v„      $7.00.  ■ 

!  li  ss 


IB 

mm  MEDICAL     BOOKS. 


li'^llp'i    Wood's   Therapeutics  and  Pharmacology.     A   Treatise  on   Then 

||'||        peutics  and   Pharmacology  or   Materia   Mediea.      By  Geo.  B.  Wooi 
;,fc\       M.D.     Second  edition.     Two  vols.  8vo,  sheep.     S7.mii. 

'Jtf&M 

I    Wood  &  Bache's  Dispensatory.    Dispensatory  of  the  United  states.  jjj 

'//;//.';»//        By  Drs.    Wood   and   Bache.      Eleventh   edition,    much   enlarged   and 
||       *—7..™4     SO.00. 

|»\    Hospital  Steward's  Manual.     The  Hospital  Steward's  Manual.      I'm-  - 

*,jijljrj         the  Instruction  of  Hospital  Stewards,  Ward-Mast ers,  anil  Altendan 

in  their  several  duties.      Authorized  and  adopted  l>y  the  Sit 
Ptilj/^        General  for  use  in  Hospitals  of  the  United  States  Army.     By  Jo 

Janvier  Woodward,  M.D. ,  Assistant  Surgeon  U.S.A.    l2mo.    ' 


Leidy's  Anatomy.     Human  Anatomy.     An  Elementary  Text-Px 
Students.      By  Joseph  Leidy,  M.D.,  Professor  of   Anatomy   L 
University  of  Pennsylvania.      One  vol.  8vo.      Elegantly  illustrated 
from  original  designs.     Sheep.     $5.00. 


Longmore  on  Gunshot  Wounds.  Longmore's  Gunshot  Wounds.  A 
Treatise  on  Gunshot  Wounds.  By  T.  Longmore,  Deputy  Instructor 
of  Hospitals,  Professor  of  Military  Surgery  at  Fort  Pitt,  Chatham. 
In  two  parts.    Part  I.,   Gunshot  Wounds  in  General.    Part  II.,  Gun-   ' 


shot  Wounds  in  Special  Regions  of  the  Body.   One  vol.  12mo.   75  ets. 


Malgaigne's  Fractures.  A  Treatise  on  Fractures.   ByProf.  Malgaigxe, 
of  Paris.     Translated  from  the  French  by  John  II.  Packard,  M.D.   " 


i"  'Hiii   Hi 


8vo,  with  numerous  illustrations.     $4.00. 

Gerhard  on  the  Chest.  The  Diagnosis,  Pathology,  and  Treatment  S 
of  the  Diseases  of  the  Chest.  By  W.  W.  Gerhard,  M.D.,  Fellow  of 
the  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia,  Member  of  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  and  one  of  the  Physicians  to  tho  Pennsylvania 
Hospital,  &c.  Fourth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  One  vol.  8vo. 
Cloth,  $3.00;  sheep.  $3.23. 


B.  LIPPINCOTT  &  CO.,  Publishers, 

PHILADELPHIA. 


HI 


i'H"! 


HSVilH 


i